ASCENSION CENTER BEGINS 12/21/2012

Alien ET Persuasion vs. Angel Spirit Faith in Omniverse
By: Theresa J. Thurmond Morris

I believe in ancient astronauts as our ancient ancestors did. I also believe alien civilizations exist. I have found a way to be at peace inside my soul.

I enjoyed the last century with the old time religion but then I found I liked the Old Path of the Wiccan and Mother Goddess better and more agreeable.

I was raised an American Christian in the United States of America. Maybe the alien ET persuasion is actually the angel spirit faith that my ancestors believed in. It could be that Jesus was from above being that he said he was not from this world was but from one above. I believe a different way than most of my Christian friends here in Western Kentucky, which just happens to be a part of the country called the Bible belt.

Is it possible to be spiritual and not religious? I believe we can have a spiritual life without conforming to a particular religion. I believe that this is where we are all headed on planet earth in the new Ascension Age.

I have had ET experiences and UFO sightings. I have memories of beings that are my family in space. Does this make me delusional, as some would have me think and believe? I want to believe in the spirit and Nature’s God as the energy that flows in and out of all of us like the breath of life.

We are leaving behind the old ways of the church and state with empires and will be entering a new era of mediation and unity of our spirits.

What this will mean in the future depends on all of us on the planet. We are all human beings and we are Homo sapiens who believe we come from those above. Regardless of how we prefer to worship, we will need to go by the universal rights of all people in this world and not by our religions, which divide us.

Comfort of the spirit is important for us all. Some of us may not realize how important being comfortable inside our own body-mind-spirit we become. We have a saying here in the hills of Kentucky that seems like it always applies to those who are close to death. Most of the middle-aged folks will say that a person who is on their deathbed will find the Lord. Some I have seen die alone and the assured me that in their lifetime there was no God and that the Bible was a fairy tale of men to keep order in the past by those in charge.

Grandpa John Crystal Morris died at 108 years 11 months in October 2008.

He never was ill nor had a headache his whole life, which he devoted to God. He found peace in his spirit by becoming a preacher of the word of God. He believed in the Bible and actually was writing articles for the weekly church page in the local newspaper when he died. He believed and asks me to carry on with the spirit, which he believed I had. I told him I would and yet I never told him about my extraterrestrial experiences.

I feel my ET experiences were peaceful and gratifying to me. They were for me to learn about life and how to become a writer to assist others in their time of need.

I do not know how not to be a Christian because that is how I always described myself to others when asked. I never met the man Jesus in person but I do believe he was real at a time when he was needed on earth. I do not believe he is like the Santa Clause archetype. I believe that he was a metaphysician.

Some people have become weary of me because I am a spiritual being and write with the words of one who seems to be talking many world religions.

I have studied and practiced some Buddhism, Hinduism, Mormonism, and become a Tantrica in Tantra Yoga. I have learned about the men of the masons and learned how those who founded the United States of America believed in Nature’s God and did not want religion to become a part of our new world. There was a time when science and enlightenment were more for people of reason and brought forth-critical thinking for one’s own self.

There is a time on earth when we are brought into our casing as our human vessel. We call this birth or those who are awaiting our arrival are greeting us as a newborn baby fresh from our biological mother’s womb.

It is very hard to separate the spiritual energy from the physical body. A mother feels her child inside of her and we know we can trace the growth process of humanoid life forms almost from the time of inception. We have tests that we can use at home we call pregnancy tests which are strips that allow one to know at the time a woman suspects her menstrual period is late.

How can we ignore that our spiritual being has nothing to do with our own personal energy that we relate too inside our own neurological system and brain? There has to be energy as spirit, which we train to have our thoughts and memories, that we relate too whether we are awake or sleeping.

When we are sleeping, we are dreaming.

I am going to share some of my own personal thoughts and use my own experiences to share my story.

I honestly do not recall memories of being in my mother’s womb/

However, I do have memories prior to that. My stories will not make sense to most of my readers because I have shared so much of my past already.

I have been doing much of what we call soul searching.

I am at a time in this lifetime when I am in the middle of my grown children who are all now considered middle aged with children of their own and seeing my husband and mother both in ill health.

It is a time of reflex ion and on many nights of grieving for my mother and husband’s pain.

We all have a part of us inside that we in America have learned to share as our good and bad sides.

What I have learned about those who are extraterrestrials is not very harmful or pleasant.

I have memories that are from past life memories.

Some of my memories I received when I died and left my physical body.

I fall into the parapsychology areas of study due to my near death and out of body experiences in life.

I have decided to share that I am researching the parts of me that are all within me as one sentient intelligent being and am considered humanoid.

However, I am wondering how to proceed with proving what I know to be me versus the other parts of me that are memories of my past lives.

There seems to be some correlation and a permanent energy that allows all of the memories to be on a time line.

This is why I believe that people like me are considered time travelers because we have to have some facsimile of a time line in order to have memories of our past, which is long before we are born in this lifetime.

Those who are into the spiritual realms and believe in spirits and possible ghosts may have an easier time of understanding people with memories of past lives.

One might ask what does this have to do with aliens and extraterrestrials or angels and spirits. One might think that I am prone toward fantasy and fiction and this is not the case. I have a very hard time writing anything in fantasy and my imagination is lacking in that department.

I know because my husband and mother are writers and I see at what east they can find the words to write fiction when I can only seem to base all my writing on memories and experiences.

What has been nagging at me inside lately is the fact that I know that I must find a way to explain to others that which I am feeling about time as it approaches.

There are many who want to understand more about their

TJ Morris tm ACIR sm

own spiritual insight into what shall happen to them when the date of December 21, 2012 arrives.

It is my understanding in the world in which we live that we are all preparing for a major shift in the world that we realize may occur due to the planet aligning with the center of the Milky Way Galaxy and our sun.

This will happen and we will survive or most of us will on this planet.

There are some of us who have had alien extraterrestrial experiences that feel that there is a time approaching much like that of the character Richard Dreyfuss player in the Close Encounters written and directed by Steven Spielberg.

We all seem to be sharing our thoughts with others who have various ideas of what might occur about this time on earth. We are wondering about the writers who offered us the “Left Behind” books and if we were all made to feel Christian faith believers have it right by believing in a savior for all of us who are here on earth. Most of us are choosing to go with the charismatic feelings and artful attitudes of our family and friends who attend church regularly. There is a revival of spiritual energy among those who want to believe in the being we call the son of God named Jesus.

How can we not talk about that subject as it relates to Jesus leaving earth and ascending up as in a cloud?

In addition, he said unto them, “Ye are from beneath, I am from above: ye are of this world; I am not of this world.” St. John 8 verse 23

There is so much written that can be interpreted to relate to aliens and extraterrestrials.

So many people will not listen when we speak of religions and quote from the Bible.
However, I have to admit that it is the words of the ancient ancestors in these stories of old that bring peace and I have seen many worried and troubled human beings who have sought peace and healing with these words that were created and recorded.

What if we are still to create and record words for others who will follow us?

The Bible is the most loved and purchased book in the world. It has out sold and out lasted all other books on this planet in all languages.

There has to be something that still binds us all together and that could be what is in the words, which are sacred to some and can be shared with so many on earth.

The angels are real according to the scriptures and there are angels who are said to comfort us here on earth and in heaven.

I pray and I do not consider myself religious because I feel that I am a spiritual being. I prefer to have one on one time with my creators whom I consider both a Heavenly Mother and Father. I choose to treat them both equal. There have been many times when I prayed to my father and my prayers were not answered. I would then pray to my Heavenly Mother and she would answer my prayers. Not this has happened on many occasions over the years.

As a child, I only prayer to my father in heaven. I was not told of a mother in heaven although now it seems only natural to have both. I cannot understand why we on earth were not told to pray to our mother in heaven.

I was a protestant and Catholics from what I am told will pray to Mother Mary and other saints. I have sisters who went to Catholic schools two out of three, and the other one is now a Catholic and married a Catholic for life.

Families usually will all attend the same faith but as my family got older and had their own children all my brothers, sisters did their own thing spiritually, and this included choosing their own faith for their children.

I have those who know that I believe in the words of the Bible and that I believe in angels and God. It is just that I do not believe I am religious because I practice no one religion. I call myself a Christian but I do not attend a formal gathering anymore. I did last year for a short time before my husband became ill.

When I was in Houston, I preferred the Unity Church that was shaped like a pyramid. This is not the Universalist but a church called Unity. I was comfortable there with those who attended church. I was a Latter Day Saint or what people call Mormons. I have studied all the world religions and I just do not feel as close to God going to church as I do praying in private.

I am sure there are others who feel the same as I do.

There will be some who will wonder how I can be a paranormal writer, consider myself a spiritual person, and not go to church with others in a formal setting as a church or temple.

This is something that I have struggled with all my adult life. I went with others while in the military. I go occasionally with my husband to his sister’s family and friends church called New Hope nondenominational but it is an old country type that is a Christian church with an alter where one can kneel and a pulpit up front.

I want to share my stories of my past lives and my memories with my other family in space but it seems so personal and so hard to find the words to share when I feel that I will not be understood or believed. My truth is sacred to me and will simply be another paranormal story to others.

I tried to tell one of my readers that I was not religious but was spiritual and I did not want to feel harsh towards him for warning others of my stories. I did not feel that I was religious and that I only shared what I believed to be closer to the New Age Ascension beliefs of being spiritual and using Jesus as a role model or archetype as we do so many other prophets and masters who came with information. It is just that we share many angels and avatar Agashan ascended masters with the thoughts of others who have come before as reincarnates.

It is hard to explain the way that so many of us feel about those who came before as writers and scribes. They shared their lives in their words and now it is up to us to share our lives and our words.

I may be misunderstood but I have honestly had experiences both on this planet and off in this physical reality and in other realities we call other dimensions and in other worlds.

I have learned about the five rings of the Omniverse with the five levels in space, which also coincide, with the five sizes of the God Particle, which will ebb, and flow through all that we know to be matter and antimatter.

It is time we all know more about the future, which deals not only in this universe, but also in the multiverse, metaverse, xenoverse, and Omniverse. We will probably come up with the other universes as the polyverse and this is okay for we are still learning about all that lies outside of this universe.

This universe is oval shaped, as is the larger exosphere or xenosphere. There are branes that are levels or sheets of energy that stand up and down like sheets hanging on a line in the breeze here on earth. The branes attract these various universes that float on waves in and out of what we presently call antimatter. This is all around all the universes, which all accumulate inside an area that mirrors itself like what we would call an infinity sign or an eight laying on its side. This figure 8 is the two ovals of the outside of the Omniverse. There is an equal and opposite of each or mirror or parallel universe on each side. It is like having a math problem and we have to have something on each side of the equation bar. I am trying to share that which I know exists outside of our own universe. I have seen these maps of the universes the way we may think of star maps.
Like This? (Click Me)

3 People likes this.
Post a Comment   View Comments(1)
Did you enjoy this article? why not let us know.

Visit website for more info:
www.socialparanormal.com
Discernment Disclaimer: We don’t necessarily endorse posts. You should use discernment when seeking and take what resonates with you. Loving beings would never seek to remove your free will or guide you into a place of apathy or harm. As physical beings it’s important that we speak up against injustices, stay in balance with planet Earth and restore her back to full health to pave the way for a brighter future for ourselves and our children.

It is our belief that the Awakening process is an inward personal journey stripping away fears and emotional baggage that no longer serve you, so YOU can become more of who you truly are. We hope you find these postings enjoyable and uplifting.

http://googleads.g.doubleclick.net/pagead/ads?client=ca-pub-8957174902448994&output=html&h=60&slotname=8731715286&w=468&lmt=1298337903&flash=10.1.103&url=http%3A%2F%2Fwestmidlands-warks.thespiritguides.co.uk%2FArticle.aspx%3Fa%3D7178%26P%3D38&dt=1298316303444&shv=r20101117&jsv=r20110208&saldr=1&prev_slotnames=0182374577&correlator=1298316298308&frm=0&adk=83713345&ga_vid=31862415.1298316298&ga_sid=1298316298&ga_hid=54021654&ga_fc=0&u_tz=-360&u_his=4&u_java=1&u_h=768&u_w=1024&u_ah=678&u_aw=1024&u_cd=32&u_nplug=18&u_nmime=61&biw=1007&bih=600&eid=33895298&ref=http%3A%2F%2Fwestmidlands-warks.thespiritguides.co.uk%2FArticle_Alien_ET_Persuasion_Angel_Faith_-_ET_SPIRIT_7178.aspx&fu=0&ifi=2&dtd=14&xpc=IXiOEgp5C1&p=http%3A//westmidlands-warks.thespiritguides.co.uk

Share Page with Friends EmailBookmark and Share
Contact Me Contact Me
Digg! Digg this article!
Delicious! Add this article to Del.icio.us!
Discuss Article on TheSpiritGuidesNetwork.co.uk Discuss Article on TheSpiritGuidesNetwork.co.uk

Article Tags: ascension : ACE : ESP : TJ : world : UFO : alien : ET : ET SPIRIT : Ascension Center : paranormal : earth : GAIA : world : TJ Thurmond Morris : ET SPIRIT :
Event Tags: ascension : ACE : ESP : TJ : world : UFO : alien : ET : ET SPIRIT : Ascension Center : paranormal : earth : GAIA : world : TJ Thurmond Morris : ET SPIRIT :What are Tags?. View articles or events that contain the above words.
Post Article:
Submit Your Own Article


Comments

Jay (Global) said: 

To be spiritual is to be in truth, all religion is man made for therefore not true, Jesus was and still is a great being of truth, he worked in truth for God when on the planet, today he still works for God. I am bringing truths of this great man into a group called The Truths of the World you Live in, found under Groups on the main page, all questions call be asked and discussed, I invite you to take a look.
Regards
Jay
Mon,21 Feb 2011,12:40:23 GMT
Advertisements

ASCENSION CALL FOR ALL ANGELS & EXTRATERRESTRIALS

ere Angels and Extra-terrestrials visiting them?

If so, what makes us think that we are not being visited now?

What if there are ways to contact these beings in space?

We have information coming to us in the future. The one’s that will be wanting to know may seek others who have a part of the ever enlightening puzzle of life on earth and elsewhere in space.

The next two years, may be best if people decide to raise their awareness and set their sights on the stars. It is time to begin hoping about the future.

It is time to begin wondering if you too are more than you suspect.

It is time for you to share your awareness in social networks.

Please share cosmic life in stellar space in space-time continuum with others.

THE FOLLOWING ASCENSION CENTER EARTH – ARE YOU READY?

HOME & HOPE FOR HUMANITY -OUR MISSION IN SPACE
There is hope for humanity. It is in space.
We as a sentient intelligent being species have been sent here to this place in space, and in this period for a purpose.
We are going to change our young intelligent being species because it is time. We are to train our youth to leave this planet and to learn their part to achieve this goal. We all have a role to play in the game of life.
We are needed elsewhere in space.
We through thousands of years of being sent to earth are to acquire knowledge for our individual particulate essence as we strive to learn to work together in space.
We are all on a mission.
The mission is to train our kind on earth to achieve skills and talents in the physical to be part of the overall metaverse.
The world is simply one planet of many that has been sent essences to be enhanced.
We are each an individual unit that is to learn to survive in the physical so we can accomplish more in space.
Here on earth we learn to survive the elements. We learn to exist while living in the atmosphere and elements provided us.
This is part of the overall accomplishments as an individual or particulate in the larger metaverse.
We are just now waking up our humanity to the fact that there is life after earth.
There is more in space and this is where we are supposed to be. We are to achieve greatness and learn that we are here on earth to learn about how to gain access to space and to return home once again.
For those that come to earth and do not make it to space in the physical in there life existence as a human then they leave and begin again. It is an arduous and daunting task.
Those in the past on earth have come and gone before. Some in the future will remember their past lives on earth, in order that they can gain access to the memories so that they will discover that they have been before and will live again.
There is a reason for all things, and all life has a season.
We are to learn to be brave and to learn about how we are to survive on this planet so that we can go out, explore other planets, and inhabit them.
There are some of us that have been sent back to earth in the past to do what we can to assist others achieve the higher levels of being while on earth. We have the inner being and the outer knowing. Sometimes, while we are in a learning process we forget and lose our way.
Some of this is part of the way it has been planned so that we can be allowed to learn more of how to achieve satisfaction at a higher level of existence.
There are ways we can achieve being and the most important part of being on earth is to learn, and achieve wisdom on the inside and manifest the physical attributes on the outside. There is an inner wisdom that we are to portray on the outside while living and existing with others. If we an achieve this goal and provide a peaceful means of support and synergism while here then we can prove ourselves worthy to achieve greatness as part of the whole survival of a species in space.
We become those who in space are taken to new planets to survive, explore, and achieve forming new civilizations so that we can reach out further while the metaverse expands.
We at present are embarking on a journey into space. This is our largest overall mission to achieve our goals together and to focus on what is important.

A large asteroid can hit at this planet anytime and we would be left without a home planet. The memories are returning to allow us to expand our awareness and education as to how we are to manage to work together to head back into space.

This is the mission of the Ascension Center. It is time now on earth for all of us to work together to achieve one of our final goals at this time of our evolution in space.
Ascension is what some of our greatest teachers in the past have taught us. Some of us were aware but we did not have the education. We have to learn how to use our whole system provided by the 46 intelligent being species that have provided part of themselves to create our DNA.

We are part of the future intelligent being species that will inhabit other planets in in galaxies in universes in the metaverse.

In the 20th century, we were referred to by some as the Star People such as those written about by Brad & Francie Steiger. The book they shared was their part at that time. The Ascension Center on earth is mine.
World – Share

If you want to make sure you get enough sleep on Tuesday night, you might have to get to bed earlier. You don’t have to adjust your schedule by much: about 1.26 millionths of a second ought to do it. According to a NASA scientist’s computer modeling, that is how much an Earth day should have been shortened by the subterranean upheaval that triggered the Feb. 27 earthquake in Chile. Some basic physics explains why. (See pictures of Chile’s massive earthquake.)

Every point on the planet takes the same 24 hours or so to complete a singlerotation around Earth’s north-south axis, but some points have to move faster than others to spin the full 360° by the one-day deadline. That is because some parts of the planet are much bigger than others, at least in circumference. The Earth’s equator is 24,901 miles around. The perimeter of the Arctic Circle, by contrast, is just 9,945 miles, and if you stand five feet from the North Pole, the circumference you inscribe as the Earth rotates is a scant 31.4 feet.

Yet in all of those places, it still takes 24 hours to complete a single rotation. (The fact that points along the equator move faster than others is the reason NASA and the European Space Agency put their launch pads in Florida and French Guiana, respectively; fire off your rockets in the direction the Earth spins, and you get a free 1,000 miles per hour.)(See the top 10 scientific discoveries of 2009.)

Earthquakes alter planetary speed in two ways. Shifting plates rearrange the distribution of the Earth’s mass, causing it to bulge imperceptibly in spots it did not bulge before and contract in others.

 That rearrangement should further shift the Earth’s inclination, or figure axis (the axis around which the Earth’s mass is balanced, which is slightly different from the north-south axis around which the Earth rotates) — in the case of the Chile earthquake, by about three inches. The law of conservation of angular momentum, however, requires that even under these exigent circumstances, the Earth’s angular momentum stays constant, which means the planet must step on the gas (or the brake) to accommodate shifting mass. The same thing happened in 2004 with the 9.1 Sumatran earthquakes that triggered the tsunami.

That earthquake should have shifted the Earth’s figure axis by 2.76 inches and shortened its day by 6.8 millionths of a second, according to computer models.
If the physics seems a bit arcane, consider that you probably spent much of the past two weeks seeing the angular-momentum principle in action — at least if you watched the Olympics. Earthquakes change the Earth’s rotation the same way a twirling figure skater changes hers — by extending or tucking her arms in, for instance, to slow down or speed up accordingly. The only difference is that the skater does so decidedly more elegantly.

Watch TIME’s video “Harsh Lessons for Chile and Haiti from Peru.”
See the best pictures of 2009.

UN AND TIMOR-LESTE WILL WORK TOGETHER CLOSELY ON REMAINING

Related articles by Zemanta
Turning up the heat: Finding out how well the Webb telescope’s sunshield will perform (scienceblog.com)
How Chile’s Earthquake Shortened Earth’s Day (time.com)
Um, the Earth Sped Up Because of That Quake, Guys (sfist.com)
Tipping point (news.bbc.co.uk)
Chile Quake May Have Shortened Earth’s Day (abcnews.go.com)
Chilean Earthquake Shifted Earth’s Poles (neatorama.com)
The Most Accurate, Highest Resolution Earth View to Date [Space](gizmodo.com)
Um, the Earth Sped Up Because of That Quake, Guys (laist.com)
Chile quake may have shortened day (cbc.ca)
NASA: Chile Earthquake Shifts Earth’s Axis, Shortens Day (time.com)

WAS POSTED TWO YEARS AGO AS A PRENOTICE TO WHAT WOULD COME TO EARTH! TJ
Alien UFO EBE Community
Ascension Center Ebens (ACE)
by Theresa J. Thurmond Morris

Posted 12:30 March 30, 2008

POSTED ON http://www.UFODIGEST.COM

We realize that there are countries that have their on economies and monetary systems that are used in global trade and commerce. We, at the present time, shall not interfere with what is of the past regarding the cultural maintenance systems regarding Folklife and the basics on the food chain such as the basics of food, clothing, shelter for the populace on earth regarding each land mass.

We do appreciate the efforts that have been made over the past few thousand years by those leaders and communicators who have come and gone from earth. The past is simply a way of comparing what was with what is now and what will be. There are some fundamentals of humanoid intelligent beings sentient ascensions species that have been followed in order to maintain life on earth in survival mode. The law of the survival of the fittest has served the basic four levels of existence well, and there have been some concerns regarding the break in energy and awareness on the planet during the fifth level on the planet called Gaia or earth. Therefore, there will need to be further investigation into those who have been acting in leadership roles and the basic structure of how the election process and the order of chaos has been dealt with in the past on various continents of earth.

For this reason, some shall be felling the affects of change during the next eleven months regarding the restructuring of intelligence as a whole as it effects the whole population on earth. There will be a complete rising of consciousness among the total population of earth with the rotation of souls who will be arriving and leaving in humanoid sentient ascension intelligent being species.
All beings from the human age of two years until the age of twenty years will be expected to be attended to regarding a proper awareness of educational training of their environment.

This shall include the understanding that all humanoids are sentient ascension intelligent beings of one species that desires to exist and to maintain earth. Many will call this the education of the environmental generation.
There are those who are in the Allied High Council, that are aware of the Supreme Beings instructions for maintaining order in chaos and there are over 87 species.

The Alien UFO Eben community will also recognize the Ascension Center Education (ACE) as a faith based community initiative nonprofit corporation to be headquartered in North America with affiliated offices in Canada, Grand Cayman Islands, and the Netherlands. This will assist in maintaining open order globally via the global Internet of communication. The Ascension Center will be in constant contact with the Allied High Council who in turns reports to the Supreme Beings. The reason that this form of communication has been established is to keep peace among all nations on earth.

The Allied High Council of twelve are those who have been elected by the Allied Federation of all Galaxies that are peaceful in nature that have formed an alliance to keep peace universally and to organize a war plan against all other hostile forces.

There have been prior attempts made by certain alien species to abduct human beings. We are now able to maintain an open communication to monitor earth and its inhabitants. We shall do all that is possible to maintain an open line of communication to monitor earth for reasons of advancing humanoid species. All awareness of intelligent life forms has been monitored in other ways in the past.

We shall establish a Forum of Communication among all groups that choose to participate with those who are choosing to be recognized as humanoid ascension sentient intelligent beings species. This is a process of awareness and operates within the alliance prime directives of not interfering with each beings own evolution. Each individual being is responsible for its own growth in time and space while on earth.

However, we have noticed that there are many who are awakening to their own raising of consciousness in various levels of the ascension process. This requires that those who have obtained certain level prior to offer guidance and support. This can be a very trying time for some who are desiring to find their path to return to the initiator and communicator of the all that is at the many levels that exist including the Akashic Field and the Unified Field Origin that is just now being introduced to a larger audience on earth through various organizations requiring belief systems.

There are many ways to become aware of intelligence both inside and outside ascension beings. This is one way of becoming while all that is expands and is in constant change. There are many on earth now that is now aware of much knowledge and ways of being on earth. Many are simply stifled in their own belief system based simply on reasons of logistical knowledge, cultural beliefs, science, religion, philosophy, and other earthly human systems of structure.
There are at present many levels of existence and awareness on earth. There are many who are involved in class systems and there are some who are involved in economic systems with structural financial foundations. There shall be a time on earth when there will be a better way to maintain global assets for all but until that time, there will be certain areas on earth that will progress at the same rate of speed based on the leadership’s roles of sharing awareness of information and communication.

The most important asset earth now has is the Internet Structure. This should be preferred with free information dissemination and free speech for all. This above all shall assist in raising the religious beliefs of the past called the dark ages and the controlled ages of information that followed. Religious and Information wars are classed with logistic expanse control wars, continent assets, and cultural expectations. Food, water, shelter, and space to exist are needed to survive. The whole populace of earth is responsible for maintaining enough for all. If each continent prefers to maintain their assets with elections of leadership for proper disbursements then no human being on earth should be found wanting.
If any human being on earth is found wanting of the basics for maintaining survival then those who have been elected by the beings of the location on earth shall be found responsible for solving the situation and bringing peaceful order to those who are to survive in that geographical location on earth. There will still be cataclysms and natural catastrophes of the natural planet that is navigated through the stellar regions of the galaxy in space.

This is known and accepted now by all inhabitants. Being aware of the total expanse as accepted by the total population of earth is now a required basic understanding of human being existence. Again we refer to the awareness of informational training of all those from age two to twenty years on earth thereby offering eighteen (18) years of awareness and educational training. This is to be taught to any living being.
Awareness of being is a basic that should have been taught and accepted by all that are in present live existence on the planet.

There is no excuse for not sharing this awareness of all humanoid sentient ascension intelligence beings. This information and awareness is to be disseminated immediately with the basics of food, clothing, and shelter for all living beings on planet Earth. The next order of business shall be to organize and strengthen the freedom of information among all faith based community initiative organizations, associations, groups, communities, and form an alliance with what is now termed the United States of America, the United Nations and the UNICOR with all nations under God on the planet. All nations are under the Supreme Beings and god as part of the evolutionary progression of beings.

We as an Alien UFO Community and those already a part of the Ascension Center Ebens shall be working together as Ambassadors of Goodwill to assist in this process of information awareness. Each FBCI shall desire to assist all those that can be and a new business plan and pro forma to perform is being written for the awareness and educational process that will assist all over the next few years leading into the date that has been set on earth of December 21, 2012 for a new and better way of existence for all on earth. This should have already been organized in a global way as sure as there is a United Nations and an Olympic Association organized.

This is a prognosticated program for our progeny of earth’s future inhabitants to begin in totality as of December 21, 2012 by all. There will be a twenty-year watch on those born during and after December 21, 2012.

We shall expect immediate improvement of the humanoid sentient ascension intelligent being species on earth while undergoing this evolutionary process. We have come a long way to maintain order in chaos and have strategically placed monitoring systems in locations on earth that are protected.

We have a prime directive to not permeate interference however, a probationary path and timeline has been employed and given to certain individuals on earth to assist in this evolutionary process. It is suggested that those beings and communities that are already awakened to the awareness of the ascension process with a valued date of completion of December 21, 2012 also take into account that there are concerns for the environmental awareness growth process as well.

This means that not only are those participating in the awareness intelligence information dissemination project on earth responsible to those in lower levels of intelligence but also, to those who are already aware of the environmental damage by those human beings who have come before and were not open to receiving intelligent communications of responsibility or for allowing for the growth in the evolutionary process of all humanoid sentient intelligent beings species that chose to come to earth and to employ tactics for the elongation of the survival of the elements of the global environment for the progeny to come afterwards to earth. The Alien UFO community explores experiences and shares news. This is the reason we have begun the Ascension Center Ebens Project in the Alien UFO EBE Community.

The Ebens are those who are a part of the alliance of peaceful humanoids and sentient beings who do not believe in killing other beings and are about awareness and the raising of conscious awareness among humanoid intelligent beings. We are the ones who are assisting earth and its inhabitants. We are the Alien UFO EBE Community and desire to participate in the raising of conscious awareness and the ascension center Ebens on earth. EBE is the abbreviation for extra biological entity.

Published in UFO Digest.

Alien UFO EBE Community
Ascension Center Ebens (ACE)
by Theresa J. Thurmond Morris

Posted 12:30 March 30, 2008

We would like to thank all human beings who have participated in the alien UFO EBE community dissemination of information throughout the world. It is important to the survival of earth and its inhabitants with The Allied High Council of the Supreme Beings.
We the ones of the Ebens are those who are in contact and communication with peaceful beings not of earth’s origin in physical creation now. They have been created in humanoid forms by those who were the original supreme beings of all that is, and all that will be. The Ebens are those who are a part of the alliance of peaceful humanoids and sentient beings who do not believe in killing other beings and are about awareness and the raising of conscious awareness among humanoid intelligent beings. We are the ones who are assisting earth and it‘s inhabitants. We have chosen a communicator who will choose twelve.

We the Alien UFO Ebens Community are organizing under one heading ACRONYM for structural purposes and for the correct order of dissemination of information. The intelligence communications informational organizations and /or peaceful environmental organizations on earth are assisting for reasons of bringing order to chaos while attempting to raise global consciousness on planet Gaia or earth. We desire to work in unison as tonal scales and vibrational flows like music.
We are in cooperation with many non-profit corporations as faith based community initiatives and various countries individual intelligent beings all of the sentient ascension being species. We shall attempt to make the transition of awareness flow as smooth as possible over the next few years prior to opening the portal of time on earth known as the Golden Era of the Sixth Sun or the space in time on earth known as the millennium of a thousand years of universal happiness to begin Dec. 21, 2012.
There are many levels of humanoid sentient ascension intelligent beings and at least five on earth today. There are many countries feeling the one constant in the universe, which is change. We who are of humble origin and are existing on earth choose to participate in the raising of consciousness of the critical mass in all countries and in all corners of this planet, in the galaxies, and in all corners of the universe. Many separate groups in the past have worked to assimilate knowledge and to disseminate knowledge the way that it was understood based on prior belief systems and prior words on earth. This all served those in the past but this now.
We are now about awareness cooperation among all peaceful faith based community initiative organizations that desire to communicate globally on the Internet. We do realize that there are many special interest groups in the world today that are simply interested in their own cultural belief systems and their own understanding of religions of Gods.

Other Articles by Theresa Janette Thurmond Morris:
 ALIEN UFO TECHNOLOGY Ascension Center Project
 ALIEN NATIONS 2012
 Aliens and UFOs Changing Earth
 Andromeda Galaxy is Home
 Alien Telepathy
 Alien Civilizations Exist!: A True Alien and UFO Story

ALIEN ET UFO INFORMATION – A Rosales Report

JOURNAL OF HUMANOID STUDIES VOL. 2 Nr. 1

JANUARY 10 2010
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


                             HUMANOID = AN ADJECTIVE MEANING
    HAVING HUMAN FORM OR CHARACTERISTICS.

   CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD KIND OR CE3:

SEEING OR COMING IN CONTACT WITH AN ENTITY OF UNKNOWN ORIGIN, BEING RELATED TO UFOS OR NOT.

TYPES OF CE3 CLASSIFICATIONS:

TYPE A: WHEN AN ENTITY OR HUMANOID IS SEEN INSIDE OR ON TOP OF
AN OBJECT OR UNINDENTIFIED AIRCRAFT.

TYPE B: WHEN AN ENTITY OR HUMANOID IS SEEN ENTERING OR EXITING A UFO.

TYPE C: WHEN AN ENTITY OR HUMANOID IS SEEN IN THE IMMEDIATE VECINITY OF A UFO.

TYPE D: WHEN AN ENTITY OR HUMANOID IS SEEN IN THE SAME AREA WHERE UFOS OR UNKNOWN OBJECTS HAVE BEEN REPORTED.

TYPE E: WHEN AN ENTITY OR HUMANOID IS SEEN ALONE WITHOUT RELATED UFO ACTIVITY, EXAMPLE: BEDROOM VISITATION.

TYPE G: WHEN THERE IS DIRECT CONTACT OR INTERACTION BETWEEN A WITNESS OR WITNESSES WITH THE HUMANOID OR ENTITY, EITHER AGAINST AS A RESULT OF A FORCED ABDUCTION OR A VOLUNTARY CONTACT.

TYPE F: WHEN THERE IS A “PSYCHIC” CONTACT BETWEEN ENTITIES OR HUMANOIDS, BUT AN ENTITY OR HUMANOID IS NOT NECESSARILY SEEN.

TYPE H: WHEN THERE IS A REPORT OF AN ALLEDGED CRASH OR FORCE LANDING OF A UFO WITH RECOVERY OF ITS OCCUPANTS. OR WHEN AN ANAMOLOUS ENTITY IS CAPTURED OR KILLED BY EITHER A WITNESS OR MILITARY PERSONNEL.

TYPE X: An event with many components of high-strangeness ingredients, so bizarre in nature that it needs a category of its own and it does not necessary includes the appearance of an entity or humanoid.


Figure 1. Long haired Venusian type.

ENCOUNTERS WITH THE BLOND AND THEIR KIN PART 2, plus current case log, the Pre-Arnold section and of course “The Fringe”.

After a brief ‘hiatus’ the journal is back with up to date case summaries and the long awaited 2nd part of the “Blonds and their kin”.
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

CURRENT CASE LOG:

Around mid-day on January of 2010 the witness was working on a property in Willis, Queensland, Australia, when he saw what he could only describe as ‘another sun’ in the sky. But this sun appeared to be moving slowly towards him. As the sun moved closer to him it changed to a red color. As the object was even closer he could see that it was a beautiful red sphere. It then very quickly came towards him and hovered to an abrupt stop alongside the witness. It was around the size of a house. It had no lights or seams just a perfectly beautiful red sphere.
He felt a calm come over him like never before. Next one side of the sphere began to transform to what he could only describe as a round doorway which extended to the ground. At this point he started feeling dizzy and what happened next surprised him. Two men casually walked out of the round doorway and started heading towards him. His first thought was, this is some government experimental aircraft because they appeared to be wearing a blue uniform like the air force. However as they walked closer, he could see there was something not quite right about them. Firstly they were very tall (about 7 feet tall). And their uniforms were very tight-fitting, as if part of their skin. One had short blond hair and the other short light brown hair. Up close their faces looked almost ‘manicured’. They had bright blue eyes and a warm smile. Then one of them said to him, “do not be afraid, please follow us”. (The old standard request). He wasn’t sure which one of the men said it since neither or their lips moved as he ‘heard’ the request.
At this point the witness knew they were not human. Despite that he followed them into the round door. The doorway was like a lift that elevated them up into the sphere. Inside the sphere the room was lit up and the light seemed to be coming from behind the walls. The walls looked like burnt glass that he could not see through. There was a faint smell of rain in the air, like the smell you get when it first starts raining on hot concrete. The floor also looked like burnt glass.
There were several humanoids in the room, both male and female all wearing the same outfits. The females had very long hair and looked incredibly attractive. There were two standing in front of a panel at the far end of the room, the panel appeared to be molded from part of the wall and had some small lights shining from it. Then there were three more off to the right of the room studying what appeared to be star charts that were somehow projected through the glass wall. There were also two more humanoids standing to the left of the room, facing each other as if they were having a conversation, but without talking (mentally). They all looked a lot like normal people, they were a little taller than most people would be but not enormous. They all looked as they could pass as humans if they wished.
He was then greeted by a female who was holding a uniform laid out in her arms like the one she was wearing. She then asked the witness very politely to remove his clothes and put the uniform on. Normally the witness was a very self conscious person, but for some reason he just felt so calm and suggestible that he would do almost anything. It was like he was on some wonderful drug and every time he did what they asked him he was given more of it. One of the males helped him into the uniform. It was the strangest thing he had ever worn. It was a one-piece suit that went from the toes to the top of his neck with a seam down the side like a magnetic strip. He could only describe the material as like ‘talcum powder’. Once in the uniform it shrunk to fit his body perfectly. The amazing thing about the uniform was that it would automatically protect the weak parts of the body. The male demonstrated this by asking the witness to move his neck from side to side, which he could do easily, he then firmly pushed his head to one side and instantly the material around his neck stiffened and prevented his head from moving. Soon what looked like a bench seat molded out from the glass wall next to him and the female humanoid who gave him the uniform approached him and asked him to sit next to her. He remembers saying something along the lines of “Who are you people? What do you want?
The female humanoid said that her name was “Lisa” (although he doubts it was her real name (me too). And then she told the witness that they were not from this planet that they came from what we would call another galaxy that the human race had yet to discover. And like the earth their planet was the third in distance from their sun. Basically she said they were harvesting people from our planet to colonize other earth-like planets as they find them. People were chosen at random.
The witness was then (telepathically) invited to help on the colonization of the new planets. She said that presently they were discovering about 20 habitable planets per day (our time). However there are many thousands more that are not ready for population yet. The other planets are in what they called a ‘transitional phase’. The alien woman then narrated the following story:

“Many years ago your time, earth was once the planet you know as Mercury and was full of life. As Mercury approached your sun it became uninhabitable, and Venus transformed to become the new Earth. Then as Venus neared the Sun it also became uninhabitable, and the planet you identify as home now, Earth, sprung to life. And in time Earth will also near the Sun and will enter the uninhabitable phase resembling that of Venus and Mercury. While in this phase Mars will slowly begin its new journey closer to your sun, entering the habitable zone and begin springing to life, like Earth once did. Jupiter the gas giant will slowly shrink to a solid hard core and become the new Mars. This will then become the new Earth (and son on). This is a natural process and is happening all over the universe. Understanding this process allows us to efficiently discover new life planets.
However before you accept our invitation we must warn you that the planet we send you to will be virtually bare. But you will not be alone. You will be united with other people from earth and other planets from around the universe that will be placed there with you to breed and live out the remainder of your natural lives. In addition you will be in constant communication with us and we will provide limited tools to help you prepare the planet for your children and future generations. You will not have access to the comforts of home as you know it. We must also caution you to think of your loved ones on planet Earth, who will not be joining you. Unfortunately the dilemma is that if you accept our invitation, back on Earth you will possibly be classified as a missing person and this way is very upsetting to loved ones. Because of this we give you the choice of helping us or returning to Earth. If you choose to return to Earth now you will have no memory of being here with us, this meeting, this craft, everything you see here will cease to exist in your brain.”
The witness then said that he needed time to think this through. She told him he had one day, and during that time they would be collecting more ‘earthlings’ so they will be moving the witness to another sector of the craft. The witness decided to return to earth because of family. He changed back into his clothes and then while standing upright the floor around him slowly began to soften like it was molding around his body and he was sinking into it. He continued sinking until his head was at floor height at which time a male humanoid leaned over and waved a device that looked like an electric razor over his head. Next thing he knew he was outside again standing in the dirt, exactly where he was when he saw the sphere. But something was very wrong. He could remember everything for some reason the ‘mind eraser’ did not work. This really frightened him because he thought that now they will come back for him and he would never see his family again. Then his next memory he was on some sort of stretcher. He was naked and the stretcher felt warm. Three humanoids were moving him down some sort of hallway. The hallway looked like it was made from dark glass and the stretcher appeared to be molded from the left side of the hallway. He couldn’t move his arms and legs and it felt like they were restrained somehow, but there were no straps. They moved him into an oval shaped room. The stretcher then molded into a seat and he found himself sitting upright. The female humanoid (Lisa) entered the room carrying his work clothes. He immediately got changed into them, and as he did she explained that they were unable to safely erase his memory. She said that this happened with some humans and they didn’t know why. She added that because of this they would like to periodically study him in the hope of solving this dilemma. She added, “For now we will take you back to Earth, and with your permission, we would like to organize further tests with you in the future, we can guarantee that you will not be harmed during these tests and in return we will reward you with journeys across the galaxies and to other planets. The witness does not state if he agreed to the ‘deal’ but has stated that he has only released a small amount of information in reference to his experience. (1)

During May of 2010 in the area of Huasco, Alto de Carmen, Zona Norte (Northern Chile) Chile the local police detachment (Carabineros) received a visit from an elderly farmer who reported having been contacted by strange “beings” (not described” who had descended on his lands in a strange flying ‘artifact’. Another local a Mrs. Serena Miranda seeing several “little men with short arms, legs and necks” walking along a field near her isolated rural home. (2)

One night in May 2010 the witness, Charlene was at a house in Stockwell, London, England, with her boyfriend Ben. As she settled down to sleep on the left side of the bed with Ben on her right, she suddenly heard a strange ringing sound in her ears, similar to a tuning fork. This was accompanied by pressure and a tingling sensation at the back of her head. She tried to ignore it and it died back down. Then in the room over on Ben’s side of the bed she suddenly noticed a couple of strange shadow-like figures. They were about 4 feet high and were moving around the room quite fast in a gliding motion. They had a humanoid form but did not look exactly human. One of the figures moved from near the end of the bed towards the door, and seemed to pass right through it. Then another one (or the same one) came back across the room and stood by the bed next to Ben.
Charlene remained staring at the figure. It was at this point that she realized she could not move. Her left hand was draped over Ben. Suddenly she felt a small hand grab her own and start pulling it away from him. The hand felt like that of a child’s but with less soft skin. At this point she became a little disturbed and so started to try and shake off the paralysis. She often did this by wiggling her fingers and toes. Ben felt this movement and it woke him up. He helped Charlene break out of the paralysis. When she looked around the room the beings were no longer there. She stayed up awhile and told Ben about what she had just seen and felt. He said that while he did not see anything, he did feel that there was some kind of presence in the room. (3)

Also one night in May 2010 in the village of Thirsk, Birmingham, England, the witness (apparently involved in other encounters) awoke in the night much like usual, and once more found he could not move. However he then began to lift vertically off the bed and drift across the room in the air. As he went past the base of the bed he saw a shadowy short being below him. He could not make out any details of this being; it just seemed to be watching him as he moved by. He floated towards the open window feet first and his lower legs actually went outside. At this point he blacked out. He then came around and found he was back in his bed. He felt like he had gone somewhere but he could not remember anything else taking place. (4)

One night in late June 2010 in the small town of Oma, Mississippi at a place locally called “the camp” a 115-year old house situated along the Pearl River the witness’s parents were asleep in a room down the hall and he was lying on a bottom bunk in the “kids room”. He had his earphones in his ears, listening to music and his Ipod. The room was dark, but the light in the kitchen was on and the door was open with the foot of the bed facing the door. He had a view out into the hallway, it being partially lit. 
Figure 2. Similar luminous beings.
As he listened to his music he suddenly saw a white figure about six feet tall pass in front of the door. He found that weird, as he knew everyone was asleep. At first he thought someone had broken into the house, and he hadn’t heard it over the music. That frightened him, and he quickly took off his earphones. Upon listening, he heard nothing. Still he sat quietly and as still as possible. And then he saw it again. But it was coming across the same way, almost repetitive. He decided he had to see what it was and shaking, he tip-toed over to the door, looking around he saw nothing. He also searched the rest of the house but found nothing. (5)

One late night in July 2010 in Dudley, England, the witness, Tom, (involved in other encounters) was sitting in his room and kept feeling like something was scurrying all around him. He kept seeing out of the corner of his eye what looked like long black worm-like things darting across the room. He started to get very confused by this and also to feel very intensely that there was something else in the room with him. This combined with recent sightings of a giant craft and white orbs convinced him that something was taking place. He then asked out loud, “Look, if you’re there, can you show me that you’re there and let me know that you’re there?” Nothing else happened at the time and the feeling seemed to die away.
He has no idea why, but for some reason he then turned to the right. He was greeted by the sight of three gray beings standing alongside his bed. They were quite short in height, at most 4 feet. They had large heads with low set black almond-shaped eyes, small nostrils and a mouth that was barely visible. There was a pronounced ridge along the side of the head which gave a clue as to the underlying bone structure. The beings appeared to be naked. Their bodies were slender, with thin elongated arms. Each hand had four elongated fingers. Tom could not really see their lower halves from his viewpoint. The beings were all a medium gray color, with the chest area appearing more blue-gray in color. Their skin appeared smooth and without blemishes. 
The beings were standing quite still, although they certainly looked alive rather than like unmoving mannequins. For some reason he sensed that they were joyful and laughing. This was very unusual as their mouths were barely visible, but this emotion he felt from them directly in his mind. He was not scared by the presence of the beings; he was more intrigued by them. The nearest gray to Tom’s head raised its right hand and moved it towards him. The long pale fingers reminded him of Jack Skellington’s fingers from the Tim Burton movie “The Nightmare before Christmas”.
Tom looked back up into the room and saw something else floating above him. It was a strange black shadowy form, with two outstretched arms and a head shaped similar to a lizard. It appeared to have a tail which tapered off, similar to a classic Halloween ghost. The strange entity began floating down towards him and looked like it was going to enter his chest. This was too much for Tom to cope with and he was unnerved by what was happening. He turned to his left towards Laura (his roommate) who was fast asleep. He went to wake her up to tell her about what was taking place and put his hand on her shoulder. At this moment he sank immediately to sleep. This felt extremely unnatural, like he had been suddenly sedated. His next memory was of waking up in the morning. (6)

On a night in July 2010 at an unspecified location a witness started seeing what looked to be a dark figure that appeared to have on a cloak and a hood. The figure would travel down half the stairway and stop, and then when the witness looked straight at it, the figure would float back up the stairs. The same family reported that on the night of September 22 2010, they were sitting in the living room watching TV when all of a sudden the wife saw a dark shadow that looked to be about 6 feet tall. It appeared to have a cloak with a hood on. The figure then traveled in front of her chair and shot between her husband and her. She looked at her husband and he had seen it too. (7)


For about 3-4 months during the summer of 2010 several residents of Jefferson City and other locations in Missouri reported encountering ‘weird’ men or entities.
The first report was in a Target Store the witness was getting ready to check out and a man walks right by her, like he was on a mission, dressed in an older business suit with sunglasses on. The witness was paying for her items and the stranger was already in line with his item. While she was being waited on, she heard him mumbling to himself with his head down. She couldn’t understand what he was saying, it was not English, but didn’t sound like any other language either. When he paid for his item he told the lady “thank you” in a really deep voice that almost sounded fake.
The items he paid for was of all things, ladies panties. The witness’s daughter and her friend were with her and they saw him too. (Well maybe so far just a weirdo with a lady diaper fetish).
A few weeks later, she started seeing these same types of men around the hotel where she worked in Lake of the Ozarks, about 45 miles from Jefferson City. She noticed the first one when they were busy at the front desk, which is the department she worked with. There was a man talking with another lady she worked with in the same deep voice she heard from the man in Target. She was startled by it and looked at him, he looked back at her with a “How dare you” type of look.
A couple of weeks later she saw the same guy in the hotel coming from the room hall; he came up and asked her about rates. Right when she started to tell him, he kind of cut her off like he wasn’t really interested and walked away. Other employees had also noticed him.
Ever since then, she’d seen similar men in and out of the hotel, and they always give her a dirty look out of the corner of their eye. They all walk the same, like they have something wrong with their joints or something. Some of them appeared to be trying to disguise themselves as “stereotypical tourists.” They are always alone and usually have these certain sunglasses on. She also noticed that she has seen them on a day that something weird or something really bad has happened, including a couple of fatal boat accidents.
One night several guests came up to the witness concerned about a very strange and suspicious man they saw downstairs. They said he was dressed like a tourist and had sunglasses on. This was late night. She immediately called security but they didn’t find anything. A few nights later the witness was at the front desk on a computer doing some work when out of the corner of her eye, she saw a man dressed in layers of clothes and using a cell phone, but not speaking. She suspected he was one of the ‘strangers’ since he did not fit in with the other guests and went right around the corner to get her cellphone to get a picture of him. She walked away for not even five seconds and when she came back he was gone. He was in an area where he could just not leave in that amount of time. (8)

On the night of August 8 2010 in Brisbane, Queensland, Australia (scene of recent Apocalyptic flooding) a witness was awoken by three creatures in a bright egg-shaped room, with light coming out of the walls, ceiling and floor, with a soft luminous glow. They were speaking to her as she awoke before she opened her eyes, so she might not be afraid. They spoke in gentle penetrating words, “Do not be afraid or scared, we love you and care for you.” They introduced themselves as “One, Two and Three.” One was on her left, Two was behind her head, and Three was standing to her right. When she opened her eyes, she was shocked, yet there was a strange familiarity with them, as if they have known her all her life. She was naked, and felt dazed, even drunk, (she doesn’t drink).
She went to sit up and Two placed its huge hand underneath her neck and back to help support her. They were chatting incessantly using telepathy. She could hear them talking in clicks and pops sort of like crickets chirping but quicker and more complex. They said, “We are looking for signs of tampering on a genetic and physical level.” Three had a device in its hand and beginning at her right toe it brought the hand held device up her right leg about ten cm above her skin. It tilted the screen so that she could see the surface of the device that looked like liquid metal. As she watched the screen she could see beneath her skin. Three flicked through the different resolutions so she could see the bone and muscle tissue, or just the nerves and vascular. The creatures reminded her of ants. They had deep dark eyes and tiny noses and mouths, and their powdery white skin reminded her of shark skin. They were tall, thin, yet strong. She was going to ask where she was when the walls, ceiling and floor changed to match her thoughts just like it was projected somehow from outside the craft and she could see they were high over her suburb and she could see the blue cross on top of the church, up on the hill she lived at the foot of.
She could see all the city lights below twinkling like a million candles. These aliens didn’t have to wake her up and show her this view; frankly she would have preferred they hadn’t. However she knows for sure that these particular aliens would never hurt us. She woke up late for college by almost three hours and could not help but to realize that it had been like no other dream she had ever experienced. (11)

A 47-year old nurse who works at a major medical center in Dallas Texas reported the following incident:
On August 19 2020 around 2:55 am her 58-year old spouse woke up short of breath and his blood pressure was elevated…nothing new for he has been going through some cardiac issues for some time now. Nonetheless, she snuggled up to him, reassured him that he was going to be fine and they fell asleep.
At 5 am she remembers waking up to a strange sound with this green light coming in through the bedroom window. She sat up in bed and reached over to her husband and asked him ‘What the f…is that?  He then jumped out of bed and walked out of the bedroom, she thinks to the living room, but she thinks he opened the back door to take a better look. Then ‘something’ encouraged her to go to the window. She pulled the curtain back to look out and there was a strange short creature/being staring right at her. It was not like the ‘grays’ she often sees in movies and other media. This being had a dark-like skin of sort and large dark eyes. Terrified the witness raised her hand and waved at it, saying “Hi”. It just stared, she then spoke to it and told him that he shouldn’t be here that people/humans would be afraid and might shoot him. All of the sudden, she found herself on a weird contraption sort of caged in, not tied, there were strange noises in her mind and some pain. She could move her arms but not the rest of her body. She then “saw” numerous images racing through her mind. Apparently images of past life events.
Then everything changed, and she heard a horrible high-pitched sound in her head, and a hand is trying to get a hold of her head and something is trying to place an object in the back of her head. And every time the object touched the back on her head, she would hear the high pitched noise and feel pressure in her head. She then awoke lying in her bed in a fetal position scared to death. She didn’t want to move, unsure if she had experienced a bizarre dream or not. At the same time her husband woke up again short of breath and told her that he had experienced a strange ‘dream’ that there had been a presence of two aliens behind him, and that they had been pulling something resembling a fishing line from his abdomen. The main witness reported later having strange dreams about random numbers. (9)

On September 20 2010, in the city of Santa Rosa, La Pampa province Argentina, a woman was visited by a strange being in her home that apparently visited her a few months ago. The intruder left a series of burns on her arms after having made contact with one of her extremities.
The shocking incident was made known to the ‘Centro de Estudios UFO’ as it was in the past, and only a few hours after, a member of the group arrived on the scene to commence his field study, ascertaining that aside from the marks on the experiencer’s face, it was possible to find marks in the backyard that resembled very large feet. The woman was aided by her relatives, who contacted CEUFO.
The outstanding characteristics of the strange being described by the witnesses are the following: a height estimated at 2 meters. Very thin body with long extremities. Gave the impression of being very frail, but was extraordinarily strong on occasions in which physical contact was made. Had no ears. The eye cavity appeared hollow, but the reddish light within them, “as though from a little light” stood out. The nose was imperceptible or else flattened “like an ape’s” and the mouth was almost an imperceptible slit. The witness was shocked by what appeared to be the entity’s suit or skin, which she defined as “wrinkled” or “like fish scales”. Its hands were large, but the most significant aspect was its large, rounded fingers. Regarding feet, which she was able to notice in the latest experience, they were large and as if in “three parts”, although she could not define it as footwear. The color of the skin or suit was dark, either gray or greenish.
The being appeared within the home shortly after 20:15 hours. How it entered is unknown, as the doors were shut. She claims that she felt the sensation that (the entity) was not alone, as it looked and made sounds as though there were something behind it, but she was unable to see if this was the case. The witness reacted saying: “noooo, not again, nooo” and the being took hold of her face in a firm, decisive manner. This resulted in some dark marks on her cheekbones that were visible in photographs. It was thus that she felt the great strength of its extremities.
The protagonist’s son was one of the first to come to her assistance. He says that he heard a strange buzzing sound, similar to a very sharp “beep”. The experience lasted only a few minutes, after which the woman calmed down and retold her experience. (10)

One night around 2330 in late September 2010, in Lynn Valley, North Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada the witnesses suddenly heard some loud thumping sounds against the plastic garbage bin and the house. They figure a bear had gotten over their fence again)!). They peeked out of their curtains together and were shocked at what they saw. They saw a creature standing on its hind legs that had dark shaggy fur, but it definitely wasn’t a bear. It looked muscular and skinnier and had a snout like a coyote or wolf. 
It ripped through their garbage—they think for the salmon bones and carcass inside. It was grunting and growling quite a bit. They were completely petrified standing at the window. They wanted to look away but at the same time were morbidly fascinated at what they were looking at. After about a minute or so, the creature ran to the back of their yard and jumped over the fence. The witnesses were convinced they had seen some kind of ‘werewolf’ type creature. (12)

Around midnight one October night in 2010, in Olavarria, Tandil, Argentina two young friends were walking along a road when one of them, Ezequiel, thought he saw a bright light toward the left, up along the ridges. The others were unable to see it. Suddenly about 150 meters away from them, on the ridge of the mountains, they both saw a light which they at first took as a campfire. What caught their attention was that it didn’t cast any light in the surrounding area, because a campfire in the ranges and in the middle of the night should cast light. It was an initial odd observation. A further consideration was that they thought they could see a source of light as though seen through an X-ray—an opaque light, with its luminosity both concentrated and controlled with the same source of light.
Observing this strange phenomena for some 3 or 4 minutes, they got closer an ascertained that the “campfire” was actually humanoid in shape. At that point they got to see the legs, arms, torso and head of a tall, stylized silhouette wearing a luminous suit that blinked intermittently all the time, turning on and off constantly. Coming even closer they noticed that the strange figure’s entire posture and behavior showed that it was intent on finding something on the ground, with its head tilted forward and its body completely rigid, arms outstretched downward along the sides of its torso. It walked in a systematic, “robotic” fashion, taking 3 or 4 steps before spinning on its own axis. It would take three or four steps toward where it had commenced its search. Without question, it was looking for something with a great deal of interest and concentration.
Regarding this being, its “luminous outfit” was worth noting for its strangeness. It looked like a coverall, but form-fitting rather than bulky. It also appeared to have a belt with a light in the middle, and something akin to a “transparent helmet”, fishbowl-type, covered its head. There was a small light in the middle of its face. Its height was more than 1.80m. They used a nearby tree in making this calculation. Minutes later, Ezequiel made a clicking sound and the being instantly turned its head from the location it was staring at. It turned to look at them, observing them. Affected by the creature’s reaction, a shocked Ezequiel began repeating, “It’s not human, It’s not human! its not human!”
They headed back to their cabin in which they were lodging at a running pace. One of the witnesses stayed behind only a few seconds, watching the being face to face. Suddenly the being began to ascend the mountain range, either by levitating or floating, he too broke into a run, following Ezequiel. At a given moment, Ezequiel, utterly shocked by the experience, turned around to say that the creature was following them. However the other witness could not corroborate this since he didn’t turn around. Prior to this encounter, it seemed that everything had become very quiet in their surroundings. No nature sounds, or the sounds of a typical night in the mountains, suck as the crackling of leaves, birds in the treetops, nothing. The wind had died down, no cars went by. It could be said that a very special atmosphere ‘surrounded them’. (13)

On October 3 2010 at 1930 in the town of Willoughby Spit, Virginia, a witness (a civil engineer by trade) had driven to a 7-11 store to purchase a pack of cigarettes. He was waiting in line to pay for his purchase when he noticed what he thought was a very large ‘hornet’ outside. He paid for his purchase and walked to his vehicle. He then looked up and saw a creature with wings standing on hind legs on the roof of the 7-11 store. He said that the creature was “battle ship gray”. The creature then flew towards him when he got into his truck and flew by his window as he was traveling home. He apparently took a video with his cellphone but had been having difficulty downloading it from the phone (no additional is known about the video). When he arrived home he was quite frightened when he heard a “whoosh whoosh” sound. He thought that the creature had followed him home, but didn’t see it. He immediately entered his apartment and did not see the creature again. (14)

During early October 2010 in and around Ongwediva, Namibia, there were stories of unidentified creatures that attacked animals at night. On the early morning of last Friday a puppy that belonged to Lukas Fotolela, a local resident, died after it was savagely mauled by an unknown creature. 
The creature allegedly entered the house through a small gate that was not properly closed.
“I was sleeping with an open window, when I saw a big white animal, with a black or brownish head forcing its way underneath the corrugated iron sheets where the puppies were sleeping. I tried to scare it away by hitting on the window but instead, it jumped towards me, wanting to attack me, but I quickly closed the door,” explained witness, Monica Simon.
According to Simon, the creature looked like a dog, but was bigger than a dog. She explained that the ‘animal’ exuded a very bad strong odor.
“After I closed the window the creature went back to the puppies and killed my favorite puppy. I heard it making sounds as if it was chewing something. I thought it was eating up the puppy but when we woke up the dead dog only had a bit of blood coming from its mouth. I guess it sucked its blood,” said Simon.
The owner of the house, Lukas Fotolela, who worked until late that night came home to find his dog dead. Fotolela said he searched his yard but could not find the animal or its footprints. For years now stories of unknown creatures that kill animals in the north, especially in the Oshana region have been reported. Livestock, especially goats and chickens have reportedly fallen prey to these creatures. They only suck their victim’s blood and eat the fetuses from expecting goats. (15)

On October 19 2010, at 5:25am, at an unspecified location in Indiana, the witness had been having difficulty in sleeping and awoke early realizing he had not taken the trash out to the curb. For some reason he had a really uneasy feeling but ignored it. After taking the trash out, he went to the front porch to smoke a cigarette. As he walked out he stood there and all of a sudden he saw movement out of his peripheral and immediately looked in that direction. He couldn’t believe his eyes as what appeared to be an ‘alien gray’ was trying to sneak across the street unnoticed. The witness walked off the porch to see where the creature had gone but it had vanished. He finished his cigarette and went back inside; he described the figure as a ‘classic gray alien’ 
The skin looked gray and it was not wearing any clothing, it had a very different stride from that of a human. (16)

On November 24 2010, in Brooks, Maine, at 1830 two were testing a new four wheel drive Ford on one of the men’s property. When they got up there they shut off the lights so only the parking lights were on, and the engine was running. Then something caught the eye of one of the men, about 100 yards away. It was somewhat shiny and just the corners were lit up on it. It was a triangle only 100 feet from then hovering 40 feet above the pine trees. The men turned off the engine and parking lights as they something on the ground with a light moving like it was looking for something. It scanned the ground for five minutes then the lights went away, but quickly came back and started to search around again. However this time the lights were brighter and closer.
They sat and watched quietly for another ten minutes. They were frightened since they knew that it was not a helicopter and the object had been ‘dead silent’. The only thing they heard was a low frequency sound. The lights kept getting brighter as if they were getting closer so one of the men suggested they leave the area.
However even after they started the truck and turned around it was still there, searching for something like it did not care that the men were there. It could have been up there for hours after they left, they did not return to find out. (17)

That same night (November 24) around midnight in the Cheboygan Michigan area, two friends had gone out, armed, looking for a spot to set up their binds for the muzzle-loading season when they crossed from a field with tons of deer beddings, then they came to another field with none whatsoever. They continued through this field and came across some a kind of game trail. They decided to venture down this trail into the woods.
They got maybe 300 yards in it and started hearing heavy breathing and snapping sounds in the thick brush to their right. They thought maybe coyotes but they got to a corner and were stopped on their tracks. In front of them, maybe 60 yards away, was something blacker than the woods standing on two feet and standing between 6’8” and 7’4”. They slowly turned away and back tracked. Before they got to the field the same thing was in front of them again. They turned around for a second and then turned back and it was gone. When they got to the field they noticed that there were four or more of these creatures, one on each corner of the field just standing there. They saw one move behind a tree. At this point they were very frightened, they made their way through the field and got to the edge and there was one standing directly in the middle of the trail entering the woods. At this point the witnesses hurried back home and the whole day they felt like they were being watched and stalked.
According to the main witness (a Michigan National guardsman) they had been out every night since then. They have learned not to use lights because it comes closer than 60 yards. The closest it has been to the witness was maybe 25 yards and was moving closer. At that point he shot at it. There were five in total that they saw the first night and after he shot at one, they went out later another night and there were only four and they seemed more aggressive. It seems that they were trying to herd the witnesses into a corner. (Is not clear how many times the witnesses encountered these strange creatures). (18)

On the night of December 4 2010, around 2:10am in Cypress, Texas, the witness suddenly awoke by the covers on the bed being pulled tight around her at all corners of the bed. She couldn’t move, she heard a loud humming noise in the room, so loud that it hurt her ears, and then a bright light came pouring into the room and she lifted her head and screamed for her husband who fell asleep on the couch. She tried to scream as loud as she could but nothing would come out, only a soft whimper. And then a small blue circle of light came out of the ceiling and beamed down to her husband’s side of the bed, while she was still trying to yell for her husband, but still nothing was coming out and she was completely paralyzed. Then all of the sudden the blue light went back up through the ceiling and the covers were loosened. She pulled back the covers and got out of bed to see a red beam of light shoot out of the bedroom window. (20)

In December 8 2010, around midnight in Victoria, Entre Rios Province, Argentina two local natural resources inspectors were patrolling a local ‘camping’ area, something they did every night. On this night the two men were illuminating each side of the road with their search beam when suddenly a bizarre creature appeared standing in front of them. 
The creature stood on its hind legs like a normal human being and stared intently at the two stunned witnesses. Not knowing what to think both men stopped their vehicle and ran out to get a closer look, and perhaps ‘capture’ the strange creature. The creature appeared to walk on its tip toes or claws, and appeared to be dark brown or gray in color, with a hairy body, long dangling arms, and large protruding ears. After a few seconds the creature scurried into the woods and disappeared from sight. Around the same time a group of fishermen in the same area were startled by a similar looking creature. But to date have refused to make an official statement of the event. (19)



On December 23 2010, around 03:00am in the industrial section of Zofri in Iquique Chile a security guard reported was sitting in his post with the lights of his truck illuminating some nearby bins when suddenly his guard ran towards the bins. He quickly followed the dog and at about 30 meters away he saw a strange figure standing on top of one of excavating equipment. As he approached the figure he was suddenly very frightened. The dog was now barking uncontrollably at the creature, which the guard estimated to have been about 1.80m in height, which a head disproportionately small as compared to the rest of the body and a pair of huge ‘gargoyle like’ wings. Suddenly the creature emitted a loud shrieking sound, something the witness had never heard before. Causing the dog to flee in a panic, closely followed by the witness who entered his truck and shone the headlights directly at the creature, once he did this the creature unfolded its wings and flew quickly towards the nearby hills. In a state of shock he was found by a local police patrol (Carabineros) still sitting in his truck. While the police was interrogating the witness they all heard a loud shrieking sound from the nearby hills. This caused the police patrol to summon additional men to the location. According to reports the original witness now lives in a constant state of fear and refuses to go out at night. (21)

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

ENCOUNTERS WITH THE BLOND AND THEIR KIN, CASE STUDIES PART II:


Figure 3.  “Nordic” type humanoid or alien

In the last journal I detailed reports of encounters with this type of humanoid or similar all the way to the late 60’s. Contrary to popular belief this type of humanoid report did not completely end and the ‘grays’ did not take over, so to speak. Reports continued well into the new millennium as I will again summarize several interesting incidents. It is also interesting to note that none of the reports involved individuals involved in the so-called ‘Contactee’ conundrum or proponents of the “Space brothers” theory.

Sometime in the year 1970 a man was driving through the Mojave Desert, California just before dawn when he saw a blazing orange sphere pass over his car and land on a sandy plain nearby. The witness pulled over feeling no fear; he then felt an urge to leave the car and began walking towards the object. As he neared the sphere the orange light began to dim. Then a doorway opened at the base of the craft and a six-foot five inch tall human-like figure appeared, he was very well built and moved towards the witness with great agility then stood in front of him. The tall man was silent but placed his hands on the witness shoulders and looked into his eyes for a few moments. The man then walked back to the ship and boarded it. The craft again became fiery orange, lifted up, and silently moved towards the north at terrific speed. (22)

In the evening of August 10 1970 in the small village of Hotaville New Mexico, Titus Lamson, a Traditionalist Hopi, saw a rainbow colored saucer shaped construction moving over the village in a westerly direction. It had “a dome, a round thing, and an aerial” (antenna) on top. It became transparent as he watched it. Inside he could see the back of someone dressed in a gray ‘ski-jump outfit.” The man, who had blond hair reaching to his shoulders, was facing an instrument panel. The craft descended slowly until it nearly touched the ground, and then disappeared over a ridge. Lamson set out to search for it with a flashlight but could not find it. (23)

One late night in 1973 in the town of Divinopolis, Minas Gerais state, Brazil after arguing with family members and his sister’s boyfriend, the witness, Zenon Carlos Rios decided to go up to the terraced rooftop and sleep there for the night. As he lay on the hard concrete, almost at the brink of falling asleep, he suddenly heard a long whistle that startled him awake. He looked up and saw a large blue craft, hovering just 2 meters above him, that seemed to be about to fall on him.
The craft was egg-shaped with blue, black and white lights. There was a huge glass paned window going from one side to the other and inside he could see two human-like figures sitting at a control panel. The two humanoids wore black outfits and have very pale features, and short white curly hair. Zenon was unable to move and as the bottom of the craft seemed to about to strike him, a door opened. Then a powerful blast of air sucked him inside the object. Inside he noticed a strong odor resembling propane gas, he immediately lost consciousness. His next memory was of waking up on the terrace feeling great pain throughout his body. With great difficulty he walked downstairs and was stunned to learn that he had been gone for 3 days. He was unable to recall what happened during those three days. (It is not mentioned if any hypnotic regression was performed on the witness). (24)

On January 8 1974 in Springfield, Ohio, Leaving his job around 3:13am Mr. Justice, age 50, experienced failure of car lights and motor; then multicolored blinking lights descended just yards in front of his car, followed by the appearance of a blinding white oval of light approximately 6 feet in diameter, apparently showing the interior of a UFO. He could see five small occupants within; seated on high backed chairs and wearing bright colored robes and each had long brown hair that reached the floor. They appeared to be 3 to 4 foot tall, and the witness could not recall their facial features. The object brightly illuminated the surroundings and car interior. After 5 minutes, the interior light was extinguished and the object ascended rapidly with another display of colored, flashing lights. A maintenance man on the premises had noticed a failure of his “pager” radio four times between 1900 & 2200, earlier that evening although no UFOs were seen. (25)


In June 6 1974, during the daytime, in Wissant, Pas de Calais, France, a student, D.X., had taken his parents camper out to the Dunes where he could study quietly for his end of term exams. Taking a break from his studies, he strolled along the beach near Cap Blanc Nez. Topping a dune, he was surprised to see, at its base, a cube-shaped object, about 3 meters per side and aluminum in color, sitting on a slender, black tripod-like landing gear. No other features on the object were apparent. The ground at the site was marshy and muddy. Standing next to the object were two human-like beings a little over 4 ft tall, wearing one-piece suits of a shiny, gray-white color, almost a metallic sheen to them; a slight fold or crease ran from the neck to the stomach.
They wore tall narrow helmets on their heads with faceplates that showed about three quarters of their faces. Their eyes were very large, their noses long and thin. Their hands were covered by what appeared to be inflated mittens. The witness did not notice their feet. One was about ten meters to his right, the other to his left. The one on the right circled around the object and had no sooner rejoined the second when a third entity appeared.
He was much taller than the other two, at least two meters in height (6’6), and he came from behind the object, around the left side, and stood near the first two. Unlike the smaller beings, he wore no helmet. His features were human, and he had long blond hair. One of the smaller beings then made sounds coming from deep within his throat, which seemed to have a hypnotic effect upon the witness. At that point, the witness is unable to recall what happened next, as he appears to have “blacked out.” When he came back to his senses, everything had disappeared. He was troubled about not being able to recall what had happened to him. He could find no traces of the object and the three beings at the site. (26) (Indeed a very intriguing, little known case in which two different types of entities appeared to have been ‘operating’ together). We go on to even stranger rendezvous as the decades of the 70’s ended.

Undetermined date in 1976 in the Molebka area, Perm region, Urals, Russia, the 18-year old witness, Vladimir S, after suffering a job-related injury to his back was sent to this region by his family for repose and to seek locals with curative powers which were known to live in the region. His injury required him to walk with a cane. While there he camped, along with several others in a small peninsula by the river Chosovaya.
Immediately he was struck by the apparent complete absence of wildlife in the area, including insects in an area with some trees and plants. One night at the end of his stay in the area Vladimir woke up around 03:00am in order to satisfy a certain physiological need. At about 20 meters from the tent he noticed a luminous egg-shaped object rising out of the river. Stunned, he stood watching as the object hovered in total silence in front of him. The craft was luminous matte yellow in color and apparently translucent which emitted a strong heat that the witness felt engulf his face.
Inside the object stood a humanoid figure about 1.90m in height, with arms tightly held against its body, it had long hair and the witness was unable to see its feet. Suddenly from the top of the object a green beam of light shot out striking the witness full on the face like a photo flash, he was unable to seen anything for several seconds. When he was able to see again he noticed the object flying way into the distance and disappearing from sight. Very soon after this incident the witness allegedly recovered completely from his injuries and did not necessitate a cane to walk ever again. (27)

“No Fear”

Ringwood, Passaic, New Jersey, On February 13 1976 around 2300, the witness was hearing neighborhood dogs barking and howling, looked out her picture window and saw nothing unusual, but her hair stood up on the back of her neck. Looking to the left, she saw by the full moon’s light, 100 ft away, a small figure, about the size of a 10-year old child, dressed in a close fitting one-piece snowsuit of silvery color. The suit had a hood over the head, with lumps at the ears, a dark belt at the waist, and dark boots.
The witness felt convinced that the being was feminine. The face was visible and seemed not to be abnormal, as well as could be discerned at that distance. The witness felt paralyzed, and could not call for her daughter to come and see. She had a mental impression of the words “No fear” repeated 3 times. After perhaps 25 minutes, the figure turned on its heels and walked off into the woods. The witness returned to the house about 10 minutes later, and she told her husband to go out and look for footprints in the freshly fallen snow. He found a set of small footprints leading away from the spot into the woods, but none leading up to it. (28). Perhaps not a “Nordic” or blond type of entity but a small human-type nonetheless which before the advent of the ‘grays’ were frequently reported during close encounters.

North Reddish, Cheshire, England, in August of 1976 around noon three young children were playing on a waste ground just off Longford Road West near an old railway line. They were around a hut which had been constructed for them by a neighbor. The girl, Susan, was tired and thirsty so she went into the hut to make herself and the boys some orange drinks. The boys remained outside playing by some bushes. Suddenly the boys saw a flash of silver pass before their eyes, and heard a crackling noise coming from the directions of the bush. Looking in the direction they saw a strange figure emerge from within the bush. He was wearing a silvery one-piece suit, seemed human in appearance but had a short gray beard and long yellowish hair. The boys stood aghast because he was floating about six inches off the ground. The figure was only visible for a few seconds, and then it just vanished. John, one of the boys, said, “It was like a light-bulb being switched off, one minute he was there, the next he was gone.”
Meanwhile Susan was in the shed totally unaware of all this. As she completed the drinks she heard a strange rustling sound. Looking up out of the window she found herself staring face to face with a strange man who was not more than a few feet away. He was behind the boys, so out of their immediate sight, for they were still looking towards the bush. Susan did not know this man, so she stared back at him.
Then he looked away from her and took a small hand held shovel from the belt he wore around his waist. He proceeded to stoop down and dig up small bits of soil, pouring each shovel full into a see-through kind of plastic bag. There were several of these out around his waistband. By now she was getting frightened, as she had no idea who this man was, or what he was doing—and he did look a little odd. So she yelled out instinctively to the boys. As soon as she did this the man vanished into thin air. When the boys turned around he was not to be seen. In height he was similar to Susan and John’s father (five feet nine inches). His complexion was very pale, and his eyes were long and narrow and slanted a bit “like a cat’s”. The silvery suit was like a track suit and seemed to be elastic at the bottom. There were four or five buttons running down the middle of the chest at the top. The hands were covered with silvery gloves and the footwear consisted of boots with thick black soles on them.
Unafraid the children decided to look to see if they could find him again. They walked forward a few yards towards the fence surrounding the school and in a few moments spotted him again. He was stooped down by the fence, seemingly collecting more samples. He seemed unaware of the children, and continued for a few moments this time although they remained some yards away. Then he disappeared again, only this time John and Susan said he seemed to “go down into the ground and just vanish”. The children now walked towards the spot where he had been and saw an object rising slowly from the ground, apparently within the playground of the school. It was a medium sized object shaped like a gently curved disc with a more or less flat bottom. It was silver but had four dark holes (windows?) at the top in a row, and a couple of dark blotches on the bottom in the middle. It rose slowly and then moved horizontally heading south south east to disappear in the direction of Tennyson Road, still quite low. (29)

In the autumn of 1976 in the city of Helsingborg, Skane, Sweden, around midnight, a local housewife suddenly woke up as her husband remained sleeping next to her. Shen then saw standing next to her bed a man about 1.90m in height. He had light short hair, blue eyes and was very handsome in appearance. He wore a loose fitting silvery coverall. The figure radiated great warmth and kindness and the witness remained calm. The room also became unaccountably hot. After about 3-4 minutes of standing in the room the figure suddenly vanished in plain sight. (30)

1977 was a landmark year as far as the amount of high strange incidents and encounters but the country of Brazil seemed to have been at the forefront of it all.

One late night in August 1977 in the city of Sao Jose do Rio Preto, Sao Paolo state, Brazil, a local teacher was lying on her bed in her bedroom when she noticed through the open window a small luminous sphere hovering above some nearby trees. Suddenly the sphere flew through the window into the bedroom and transformed itself into a human-like figure resembling that of a ‘Roman Soldier’ complete with helmet and a metallic armor-like outfit.
The intruder joined the stunned witness in bed, an opening became visible around the trousers area of the stranger and a thin luminous penis emerged, which easily penetrated the witness who felt extreme pleasure despite the circumstances (!). After, she felt very tired and sleepy; she slept so soundly that she missed her classes the next day. According to the witness (who inexplicably remained a virgin after the encounter) the stranger visited on several occasions with the same results. Her health deteriorated and she became depressed, loosing all interest in her boyfriend. (31)

On afternoon in November 1977 at Baia do Sol, Para state, Brazil, a man was sleeping after lunch when he awoke to see a red light blinking outside his house. Thinking it strange he went to the window. Outside he saw a huge object shaped like a helicopter but without rotors. There were three men inside. They were tall, at least 1.80 meters, with blond hair and blue eyes and were wearing white suits with blue capes. They appeared to be working with instruments resembling computers. When he appeared at the window, he heard one of the men say to the others, “Look at that” and immediately the UFO took off, disappearing behind some trees. (32)

That same November 1977, at night, near the city of Colares, also in the state of Para, Brazil, a pilot was driving near Colares when he spotted a disc landing behind some trees. He was alone on the road, it was completely dark, and he became frightened. Then he saw a man walking toward him. The stranger was tall and had blond hair. He walked close to the car, looked at the driver and looked into his eyes. The driver began to cry and the tall man shook his head, glanced at the license plate, turned and walked back into the forest. Then the disc took off. (33)


Figure 4. Entity reported in Argentina 1978.
1978 likewise was a landmark year as far as close encounters with humanoids and high strangeness events. Many of these events were reported from Italy (which experienced an unprecedented wave of encounters), Argentina and other South American countries. I will summarize some of the most interesting events, concerning ‘Nordic’ type entities and their kin for 1978.

One evening in January of 1978 near the city of Puyehue, Chile, the main witness, known only as ‘Don Gaspar’ and several other men were traveling by minibus (microbus) during a business trip when they noticed a strange light on a nearby clearing on the side of the road. They stopped the bus and Gaspar ran towards the light (shades of Travis Walton). There was a sudden flash and Gaspar stopped on his tracks seemingly reduced to ashes (!). Two figures exited the hovering light and using a device resembling a large aspirator (vacuum cleaner) absorbed what was left of Gaspar into what appeared to be a large aluminum bag (I think this is a unique description in the bizarre annals of Ufology). Somehow in this condition Gaspar was made to understand that he was going to be reconstituted onboard the object. Soon he found himself in a room surrounded by a very white light, brighter on the top and more opaque towards the bottom.
The room resembled a doctor’s examining room with a single bed in the center. Gaspar met several man-like humanoids very similar to humans except for very subtle differences especially in the area of the hands. He was then given a thorough examination that included his heart, head and genitalia. A blond extraterrestrial female was later brought into the room and clearly communicated to Gaspar via telepathy that she wished to mate with him as part of an “experiment”. He was also told that human life span was too short for their purposes. Soon he was returned to his friends, who were sleeping peacefully in the bus and later as he stood around talking with them, his parka and several other of his belongings suddenly burst into flames. Soon after this incident the witness vision improved dramatically and a strange mark appeared on his forehead. (34)

On February 4 1978, at a dam called Dique La Florida y San Luis province, Argentina at around 04:45am, six men, Manuel Alvarez, Pedro Sosa, Regino Pedroni, Genaro Sosa, Jacinto Lucero & Ramon Sosa had gone out fishing near the shore of the lake and while four of them slept two of the men spotted a huge upside down bowl-shaped object emitting a bright fluorescent light descend near them at high speed. It stopped 25 meters from the witnesses and hovered. A hatch opened and a small ladder was lowered to the ground. Soon a very tall human-like figure then exited the object. The figure was wearing a bright silvery scaly outfit and wore mittens on his hands. He also wore a transparent bowl-shaped helmet that covered his head completely. The being had beautiful features and blond hair, he walked towards the witnesses and made a hand gesture, like a greeting, he then walked back and re-entered the object which quickly ascended at high speed towards the northwest. The other four men awakened to see the object flying away. (35)

On a day between April 25 and April 30 1978, in Moscow Russia, the witness, a woman, A.G. was lying on her couch around midnight in her apartment which was located on the fifth floor of a multistoried complex. She had just finished reading a book and was preparing to sleep and had just finished switching off the lamp when she suddenly felt a strong pressure on her body. The pressure was below her waist, worried she looked at the window to her left and was surprised to see a dense curving cloud entering her room through a small opening on the windowpane. She didn’t noticed how two humanoid figures suddenly appeared in her room, since she had been looking at the strange swirling cloud. Both figures were human-like in appearance and very tall, at least 2.6 to 2.8m in height, both were dressed in light colored coveralls, with round, globe-shaped glass like helmets which emitted the same soft light as their clothing.
Both humanoid figures stood very close to her but did not touch her, just stood over her. She heard speech coming from them but she couldn’t understand the language or meaning of the words, she was still hindered by a heaviness that now felt all over her body, she wanted to move was unable to. She then addressed the humanoids, begging them to leave quickly, since the pressure (that she assumed they emitted) was very heavy. In a moment both humanoids vanished, transforming their bodies into a swirling dense cloud which slowly floated out the apartment through a slight opening in the window. A.G. now felt the heaviness gone and stood up, amazed as to what had occurred, she then approached the window and tried to look out, but due to the size of the window she wasn’t able to look out. She felt no fear during the encounter and was amazed that she was not able to move while her brain seemed to still function properly. (36)

For the record, during early 1978 there were numerous reports of encounters with strange entities in and around the Moscow metropolitan area, some of them in the subway system of the city. (Please refer to an updated version of 1978 humanoid reports).


On July 4 1978 near Mt Etna, Catania, Italy between 2230 & 2330 four witnesses, Franco Padellero (aged 27), and Attilio Di Salvatore, (aged 30), both sergeants in the Italian Air Force, Maurizio Esposito (aged 21), an Italian Naval officer, and Signora Antonina Di Pietro, who was a friend of the latter, the men were all off duty and were on vacation by Mount Sona on the slopes of the great volcano Etna, on the island of Sicily.
The first thing they noticed was a triangle of bright red lights in the sky. These three lights seemed to pulsate, growing larger then smaller. Suddenly one of them detached itself and streaked down towards the group. It went out of sight, behind the slope, about 1000 feet away. Deciding to investigate, the group got into Di Salvatore’s car and drove along towards the place where the object had seemed to land. By the side of the road there was a dip and as they rounded a bend they saw a dazzle of bright light coming from the dip. Stopping the car they got out and went over to the edge to look. Sitting by a rocky precipice below them was a classically shaped flying saucer, about 40 ft across. The object had a dome on top what was a brilliant yellow in color. The rest of it was a reddish hue, with red and blue lights on top.
By the side of the craft on the precipice there were five or six beings. These were very tall, and wore black overall-like suits that fitted very tightly. Their features were human and the four witnesses said they looked very beautiful. The hair was a blond color. Two of the beings began to climb the slopes of the precipice towards the witnesses, who by now were rooted to the spot, immobilized by a strange force. The entities were smiling at them and came to within about 15 feet, before one nodded his head towards the saucer and they started to climb down again.
The object had now started to glow with myriad tiny lights of many colors but the yellow, red and blue still predominated. Suddenly a car drove past and all the lights on the object went out. As soon as the car had gone they brightened again. Soon after this the hold on the witnesses was released suddenly. They wasted no time in scrambling back to their car and driving to the hotel as fast as possible. They did not see the UFO depart. For some time afterwards all four felt drained of energy. (37)

On early morning of August 1978 near the village of Larzhanka, Odessa region, Russia, two men, V. T. Poliszhuk and his friend A. I. Yurchenko, both ardent hunters, were hunting waterfowl in a wildlife reservation on the banks of the Danube. After finishing their hunt the satisfied men went with their trophies on the road near the village and waited for a bus to take them to the Izmail Laboratory. The road was strangely deserted. Suddenly both men saw a young woman of amazing beauty on the road. The witnesses could not remember the way she was dressed but very clearly remembered her uncommon beauty and long loose flowing light blond hair. She was at least 2 meters in height.
The woman walked towards the two witnesses as they both stared mesmerized, unable to speak. When she was about 15-20 meters away from the men, the woman stared fixedly at them and something that felt like cold water suddenly splashed on the men’s eyes, everything around them then became cloaked in a misty cloudy shroud. This lasted for more than a minute. When everything cleared and the men were able to see again, the woman was walking away, however she suddenly stopped and looked back at the men and again the milky mist-like substance covered the men’s faces. When the mist vanished, the woman was no longer visible. Near the location of the incident there is a very deep lake called Yalpug. There have been numerous UFO encounters in the area and other humanoid observations of what the locals call the “Cane alien people”. There is also talk about an underground alien base in this area. (38)


Figure 5. Lake Yalpug Ukraine

 On September 13 1978 at night in the town of Blumenau, Santa Catarina state, Brazil, the witness, known as Mrs. Carvalho was traveling in her Chevette in the outskirts of this location at around 60mph. Suddenly the car appeared to loose speed, and then a circular shade seemed to descend above the vehicle and cover it completely. She felt the car rising up very high at high speed. The doors of the vehicle were also opening and closing at high speed, making a loud racket.
At this point Mrs. Carvalho blacked out. Upon waking up she found herself in a semi-circular room, of a yellow subdued color, in front of her stood a very tall man, over 2 meters in height, which called himself “Dagon”.
He spoke without moving his lips and while he communicated, Mrs. Carvalho experiences a bizarre sensation as if she was being “reduced in size”, her clothes seemed to increase in size and her feet appear to float inside her boots. She could not see where her vehicle was, and then everything became hazy. She was found by the Federal police sleeping in her vehicle on the side of the road near Florianopolis. She had no idea how she had arrived at the location. (39) Interesting information as to the name “Dagon” given by this ‘alien’.
Dagon was originally a fertility god, though once these beliefs adapted to Hebrews he evolved into a major northwest Semitic god, reportedly of fish and/or fishing. He was worshipped by the early Amorites and by the inhabitants of the cities of Ebla (modern Tell Mardikh, Syria) and Ugarit (modern Ras Shamra, Syria) (which was an ancient city near the Mediterranean containing a large variety of ancient writings and pagan shrines). He was also a major member, or perhaps head, of the pantheon of the Biblical Philistines.
As the year progressed reports became even stranger (if you believe that) making way to 1979 or the end of the high strangeness decade and the beginning of the 80’s, or perhaps what some have called the dawn of the grays.

Between 7:00am and 8:00 am on the morning of October 15 1978 near the small hamlet of Jaraba, in Zaragoza Spain, a 50year old man was on his way to photograph nests of “Milopas” (a variety of eagles) with his “Canon” camera equipped with a 200mm objective and loaded with Kodachrome film. The continuous cawing of crows could be heard. Suddenly, it all became silent. He goes on walking, and then positions himself between fences near a post for rabbit hunters. He mounts his camera with a tele-objective on the tripod, and focuses on the supposed nest. Surprised by reflections on the view finder, he looks around himself but does not notice anything abnormal. He then starts to hear a weak buzzing which disappears suddenly, and turns once more to focus his camera. After a while, he feels uneasy, with an impression, of “metallic teeth” and the hair at the nape of his neck stands on end. The camera and his watch seem warm, he turns around and sees at a distance of around 20 meters a seemingly ovoid object surrounded by small “antennas,” for which he estimates a diameter of 5 meters by comparison with a Dodge. There were also two “individuals” 1.90m or more in height, wearing blue-gray suits, apparently made of dull plastic and tight belts. They seem to be blond. One of them is bent over a tube, apparently metallic, which enters the ground. The other one carries a box above which a sphere seems to float.
The buzzing sound which had reappeared meanwhile now stops. The tube carrier stands up and makes gestures to the witness, who stands up too and while approaching a bit, feels an impression of heat. Speaking loudly he asks the individuals whether they need help, but hears his own voice “distorted.” A little afraid, he stops and asks them what they are doing. The individual goes on making gestures, and suddenly draws the tube out of the ground, “folds” it and goes to the object with his companion. The buzzing sound now reappears louder and louder, and the witness starts feeling again, more intensely, the “electric” sensation in the nape of his neck and his mouth, as well as vibrations on the ground. He goes back to his camera. The object rises up about two meters, while the sound increases. The witness does not notice any air movement, or any visible thruster, however, from certain angles; he believes he can distinguish three circular spots on the underside of the object. He has time to take 2 or 3 pictures, and then the object rises once more and disappears. The buzzing sound disappears at the same time but the metallic taste in the mouth remains, and will last around 2 days. The witness does not notice traces, except a small funnel shaped hole in the ground, with a diameter of around 20 centimeters. Once developed, the film will appear completely fogged. The witness who to date did not believe in UFOs believes he has just seen one, but decides not to talk about it. (40)
On November 14 1978, one early morning around 05:30am at the small hamlet of Colle del Castello near Donato Di Tagliacozzo, Italy, Giuseppi de Giovanni, aged 51, was tending some cattle and was searching for a cow which had strayed—when suddenly he saw a circular object of an estimated diameter of 5 meters and height of 1.50m. He said it looked like “a brown shoe-polish box,” with some small windows, lying in a field. Di Giovanni approached the strange object and looked inside (presumably through one of the ports) where he saw 6 or 7 “people” of human aspect. They were small, wore green overalls, and were smiling like children. Two of the entities were “women” like dolls. While the women were blondes, the “men” were dark haired and gave the appearance of being much older than the women. The witness was suddenly overtaken by fear and hid himself behind a bush. He rubbed his eyes but the object ‘was still there.” Then he closed his eyes for a minute or so, but when he re-opened them the strange object was gone. (41)
We finish this memorable year of close encounters (433 in my files) with another bizarre encounter from Brazil.

On December 6 1978 at about 2030-2045 at a place called Marimbondo near Fronteira, Minas Gerais, Brazil, watchman Jesus Antunes Moreira was on guard duty inside the security zone of the Marimbondo Hydroelectric plant. He was in the guard house, right on the top of the dam, because it was raining at the time, and he was anxious to keep dry. Suddenly he noticed that something was lighting up the surface of the water of the dam. His curiosity aroused, he stepped out of the guard house and went to see what it could be, and found himself looking at an object which was slightly above the level of the horizon about 200 meters from him, and crossing the Rio Grande (Brazil). It was coming in his direction, and when it got closer, he could make out that it was a spacecraft about five meters wide and three meters high, white in color, and emitting a certain amount of luminosity. It looked as though it was about to land on top of the dam, maybe right by the powerhouse. At first Moreira thought that it was some new type of helicopter, because he knew that the directors of the plant frequently do use helicopters when making their inspections of the dam, but the craft was not making the slightest noise in flight. Getting more and more curious he started walking along on the concreted part of the dam, but the craft went past where he was and then moved to the earthen part of the dam, it was about 1 ½ meters from the foot of it.
He was now able to see that its color was not white, but a light gray. It had a door about two meters high, with a little window in the upper part of it, and it had a sort of platform running right around it. By now he was only about seven meters from him. Then the little window opened, and in it there appeared a face in many respects very like a human face. Then the main door opened, and from it came three beings dressed in blue coveralls with a metallic sheen. They were all very tall—two meters maybe—and with quite long, black, smooth hair. In an absolutely natural sort of fashion, they spoke to him, in some unknown language. He replied, in his confusion, that he would go and get somebody who could speak their language. He was thinking that they could have been foreigners. When he said he would go to one of the telephones that are strung out along the 300 meter wide top of the dam, one of them gestured to him to step back. At this stage he began to become frightened, and he felt for his revolver, which he was wearing over his rain cape with the idea of firing a warning shot should it be necessary. And indeed he did try to shoot, but the revolver jammed and would not fire. At that point one of them went inside the machine and came out with a black box, about the size of a shoe box, and handed it to one of the others who was the one that had the longest hair. He noticed that all of them were wearing rose-colored gloves, which were luminous, like their blue overalls. From then on he was able to understand perfectly what they were saying to him, in Portuguese.
They asked him if he was scared and told him to keep calm, because they said they had no intention of doing him any harm. When he asked them what they wanted, and were they came from, they said they were on a research and study mission and that if he remained calm, he would soon know all about it. His meeting with the ufonauts was broken off when one of them, using a rope with a grab at the end of it, started extracting some stones from the place, whereupon he objected. That was enough for them to put away the box and without the slightest show of dissatisfaction or displeasure re-enter their craft. After the incident Moreira was examined by a company Doctor, Sergio Bandeira, and he passed all the tests successfully. (42)

Figure 6. Humanoids and craft Marimbondo.

We enter now the end of the “high strangeness decade” the year 1979 and bizarre encounters continued unabated.

One evening in early 1979 at a place called Nildottie in South Australia a bizarre event was reported.
The two witnesses, Jack and Don had been experiencing problems with their TV antenna being twisted around. The cause puzzled them. One evening after cooking a meal, the Venetian blinds went up and down. Both went outside to look and were approached by European looking people. They appeared to be wearing woolen jumpers. There were both male and females. A bright light shone on them and both men felt calm. They were then taken over to a mound of gravel adjacent to which a craft was located. The men were taken inside. It was cold and the beings apparently agreed to escort them back to the house to get jumpers. They were not allowed to take food. They then returned to the object and it took off. As it rose they saw the TV antenna on the house below twist around. They could see across the Murray River as they rose up. Don, the younger of the two, was given strange, repetitive tests. Seven hours later they were returned. When a neighbor visited and found them confused, police were called in. The two men were taken to a local hospital. They seemed to be suffering from yellow jaundice and eye problems. Both men passed away within two years of the encounter. (43). (I have asked myself something about this case, “Where the two unfortunate men somehow victims of a dark government experiment?”) The world will never know.

A somewhat crude abduction attempt report was reported one late evening in early January 1979 near the town of Santa Cruz, state of Rio Grande Do Norte, Brazil (where else!).
The witness was walking home after dark, when he stopped to light a cigarette and moments later a brightly lit object suddenly descended from the sky and stopped just several meters above his head. It was silent and shaped like a ‘silo’. A door opened and the witness could now see a man and a woman sitting inside on seats. They sat motionless side by side. A light now engulfed the witness and he felt being pulled upwards into the object. He grabbed a small palm tree and wrapped himself around it. He could barely hold on when drops of hot liquid, resembling melted wax began falling on his hands, in a possible attempt to loosen his grip. But the witness would not let go and the beings finally gave up. The door closed and the craft shot up into the sky vanishing at high speed. According to the terrified witness the beings looked like ‘foreigners’ with light-colored hair. (44)

On January 29 1979 in the village of Bissoe, Truro, Cornwall, England, a man and his son were suddenly awakened to find their bedroom brightly lit up. One of the witnesses looked out the window and was amazed to see a bright hovering oval-shaped craft. Inside two human-like figures with long fair wavy hair could be clearly seen. The bright object then glided silently away and then shot away at high speed. (45)

On March 1979 during the afternoon, a very similar case was reported in Sheffield, South Yorkshire, England. A man and a woman were out chatting by a payphone in broad daylight when they noticed a gray disc shaped object with a dome on top hovering above a local Fish & Chips restaurant. Through a transparent window on the dome they were able to see two man-like figures staring down at them, one had his hands behind his back. Both figures wore ice blue tight fitting suits and had long blond hair. At the same time the witnesses noticed a strange silence in the area. After the incident the woman began to experience different types of psychic phenomena, including seeing an apparition of her deceased husband. (46)

One night in the summer of 1979 near Pinedale, Wyoming, a witness (wishing to remain anonymous) was staying in a cabin in the hills of the Wind River Range, when in a dream-like state he saw a beautiful female being about 8 feet tall. She had all white hair, very large eyes, but perfectly proportionate to her face, with a very glossy look. She wore a dress that was all white and made of some kind of feather-like material. The witness was so awed by her beauty that he actually attempted to flirt with her. He felt compassion and love emanating from her. The day after this ‘encounter’ the witness saw a silver lens-shaped object hovering over the Wind River Range. (47)

A very strange event was reported during the middle of October of 1979 in the town of Urbanizacion Villa Capri, Rio Piedras Puerto. Perhaps not necessarily involving the “blonds” but definitely their “kin”, around 1400 in the afternoon, the witness, a lone housewife, was resting at home when suddenly she heard a loud humming sound and the sound of something falling on the roof. When she looked out the window she felt paralyzed and began hearing a voice in her head telling her “not to be afraid.” Consequently five little men, three foot tall, descended from the roof and began rummaging through the patio terrace. She was able to see some flashing lights in the direction from where they had descended. The beings were described as thin, with child-like bodies, short arms, and wearing tight-fitting one-piece green outfits with yellow hood-like headgear. They wore wide belts around the waist and small yellowish boots. They all had human, but somewhat deformed features. One of them that appeared to have been the leader communicated telepathically with the witness and warned her of coming wars and disasters. They then promptly took their leave. (48)

On December 22 1979 around 1825 in at a location near Toronto, Ontario, Canada, the main witness and her brother were driving just north of town on a foggy evening, when they came upon a really heavy fog bank, then entered a dense black cloud, and when they emerged there was not any other traffic around. They had lost about 20 minutes of time. Later under hypnosis they recalled seeing a swirling black cloud and three human-like figures approaching their vehicle, they were very human looking, blond and about five foot ten inches tall. They wore gray green coveralls. They took the main witness apparently into an object, which was green inside; her brother was left in the car. She was later brought back to the car. (49)

On the next issue of ‘The Journal of Humanoid Studies’ Vol. 2 nr 2, will include the third installment of “Encounters with the blond and their kin” we will explore similar encounters as strange or stranger as the ones already presented. Cases reported during the decade of the 80’s will be summarized. The next issue will deal with cases during the decade of the 90’s and finally on the issue after that, we will have the last segment which will deal with similar cases in the new millennium.

THE PRE-ARNOLD CORNER 
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

In keeping with the ‘Blonds and their kin’ theme I will present 3 cases from 1946 describing similar entities.

Sometime in 1946, (unknown time) in Aylesbury, Buckinghamshire, England, a man walking along a country road sighted a huge dome-shaped structure on a field across from him. As he watched, several glass-like doors seemed to open and shut. The witness approached the object and saw several men in silvery suits apparently working around the object. One saw him and was heard to say, “How did he get here”? “His clothes are at least 100 years old”? Two of the men then seized him and dragged him inside the object. He managed to break away and ran through some doors. He ran for a while, turned around and the craft had disappeared. (50)

During 1946 in the Isaklinsk area, Samara region, Russia, according to local villagers, from the nearby forest ravines appeared some strange ‘people’ described as very human-like but wearing strange blue coveralls somehow resembling those worn by sailors. Thus the local residents began to call the strangers “sailors”. Some of these “sailors” even visited the villages in order to barter with the collective farmers for bread and milk. They spoke very bad Russian, mangling the words. The strangers offered strange tiny cigarette lighter-like objects that lit up with a strong flame at the slightest touch, and bottled “sweet” water. There is no record as to what happened with the bartered items and when the “sailors” did stop visiting. (51)

During the summer of 1946 at about 15 minutes after midnight in the fair city of Johannesburg, South Africa, the two witnesses, sisters Vida Goldsworthy and Mrs. Naudwin (first name not provided) had been to the local cinema and on their return decided to take their dog for a walk before retiring to bed. They gained entrance to the waste ground behind their flat by way of an area where a demolished house once stood. They released the dog from the leash and it ran to the waste ground without hesitation while the two women stood on the pavement at the entrance, chatting idly about the movie they had just seen. Suddenly there was a loud thud, as if something had struck the ground somewhere in the darkness before them.
Anxious in case an African had thrown something at their dog, (those were the days) they looked around. It was then that Mrs. Naudwin saw the object and drew her sister’s attention to it as it hovered over the Langum Hotel by only about five feet, being therefore about 50 feet above the ground. Both women were mystified, having never before seen anything remotely similar, considered it was some new kind of military device, which was odd, but not out of place in the post war situation. The thing that hovered partly over the hotel and partly over the roadway behind it (some 200 yards away) was basically rounded. In the same shape of a saucer with a round ball in the center, when first seen the ball was split exactly in two by the central saucer shape. The witnesses were able to obtain a very clear view of the object as it hovered quite silently. Whether or not the “thud” they had heard was connected with the object is not known. In size it was about 25 to 30 feet across and about 15 feet high. The rim was of a brownish color while the center of the saucer was white. The central ball was a bright golden color. Having dismissed it as a military device, the women began to lose interest. They had only watched it for a few seconds but already their gaze began to move away from it. It was then that they noticed that the dog was by their feet and very calm. At this point they heard a clicking noise and immediately following this, the central ball began to drop down through the saucer shape with a noticeable gap, and stopped when it was directly level with the roof of the hotel. There was no visible hole through which the sphere could have passed. The underside of the saucer was clearly seen as the object itself seemed to be tilted slightly away from the women. The ball remained in this detached position for some seconds and then there was a second loud click. The ball now moved upwards through the saucer again, although once more no hole was apparent and finally it detached itself above the saucer. The sphere was then seen to be supported by two dark “metal” pillars. They gave off no light and it was just an impression that they were made of metal, but Vida Goldsworthy clearly recalls seeing the sky between them.
When the sphere was supported above the main body the witnesses became aware that the object was in fact rotating in an anti-clockwise direction. It may well have been doing this throughout the observation. As the ball raised itself above the main body a further dimension was added to the mystery by the appearance of two figures. They had seemingly entered the gap below the sphere during its passage upwards through the main body of the object. These entities were human in appearance and could have passed quite easily for ordinary persons. They were almost exact replicas one of the other. Estimated to be about seven feet tall they had fair European skin coloration. The hair was short, fair and wavy, and the beings were well built. Vida Goldsworthy described them as “very good looking.” The figures were wearing an all white uniform of some type which was gathered in the middle by a brownish belt. There were two pockets at chest height, one on either side of the tunic top, and there were pleats running down the sides. Vida Goldsworthy also feels there was a line of buttons down the middle of the tunic top, but she is not certain of this. There was a stiff “stand up” collar at the neck. The legs were mostly obscured, as also were the sleeves, which throughout the encounter were behind the backs of the entities. By their body angle and their posture the witnesses felt that the entities were standing on a raised surface and leaning against an invisible rail of some kind. There was a distinct impression that the beings were watching the two women throughout this phase, although they were never seen to move. The object and humanoids eventually disappeared from sight behind some buildings and the witnesses returned home. (52)

THE FRINGE CORNER. 
XxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxX

What follows is one of the most bizarre and high strangeness incidents of that incredible decade of the 70’s. It perhaps embodied that decade of ‘strangeness’ combining both paranormal and Ufological aspects. Like or not many mainstream or ‘nuts and bolts’ Ufologists were beginning to realize that there was definitely something more than what met the eye.

The date was December 11 1975 at around 23:30 at night, the location, Toppenish Ridge, Washington an area known for numerous UFO sightings and other strange events.
Bob Le Duc (other sources give the name Jim Miller, possibly a pseudonym) had dropped off his girlfriend after a party. He turned off U.S. 97 and began the familiar journey home along Pumphouse Road which runs along the northern slopes of Toppenish Ridge. The gravel road was dark, without any streetlights. A mile up the road, Bob was surprised to see in his headlights a roan cow and her two calves’ beelining it toward him. The cow was bawling and looking back over its shoulder, apparently to make sure that one of the calves was following. Something had frightened the animals. Bob slowed his truck to avoid hitting them. Moments later, as he neared the top of a small rise, he saw three figures standing on the left side of the road. He wondered if they were travelers in trouble. The witness reduced his speed, ready to help. Suddenly one of the figures, standing in the ditch on the side of the road, bounded out onto the road in a 15-foot, floating, slow motion stride to a point just past the center of the road.
The figure, apparently a man, was about seven feet tall. He slowly put his arms above his head. An uncomfortable feeling descended over Bob. He decided it was best to continue on. The truck approached within several feet of the figure, and Bob saw that the man was extremely thin and wore tight black clothing with white bands at each wrist and ankle. A white trapezoid, as if an insignia, was on his chest, and black boots or similar footwear was on his feet. The man had a very long face, and a long, pointy nose. The skin on the face was very white, as if covered with flour. The upper lip appeared to be pulled back in a permanent snarl, and fine teeth were visible. The lower lip was either missing or very small. The man’s shoulder length hair was brownish, reddish-blond and very matted and stringy. The fingers on both of the man’s bare hands were long, and the creature grasped something purple in his left hand. The thing had a wire on it, which appeared to run down the creature’s arm. Bob noticed that the other two individuals remained close together at the side of the road. They were wearing the same kind of clothing, complete with white markings.
Completely frightened, Bob swerved around the figure. As he did, the giant turned sideways, never moving his arms nor changing expression. Bob tore off up the road and into the darkness. He had the urge to look into the rearview mirror but was too frightened. He drove as fast as he could. A few moments later, an elongated lighted object appeared behind the truck. It blinked on and off several times. Shortly, the inside of his truck and a 10 foot area round the vehicle were flooded with light as if the dome light had been turned on. The intensity of the illumination masked the instrument panel light and revealed dead insects stuck to the windshield. (If it hadn’t been already weird enough, the situation was soon to get even weirder).
Out of the corner of his eyes, Bob saw a shadow in the seat to his right. He intuitively knew that the figure was that of a close male friend his own age; he recognized the shape of the friend’s head and his familiar coat. As Bob drove madly home, a woman’s voice spoke in his head, “Drive recklessly because they cant afford for them to be the cause of you getting hurt.” Bob’s passenger turned his head and looked at Bob then leaned forward and looked up at the light pouring in through the windshield. He then leaned back, wiped his eyes, leaned forward as if to stand up and vanished. The light disappeared, and a sick feeling came over Bob that someone had died. He reached home and ran inside and awakened his parents, who could see that he was quite frightened. An interesting fact is that Bob learned the morning after he encountered the giants that a friend who resembled the passenger in his car had died the night of the encounter in a violent shooting. (53)
A sort of confirmation to this bizarre incident was reported one evening in March of 1976 also in Toppenish Ridge, Yakima, Washington.
A family was returning to their ranch on the South Harrah Road when they were surprised to see several tall thin longhaired man-like figures chasing some of the cattle down the road. The beings had extremely white or pale features and wore black outfits with white trapezoid emblems on the chest area, and were estimated to have been at least seven foot tall. Frightened, the family quickly drove away from the area. (54)

Part 3 of “Encounters with the Blonde and their kin” will be on the next issue of the Journal of Humanoid Studies.

Any questions or information please contact the author, Albert S Rosales at the following two email addresses:

Garuda79@att.net
alberthumanoid@gmail.com




  


1. http://www.alien-ufos.com/personal-ufo-alien-experiences-alien-dreams/
2. Guillermo D. Gimenez quoting Noticiero Ufologico Autonomo—Chile
3. http://davehodrien.blogspot.com/2010/07/london-contactee-case.html
4. http://davehodrien.blogspot.com/2010/09/thirsk-contactee-case.html
5. Your True Tales, October 2010
6. http://davehodrien.blogspot.com/2010/07/dudley-contactee-case.html
7. Your True Tales, October 2010
8. http://paranormal.about.com/od/humanenigmas/a/tales_10_10_11t.htm
9. http://www.earthfiles.com/news.php?ID=1791&category=Environment
10. http://inexplicata.blogspot.com quoting Quique Mario (CEUFO) and Guillermo Gimenez, Planeta UFO.
11. http://thechurchofufology.blogspot.com/2011/01/-one-two-and-three.html
12. Your True Tales—October 2010
13. Marcelo Eremian, Scott Corrales, & Guillermo Gimenez
14. http://ufosnw.com/sighting_reports/2010/willoughbyspitva10032010/
15. Helvy Shaanika http://allafrica.com/stories/201010070670.html October 7 2010
16. http://mufoncms.com
17.  MUFON CMS
18. http://naturalplane.blogspot.com/2010/11/strange-encounter-in-Cheboygan-county.html
19. Silvia Perez Simondini, Museo Vision Ovni
20. NUFORC
21. Virgilio Sanchez-Ocejo quoting Alejandro Davalos “La Estrella de Iquique” 12-24-2010
22. Tom Dongo “Alien Tide”
23. George Fawcett & Jerome Clark Fate April 1970
24. Irene Granchi, UFO Abductions in Brazil
25. Leonard Stringfield for Cufos
26. Joel Mesnard & Jean Marie Bigorne in HUMCAT
27. http://www.caravaca.blogspot.com/ (translated by Albert S Rosales)
28. Ted Bloecher for Mufon, HUMCAT listing
29. MAPIT, Nufon News # 47, also David Rees FSR
30. UFO Sweden reports
31. Carlos Alberto Millan UFO Especial 45
32. Bob Pratt
33. Timothy Good, Unearthly Disclosure
34. Jorge Anfruns, Conozca Mas Año 4 # 6 (Translation by Albert S Rosales)
35. Bob Gribble Mufon Journal # 238 and Fabio Zerpa, Los Hombres De Negro y Los Ovnis
36. M. Kobychev, Krasnogorsk and Alexander B. Petukhov for Archives of the Moscow Commission on Anomalous Phenomena
37. Richard Hall Mufon Journal # 153, Bufora Journal Vol. 8 # 3 & Maurizio Verga in FSR
38. V.V. Yaryemenko, archive of Odessa UFO research group
39. Pierre Delval, “Contacts du 4e type”
40. Vicente Ballester Olmos & Fernandez Peri, Enciclopedia de Los Encuentros Cercanos con Ovnis also F. Louange & J. L. Casero in FSR
41. Archivio S.U.F. also Maurizio Verga FSR
42. Dr. Walter Buhler, FSR 25 Vol. # 3
43. Bill Chalker, “The Oz Files”
44. Bob Pratt, The UFO Report 1991
45. Bob Boyd, Plymouth UFO Research Group
46. Jenny Randles, Abduction
47. Direct communication from the witness
48. Jorge Martin, Enigma # 1
49. Cuforn Bulletin, May/June 1988
50. Norman Oliver, Quest UFO Magazine Vol. 11 # 4
51. OSTUFO, Moscow Russia
52. John Judge, FSR Vol. 24 # 5
53. David W Akers & William Vogel for Cufos, Greg Long “Examining the Earthlight theory”

WORLD ASCENSION AGE GONE VIRAL! 12.21.2012

ASCENSION BEINGS of ASCENSION AGE 2012

Because of a Humanoid of the World Called Earth, I am a humanoid considered one of the females of the sentient intelligent being species of the world the inhabitants of the planet call earth. Some regard it as Gaia.

There are many ways to exist on earth and most humanoids are creatures that prefer social settings in families first, friends of community second, social settings in towns and cities, third, and many realize they are part of a larger geographic setting of which is called their region, county, area of their country. Each of us belongs to a country or geographic location as our point of origin.

We are told we share in a comparison of whom we are based on our point of origin when born. There are main continents on the planet earth being that the world has land mass. We choose to live on land although a few locations have some people who choose to live in boats on water.

We are land creatures. We share the world with various types of plants, animals, and minerals. In this time on earth, we use time to compare out light and daytime to that of the dark and nighttime. We divide what we call a day into a 24-hour period. We have from sunrise to sundown as what we call day and the time of the moon from sundown to sun up the night in the dark. That is the basic idea except in some places such as Alaska where they may have 12-hour days and nights or longer variations. Therefore, we on earth divide our daily work and rest periods into what we believe our natural bodies tell us we require.

We as humanoids have a common comparison for our decision-making based on our general ideas and our conclusions based on our own critical thinking. We have decided somewhere and sometime along the way that we all need about 8 hours of sleep and/or rest in order to allow our bodies to heal and replenish the body-mind-spirit of which we are made up. We eat based on our needs for nourishment and have found out that we need water and food to survive. We will search for water and food during the day and will use the dark and night to rest and sleep.

We have also learned to share in our ideas as spiritual beings. We are called Homo Sapiens and Homo Religiosus because men and women of this world have recognized a need to worship gods It is said we humans created religions about the same time we created works of art. We learned early on that there is beauty and terror both in this world.  Things that we find wonderful and things we find terrifying.

This was part of learning how to be in fear of some animals and natural cataclysms that can end our life on earth. We learned that life can be easy or hard, can be full of wonderful bliss, agony, and suffering. We learned how we are vulnerable to the elements and can become prey to some animals on earth. We learned we can be harmed and live through poisonous snakebites or terrible rock slides or severe accidents of our body, our minds, and our spirits. Sometimes, certain parts of life can challenge all three parts of us in body-mind-spirit. We learned to develop prayer, meditation, and ceremonies of celebration and festivity to allow us to be thankful for our good times on earth. Then we learned to have faith in the wonders of life and mysteries in this world and how we excel on this planet as human beings. Some of us chose to write our thoughts down with letters along with the art in pictures.

We are told that the sky people are those above whom many of us decided to worship as Gods and Goddesses because they came and taught some how to live a better life and to grow things and what animals we would want to eat on this planet to sustain our lives. Our world has grown based on our ancient ancestor’s belief systems and faith described in legends, books, ceremonies, and traditions.

We celebrate various celebrations such as our birthdays, marriage to another being, the new harvest of food, and even the change in climates that mark the seasons where some of us live. We celebrate new birth of beings with birthdays and welcome them into our families and societies. We learned to share our family’s good times in communities and we gathered in what we called places of worship in nature and soon learned to gather and protect ourselves from the elements in times of rain and cold winter climates. We made houses for our selves and for worship to share.

The world began religions in various locations on continents around this planet. The most common world religions and ethical systems of beliefs, ceremonies, practices, and worship in center are of one or more Gods. Religions have brought people together and torn them apart.

There are now thousands of manmade religions on earth affecting how people live, what we wear, and how we behave. Here as a humanoid on earth, I live in the United States of America, which is part of the North American Continent. We are mainly Christians who believe in a God and a son of God.

The Christian faith is broken down into Protestants and Catholics, Jews and Gentiles. South America or Latin America is also almost all Christian as is Europe, Africa, and Australia. Christianity is the largest religion in the world with over 2 billion followers. Christianity teaches the belief in only one God. Christians believe that a man named Jesus was the son of God and entered this world to save humanity from sin. Christians believe that are to follow the example of Jesus for salvation.

There are also Muslims of the Islam faith, which is an Adamic religion like Christians and Jews, which all three stem from the belief in Adam and an Angel named Gabriel. Abraham was the father of these faiths. The major Christian Sects are Eastern Orthodox Christian, Roman Catholic Christian, and Protestant Christians are broken down further into Baptist, Methodist, Pentecostal, Church of God, Presbyterian, Latter Day Saints (Mormon), Episcopal, Lutheran, Baha’I Faith, and African Methodist Episcopal (AME). There are other smaller religions of Christian belief.

There are others such as Hindu, Buddhist, and smaller number of other religions.

Buddhism as influenced Asian religions, societies, and culture for over 2,500 years.

Today most Buddhists live in Sri Lanka, East and Southeast Asia, and Japan. They believe in Dharma. The major sects are Theravada, Mahayans, and Mantrayana. Buddha is said to have set the wheel of Dharma in motion. Buddha taught that the key to happiness was detachment from all possessions and desires. There is a middle way of the eight-fold path a life between earthly desires and extreme forms of self-denial.

Hinduism is one of the world’s oldest surviving religions and is the major religion of India. Other followers are in Indonesia, parts of Africa, Europe, and some in Western Hemisphere. Hinduism is a collection of religious beliefs that developed over thousands of years. Hindus worship several Gods and Goddesses, which represent various forms of Brahman the most divine spirit in the Hindu religion. Stresses enlightenment comes once a being separates themselves from freedom of desires. Followers will worship, attain knowledge, and live a lifetime of virtuous acts. The sound of “Om” and “AUM” is a sacred syllable of Hindus and is often used in prayers. The major Hindu sects are Shaktism, Reform Hinduism, Vaishnavites, and Shaivites. The three main Gods are Brahma, Vishnu, and Shiva. Vishnu is the preserver of the universe while Shiva is the destroyer.

Islam is the religion based on the teachings of a prophet Mohammad. Followers believe that God revealed teachings to Muhammad through the Angel Gabriel. Muslims are concentrated in Southwest to central Asia and parts of Africa. Some migrated to other parts of the world. Shi’a Muslims believe that their leaders should be Muhammad’s descendants. Islam teaches only one God called Allah in Arabic language. They perform prayers daily and have the Five Pillars of Islam. These include faith, prayer, almsgiving (Charity) fasting and pilgrimage to Mecca. A crescent moon is a symbol of Islam with a star. The five points of the star may represent the five pillars of Islam. At least once in their lifetime, Muslims if physically and financially able go on hajj or pilgrimage to the holy city of Mecca in Saudi Arabia. They face the house of Ka’aba or the house of worship that Muslims face in prayer and pray five times a day on their knees. The Muslims have a scholar class called ulama of religious teachers. The Qur’an is the sacred book of Muslims grouped in 114 versus or 114 chapters.

Judaism has more than 14 million Jews. Judaism was the first religion to teach the existence of only one God. The basic laws come from the teachings of the Torah the first five books of the Hebrew Bible. Judaism teaches a person to serve God by studying the Torah and living its teachings. Orthodox Jews obey the Torah without question. Conservative and Reform Jews interpret the Torah to make its teachings relevant to today’s world. The Star of David is the universal symbol of Judaism. The symbol refers to King David who ruled the Kingdom of Israel from about 1000-962 B.C. The major Jewish Sects are Orthodox, Reform, and Conservative. The men are not to leave their head uncovered therefore they wear a skullcap or yarmulke or kippah.

Confucianism has no clergy and no gods to worship. Confucianism is not a religion in the traditional sense but is an ethical system that provides direction for personal behavior and philosophy guides of actions and beliefs of millions of Chinese people and other of the East. Thus, many review this as a religion. Confucianism is a way of life based on teachings of a Chinese scholar named Confucius. Confucianism has greatly influenced people’s spiritual beliefs. The Ying and Yang symbol represents both opposite forces in the world while working together. It symbolizes opposites both forces and social order and harmony that Confucianism stresses in daily life. Confucius believed that society should be organized around five (5) basic relationships between the following: ruler-subject, father-son, husband-wife, older brother-younger brother, friend-friend. Golden rule of Confucius “Do not do unto others what you would not want others to do unto you.” The teachings or Analects of Confucius was brought to or collected by his students around 400 B.C.

Social order and harmony brings respect and good government based on strong family relationships. Respect for parents and elders is important to well ordered society. Education is important to the welfare of the individual society.

The Ascension Center is about Spiritual Intellectual Critical Thinking for ones self and incorporating all ancient ancestors beliefs as in synthesizing all the basic principles of what we have learned from the roles religions have played in the people’s every day lives.

We use comparisons and contrasting from both the left and right sides or conservatives and progressive thinkers to the middle for mediation. Ascension Center is about mediation for the good of all. We believe in the thinking and believing of the traditions of rituals and celebrations by cultures to remember our ancient ancestors at festival times. We believe that each person has free will and universal rights on earth to obtain their own opinions to gain in social relationships with others in the humanoid sentient intelligent being species on earth and in other worlds.

We believe in ancient astronauts and that alien civilizations exist. We believe in alternative assessments that interact with our history and every day living. We believe we are all alien extraterrestrials on this planet. In other words, we are all creations of DNA mixes from those above we all refer to as aliens and extraterrestrials. We believe we are made up of what is considered star people or those from the heavens came. We do not judge and incorporate many of the do unto others, as we want others to do unto us philosophy. We use mediation and believe in sharing our thoughts as readers, writers, composers, and enjoy the arts as much as being educated in the sciences.

 We believe both science and theosophy are important to our future reasoning and critical thinking. We believe in writing about history of our past, present, and future ways of our ancestors and our peoples love and life today. We share skills and believe ourselves to be aware of skill builders in art, culture, education, science, technology, folk history, history, math, and engineering. We study, research, and include personal, professional, and social economics in our global tectonic economics for the future of planet earth and all humanoids that will sustain life on earth in the future.

We believe in sustainability and the raising of conscious awareness for all beings on earth and in space. We believe we are all humanoids of the sentient intelligent being species. We believe we are here on this planet to shift and uplift our own spiritual bliss for the good of all humankind. We believe in the awareness of our own personal education and social education as synergy for the future expansion of the Omniverse. We believe in the universe, multiverses, metaverses, xenoverses, and omniverse.

We believe in Supreme Beings who have always been and are aware of those who visit earth from time to time and have always visited this planet. We believe that some of us have the opportunity to experience life on earth in levels to accommodate the future of other worlds to be created and terra formed. We believe we will someday have our spirits the spark of our creators in the beginning return to our beginning, which is called a soul. Our souls are where we experience the beginning as home.

We believe we as energy are immortal as are our souls.

We believe the Ascension Center is the center of enlightenment for all spirits that desire to return home to their souls. This Ascension Center is the palace of our place of peace for each of us in the internal of our body-mind-soul vessels, as well as, the signification of our external presence of our higher connection to our spiritual souls with a connection to our creators.

Therefore, we recognize those above with those below in the Ascension Center. This is our connection to the source and the power of the force we consider our higher God/Goddess Power.

Some call this force the God particle as energy that flows in and out of all things in this universe.

GAIA

Gaia Hypothesis-Theory-Principle

The Gaia hypothesis, Gaia theory or Gaia principle is an ecological hypothesis or theory proposing that the biosphere and the physical components of he Earth (atmosphere, cryosphere, hydrosphere and lithosphere) are closely integrated to form a complex interacting system that maintains the climatic and biogeochemical conditions on Earth in a preferred homeorhesis.

 Originally proposed by James Lovelock as the earth feedback hypothesis, it was named the Gaia Hypothesis after the Greek primordial goddess of the Earth, at the suggestion of William Golding, Nobel prizewinner in literature and friend and neighbor of Lovelock.  The hypothesis is frequently described as viewing the Earth as a single organism. TThe independent research scientist James Lovelock first scientifically formulated him Gaia hypothesis in the 1960s, because of his work for NASA on methods of detecting life on Mars.

He initially published the Gaia Hypothesis in journal articles in the early 1970s followed by a popularizing 1979 book Gaia: A new look at life on Earth. The hypothesis was initially, according to Lovelock, a way to explain the fact that combinations of chemicals including oxygen and methane persist in stable concentrations in the atmosphere of the Earth. Lovelock suggested detecting such combinations in other planets’ atmospheres as a relatively reliable and cheap way to detect life, which many biologists opposed at the time and since.

Later, other relationships such as sea creatures producing sulfur and iodine in approximately the same quantities as required by land creatures emerged and helped bolster the theory.

Different processes contribute to the overall equilibrium; Lovelock formulated the hypothesis that these processes tend to work together, later naming this self-regulating system after the Greek goddess Gaia, using a suggestion from the novelist William Golding, who was living in the same village as Lovelock at the time (Bowerchalke, Wiltshire, UK).

The Gaia Hypothesis has since been supported by a number of scientific experiments and provided a number of useful predictions, and hence is properly referred to as the Gaia theory. Since 1971 microbiologist, Dr. Lynn Margulis has been Lovelocks most important collaborator in developing Gaian concepts. Until 1975, the hypothesis was almost totally ignored.

An article in the New Scientist of February 15, 1975, and a popular book length version of the hypothesis, published in 1979 as The Quest for Gaia, began to attract scientific and critical attention. Many mainstream biologists then attacked it. Championed by certain environmentalists and climate scientists, it was vociferously rejected by many others, both within scientific circles and outside them.

One of the criteria of the empirical definition of life is its ability to replicate and pass on their genetic information to succeeding generations. Consequently, an argument against the idea that Gaia is a “living” organism is the fact that the planet is unable to reproduce. Lovelock, however, defines life as a self-preserving, self-similar system of feedback loops like Humberto Maturana’s autopoiesis; as a self-similar system, life could be a cell as well as an organ embedded into a larger organism as well as an individual in a larger inter-dependent social context.

The biggest context of interacting inter-dependent living entities is the Earth. The problematic empirical definition is getting “fuzzy on the edges”: Why are highly specialized bacteria like E. coli that are unable to thrive outside their habitat considered “life”, while mitochondria, which have evolved independently from the rest of the cell, are not? Maturana and Lovelock changed this with the autopesis deductive definition, which to them explains the phenomenon of life better. Some aspects of the empirical definition, however, no longer apply.

Reproduction becomes optional: bee swarms reproduce, while the biosphere has no need to. Lovelock himself states in the original Gaia book that even that is not true; given the possibilities, the biosphere may multiply in the future by colonizing other planets, as humankind may be the primer by which Gaia will reproduce. Humanity’s exploration of space, its interest in colonizing and even terraforming other planets, lends some plausibility to the idea that Gaia might in effect be able to reproduce.

The astronomer Carl Sagan also remarked that from a cosmic viewpoint, the space probes since 1959 have the character of a planet preparing to go to seed.  This might warrant interpretation as a rhetorical point, however, as it equivocates two differing meanings of “reproduction” otherwise.

James Lovelock defined Gaia as a complex entity involving the Earth’s biosphere, atmosphere, oceans, and soil; the totality constituting a feedback or cybernetic system that seeks an optimal physical and chemical environment for life on this planet.

His initial hypothesis was that the biomass modifies the conditions on the planet to make conditions on the planet more hospitable – the Gaia Hypothesis properly defined this “hospitality” as a full homeostasis See Climate change feedback. Lovelock’s initial hypothesis, accused of being teleological by his critics, was that the atmosphere is kept in homeostasis by and for the biosphere.

Lovelock suggested that life on Earth provides a cybernetic, homeostatic feedback system operated automatically and unconsciously by the biota, leading to broad stabilization of global temperature and chemical composition. With his initial hypothesis, Lovelock claimed the existence of a global control system of surface temperature, atmosphere composition and ocean salinity.

His arguments were: The global surface temperature of the Earth has remained constant, despite an increase in the energy provided by the Sun. Atmospheric composition remains constant, even though it should be unstable. Ocean salinity is constant. Since life started on Earth, the energy provided by the Sun has increased by 25% to 30%; however, the surface temperature of the planet has remained remarkably constant when measured on a global scale.

Furthermore, he argued, the atmospheric composition of the Earth is currently constant. The Earth’s atmosphere currently consists of 79% nitrogen, 20.7% oxygen and 0.03% carbon dioxide. Oxygen is the second most reactive element after fluorine, and should combine with gases and minerals of the Earth’s atmosphere and crust.

Traces of methane (at an amount of 100,000 tons produced per annum) should not exist, as methane is combustible in an oxygen atmosphere. This composition should be unstable, and its stability can only have been maintained with removal or production by living organisms. Ocean salinity has been constant at about 3.4% for a very long time.

Salinity stability is important as most cells require a rather constant salinity and do not generally tolerate values above 5%. Ocean salinity constancy was a long-standing mystery, because river salts should have raised the ocean salinity much higher than observed. Recently it was suggested that salinity might also be strongly influenced by seawater circulation through hot basaltic rocks, and emerging as hot water vents on ocean spreading ridges.

However, the composition of seawater is far from equilibrium, and it is difficult to explain this fact without the influence of organic processes. The only significant natural source of atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2) is volcanic activity, while the only significant removal is through the precipitation of carbonate rocks.  In water, CO2 is dissolved as a “carbonic acid”, which may be combined with dissolved calcium to form solid calcium carbonate (limestone).

The bacteria and plant roots in soils, where they improve gaseous circulation, or in coral reefs influence both precipitation and solution, where calcium carbonate is deposited as a solid on the sea floor. Calcium carbonate can also be washed from continents to the sea where it is used by living organisms to manufacture carbonaceous tests and shells.

Once dead, the living organisms’ shells fall to the bottom of the oceans where they generate deposits of chalk and limestone. Parts of the organisms with carbonaceous shells are the coccolithophores (algae), which also have a role in the formation of clouds. When they die, they release dimethyl sulfide gas (DMS), (CH3)2S, which is converted by atmospheric processes to sulfate particles on which water vapor condenses to make clouds. Lovelock sees this as one of the complex processes that maintain conditions suitable for life.

The volcanoes produce CO2 in the atmosphere, CO2 participates in rock weathering as carbonic acid, itself accelerated by temperature and soil life, the dissolved CO2 is then used by the algae and released on the ocean floor. CO2 excess can be compensated by an increase of coccolithophoride life, increasing the amount of CO2 locked in the ocean floor. Coccolithophorides increase the cloud cover, hence control the surface temperature, help cool the whole planet and favor precipitations necessary for terrestrial plants.

For Lovelock and other Gaia scientists like Stephan Harding, coccolithophorides are one stage in a regulatory feedback loop. Lately the atmospheric CO2 concentration has increased and there is some evidence that concentrations of ocean algal blooms are also increasing. James Lovelock defined Gaia as a complex entity involving the Earth’s biosphere, atmosphere, oceans, and soil; the totality constituting a feedback or cybernetic system, which seeks an optimal physical and chemical environment for life on this planet. His initial hypothesis was that the biomass modifies the conditions on the planet to make conditions on the planet more hospitable – the Gaia Hypothesis properly defined this “hospitality” as a full homeostasis(see Climate change feedback).

Lovelock’s initial hypothesis, accused of being teleological by his critics, was that the atmosphere is kept in homeostasis by and for the biosphere. Lovelock suggested that life on Earth provides a cybernetic, homeostatic feedback system operated automatically and unconsciously by the biota, leading to broad stabilization of global temperature and chemical composition. With his initial hypothesis, Lovelock claimed the existence of a global control system of surface temperature, atmosphere composition and ocean salinity.

His arguments were: The global surface temperature of the Earth has remained constant, despite an increase in the energy provided by the Sun. Atmospheric composition remains constant, even though it should be unstable. Ocean salinity is constant.

Humanoid Basic Rights of Life

pl.n.

The basic rights and freedoms, to which all humans are entitled, often held to include the right to life and liberty, freedom of thought and expression, and equality before the law.

UNIVERSAL DECLARATION PREAMBLE

The Universal Declaration begins with a preamble consisting of seven paragraphs followed by a statement “proclaiming” the Declaration. Each paragraph of the preamble sets out a reason for the adoption of the Declaration.

The first paragraph asserts that the recognition of human dignity of all people is the foundation of justice and peace in the world.

The second paragraph observes that disregard and contempt for human rights have resulted in barbarous acts which have outraged the conscience of humankind and that the four freedoms: freedom of speech, belief, freedom from want, and freedom from fear – which is “proclaimed as the highest aspiration” of the people.

The third paragraph states that so that people are not compelled to rebellion against tyranny, human rights should be protected by rule of law.

 The fourth paragraph relates human rights to the development of friendly relations between nations.

The fifth paragraph links the Declaration back to the United Nations Charter, which reaffirms faith in fundamental human rights and dignity and worth of the human person.

The sixth paragraph notes that all members of the United Nations have pledged themselves to achieve, in cooperation with the United Nations, the promotion of universal respect for and observance of human rights and fundamental freedoms.

The seventh paragraph observes that “a common understanding” of rights and freedoms is of “the greatest importance” for the full realization of that pledge.

These paragraphs are followed by the “proclamation” of the Declaration as a “common standard of achievement” for “all peoples and all nations”, so that “all individuals” and “all organs of society” should by teaching and education, promote respect for these rights and freedoms and by progressive measures, national and international, secure their universal and effective recognition and observance.

The following reproduces the articles of the Declaration, which set out the specific human rights that are recognized in the Declaration.

Article 1 All human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights. They are endowed with reason and conscience and should act towards one another in a spirit of goodwill.

Article 2 Everyone is entitled to all the rights and freedoms set forth in this Declaration, without distinction of any kind, such as race, color, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status. Furthermore, no distinction shall be made based on the political, jurisdictional or international status of the country or territory to which a person belongs, whether it is independent, trust, non-self-governing or under any other limitation of sovereignty.

Article 3 Everyone has the right to life, liberty, and security of person.

Article 4 No one shall be held in slavery or servitude; slavery and the slave trade shall be prohibited in all their forms.

Article 5 No one shall be subjected to torture or to cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment or punishment.

Article 6 Everyone has the right to recognition everywhere as a person before the law.

Article 7 All are equal before the law and are entitled without any discrimination to equal protection of the law. All are entitled to equal protection against any discrimination in violation of this Declaration and against any incitement to such discrimination.

Article 8 Everyone has the right to an effective remedy by the competent national tribunals for acts violating the fundamental rights granted him by the constitution or by law.

Article 9 No one shall be subjected to arbitrary arrest, detention or exile.

Article 10 Everyone is entitled in full equality to a fair and public hearing by an independent and impartial tribunal, in the determination of his rights and obligations and of any criminal charge against him.

Article 11 Everyone charged with a penal offence has the right to be presumed innocent until proved guilty according to law in a public trial at which he has had all the guarantees necessary for his defense. No one shall be held guilty of any penal offence because of any act or omission, which did not constitute a penal offence, under national, or international law, at the time when it was committed. Nor shall a heavier penalty be imposed than the one that was applicable at the time the penal offence was committed.

Article 12 No one shall be subjected to arbitrary interference with his privacy, family, home or correspondence, or to attacks upon his honor and reputation. Everyone has the right to the protection of the law against such interference or attacks.

Article 13 Everyone has the right to freedom of movement and residence within the borders of each state. Everyone has the right to leave any country, including his own, and to return to his country.

Article 14 Everyone has the right to seek and to enjoy in other countries asylum from persecution. This right may not be invoked in the case of prosecutions genuinely arising from non-political crimes or from acts contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations.

Article 15 Everyone has the right to a nationality. No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his nationality nor denied the right to change his nationality.

Article 16 Men and women of full age, without any limitation due to race, nationality or religion, have the right to marry and to found a family. They are entitled to equal rights as to marriage, during marriage and at its dissolution. Marriage shall be entered into only with the free and full consent of the intending spouses. The family is the natural and fundamental group unit of society and is entitled to protection by society and the State.

Article 17 Everyone has the right to own property alone as well as in association with others. No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his property.

Article 18 Everyone has the right to freedom of thought, conscience and religion; this right includes freedom to change his religion or belief, and freedom, either alone or in community with others and in public or private, to manifest his religion or belief in teaching, practice, worship and observance.

Article 19 Everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and expression; this right includes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to seek, receive and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers.

Article 20 Everyone has the right to freedom of peaceful assembly and association. No one may be compelled to belong to an association.

Article 21 Everyone has the right to take part in the government of his country, directly or through freely chosen representatives. Everyone has the right of equal access to public service in his country. The will of the people shall be the basis of the authority of government; this will shall be expressed in periodic and genuine elections, which shall be by universal and equal suffrage and shall be held by secret vote or by equivalent free voting procedures.

Article 22 Everyone, as a member of society, has the right to social security and is entitled to realization, through national effort and international co-operation and in accordance with the organization and resources of each State, of the economic, social and cultural rights indispensable for his dignity and the free development of his personality.

Article 23 Everyone has the right to work, to free choice of employment, to just and favorable conditions of work and to protection against unemployment. Everyone, without any discrimination, has the right to equal pay for equal work. Everyone who works has the right to just and favorable remuneration ensuring for himself and his family an existence worthy of human dignity, and supplemented, if necessary, by other means of social protection. Everyone has the right to form and to join trade unions for the protection of his interests.

Article 24 Everyone has the right to rest and leisure, including reasonable limitation of working hours and periodic holidays with pay.

Article 25 Everyone has the right to a standard of living adequate for the health and well-being of himself and of his family, including food, clothing, housing and medical care and necessary social services, and the right to security in the event of unemployment, sickness, disability, widowhood, old age or other lack of livelihood in circumstances beyond his control. Motherhood and childhood are entitled to special care and assistance. All children, whether born in or out of wedlock, shall enjoy the same social protection.

Article 26 Everyone has the right to education. Education shall be free, at least in the elementary and fundamental stages. Elementary education shall be compulsory. Technical and professional education shall be made generally available and higher education shall be equally accessible to all based on merit. Education shall be directed to the full development of the human personality and to the strengthening of respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms. It shall promote understanding, tolerance and friendship among all nations, racial or religious groups, and shall further the activities of the United Nations for the maintenance of peace. Parents have a prior right to choose the kind of education that shall be given to their children.

Article 27 Everyone has the right freely to participate in the cultural life of the community, to enjoy the arts and to share in scientific advancement and its benefits. Everyone has the right to the protection of the moral and material interests resulting from any scientific, literary or artistic production of which he is the author.

Article 28 Everyone is entitled to a social and international order in which the rights and freedoms set forth in this Declaration can be fully realized.

Article 29 Everyone has duties to the community in which alone the free and full development of his personality is possible. In the exercise of his rights and freedoms, everyone shall be subject only to such limitations as are determined by law solely for the purpose of securing due recognition and respect for the rights and freedoms of others and of meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society. These rights and freedoms may in no case be exercised contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations.

Article 30 Nothing in this Declaration may be interpreted as implying for any State, group or person any right to engage in any activity or to perform any act aimed at the destruction of any of the rights and freedoms set forth herein.

Human Rights Day

The adoption of the Universal Declaration is a significant international commemoration marked each year on 10 December and is known as Human Rights Day or International Human Rights Day.

Individuals, community and religious groups, human rights organizations, parliaments, governments and the United Nations, observe the commemoration.

Decadal commemorations are often accompanied by campaigns to promote awareness of the Declaration and human rights. 2008 marks the 60th anniversary of the Declaration and is being accompanied by year long activities around the theme “Dignity and justice for all of us”. Significance

In the preamble governments commit themselves and their peoples to progressive measures to secure the universal and effective recognition and observance of the human rights set out in the Declaration.

Eleanor Roosevelt supported the adoption the UDHR as a declaration, rather than as a treaty, because she believed that it would have the same kind of influence on global society as the United States Declaration of Independence had within the United States.

In this, she proved to be correct. Even though not formally legally binding, the Declaration has been adopted in or influenced most national constitutions since 1948. It also serves as the foundation for a growing number of international treaties and national laws, international, regional, national and sub-national institutions protecting, and promoting human rights.

Legal Effect

While not a treaty itself, the Declaration was explicitly adopted for the purpose of defining the meaning of the words “fundamental freedoms” and “human rights” appearing in the United Nations Charter, which is binding on all member states. For this reason, the Universal Declaration is a fundamental constitutive document of the United Nations. Many international lawyers, in addition, believe that the Declaration forms part of customary international law and is a powerful tool in applying diplomatic and moral pressure to governments that violate any of its articles.  The 1968 United Nations International Conference on Human Rights advised that it “constitutes an obligation for the members of the international community” to all persons.

The declaration has served as the foundation for two binding UN human rights covenants, the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, and the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights and the principles of the Declaration are elaborated in international treaties such as the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination, the International Convention on the Elimination of Discrimination Against Women, the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, the United Nations Convention Against Torture and many more.

The Declaration continues to be widely cited by governments, academics, advocates, constitutional courts, and individual human beings who appeal to its principles for the protection of their recognized human rights.

12.21.2012 Begins Ascension Age.

We the Ascension Beings recognize the beginning on earth as the day set forth by those above with our ancient ancestors. December 21, 2012 is the present date that we use in time on all earth calendars as the new Ascension Age. The beginning of the Ascension Age and way of believing of our ancient alien ancestors.  

WORLD ASCENSION AGE GONE VIRAL! 12.21.2012

ASCENSION BEINGS of ASCENSION AGE 2012

Because of a Humanoid of the World Called Earth, I am a humanoid considered one of the females of the sentient intelligent being species of the world the inhabitants of the planet call earth. Some regard it as Gaia.

There are many ways to exist on earth and most humanoids are creatures that prefer social settings in families first, friends of community second, social settings in towns and cities, third, and many realize they are part of a larger geographic setting of which is called their region, county, area of their country. Each of us belongs to a country or geographic location as our point of origin.

We are told we share in a comparison of whom we are based on our point of origin when born. There are main continents on the planet earth being that the world has land mass. We choose to live on land although a few locations have some people who choose to live in boats on water.

We are land creatures. We share the world with various types of plants, animals, and minerals. In this time on earth, we use time to compare out light and daytime to that of the dark and nighttime. We divide what we call a day into a 24-hour period. We have from sunrise to sundown as what we call day and the time of the moon from sundown to sun up the night in the dark. That is the basic idea except in some places such as Alaska where they may have 12-hour days and nights or longer variations. Therefore, we on earth divide our daily work and rest periods into what we believe our natural bodies tell us we require.

We as humanoids have a common comparison for our decision-making based on our general ideas and our conclusions based on our own critical thinking. We have decided somewhere and sometime along the way that we all need about 8 hours of sleep and/or rest in order to allow our bodies to heal and replenish the body-mind-spirit of which we are made up. We eat based on our needs for nourishment and have found out that we need water and food to survive. We will search for water and food during the day and will use the dark and night to rest and sleep.

We have also learned to share in our ideas as spiritual beings. We are called Homo Sapiens and Homo Religiosus because men and women of this world have recognized a need to worship gods It is said we humans created religions about the same time we created works of art. We learned early on that there is beauty and terror both in this world.  Things that we find wonderful and things we find terrifying.

This was part of learning how to be in fear of some animals and natural cataclysms that can end our life on earth. We learned that life can be easy or hard, can be full of wonderful bliss, agony, and suffering. We learned how we are vulnerable to the elements and can become prey to some animals on earth. We learned we can be harmed and live through poisonous snakebites or terrible rock slides or severe accidents of our body, our minds, and our spirits. Sometimes, certain parts of life can challenge all three parts of us in body-mind-spirit. We learned to develop prayer, meditation, and ceremonies of celebration and festivity to allow us to be thankful for our good times on earth. Then we learned to have faith in the wonders of life and mysteries in this world and how we excel on this planet as human beings. Some of us chose to write our thoughts down with letters along with the art in pictures.

We are told that the sky people are those above whom many of us decided to worship as Gods and Goddesses because they came and taught some how to live a better life and to grow things and what animals we would want to eat on this planet to sustain our lives. Our world has grown based on our ancient ancestor’s belief systems and faith described in legends, books, ceremonies, and traditions.

We celebrate various celebrations such as our birthdays, marriage to another being, the new harvest of food, and even the change in climates that mark the seasons where some of us live. We celebrate new birth of beings with birthdays and welcome them into our families and societies. We learned to share our family’s good times in communities and we gathered in what we called places of worship in nature and soon learned to gather and protect ourselves from the elements in times of rain and cold winter climates. We made houses for our selves and for worship to share.

The world began religions in various locations on continents around this planet. The most common world religions and ethical systems of beliefs, ceremonies, practices, and worship in center are of one or more Gods. Religions have brought people together and torn them apart.

There are now thousands of manmade religions on earth affecting how people live, what we wear, and how we behave. Here as a humanoid on earth, I live in the United States of America, which is part of the North American Continent. We are mainly Christians who believe in a God and a son of God.

The Christian faith is broken down into Protestants and Catholics, Jews and Gentiles. South America or Latin America is also almost all Christian as is Europe, Africa, and Australia. Christianity is the largest religion in the world with over 2 billion followers. Christianity teaches the belief in only one God. Christians believe that a man named Jesus was the son of God and entered this world to save humanity from sin. Christians believe that are to follow the example of Jesus for salvation.

There are also Muslims of the Islam faith, which is an Adamic religion like Christians and Jews, which all three stem from the belief in Adam and an Angel named Gabriel. Abraham was the father of these faiths. The major Christian Sects are Eastern Orthodox Christian, Roman Catholic Christian, and Protestant Christians are broken down further into Baptist, Methodist, Pentecostal, Church of God, Presbyterian, Latter Day Saints (Mormon), Episcopal, Lutheran, Baha’I Faith, and African Methodist Episcopal (AME). There are other smaller religions of Christian belief.

There are others such as Hindu, Buddhist, and smaller number of other religions.

Buddhism as influenced Asian religions, societies, and culture for over 2,500 years.

Today most Buddhists live in Sri Lanka, East and Southeast Asia, and Japan. They believe in Dharma. The major sects are Theravada, Mahayans, and Mantrayana. Buddha is said to have set the wheel of Dharma in motion. Buddha taught that the key to happiness was detachment from all possessions and desires. There is a middle way of the eight-fold path a life between earthly desires and extreme forms of self-denial.

Hinduism is one of the world’s oldest surviving religions and is the major religion of India. Other followers are in Indonesia, parts of Africa, Europe, and some in Western Hemisphere. Hinduism is a collection of religious beliefs that developed over thousands of years. Hindus worship several Gods and Goddesses, which represent various forms of Brahman the most divine spirit in the Hindu religion. Stresses enlightenment comes once a being separates themselves from freedom of desires. Followers will worship, attain knowledge, and live a lifetime of virtuous acts. The sound of “Om” and “AUM” is a sacred syllable of Hindus and is often used in prayers. The major Hindu sects are Shaktism, Reform Hinduism, Vaishnavites, and Shaivites. The three main Gods are Brahma, Vishnu, and Shiva. Vishnu is the preserver of the universe while Shiva is the destroyer.

Islam is the religion based on the teachings of a prophet Mohammad. Followers believe that God revealed teachings to Muhammad through the Angel Gabriel. Muslims are concentrated in Southwest to central Asia and parts of Africa. Some migrated to other parts of the world. Shi’a Muslims believe that their leaders should be Muhammad’s descendants. Islam teaches only one God called Allah in Arabic language. They perform prayers daily and have the Five Pillars of Islam. These include faith, prayer, almsgiving (Charity) fasting and pilgrimage to Mecca. A crescent moon is a symbol of Islam with a star. The five points of the star may represent the five pillars of Islam. At least once in their lifetime, Muslims if physically and financially able go on hajj or pilgrimage to the holy city of Mecca in Saudi Arabia. They face the house of Ka’aba or the house of worship that Muslims face in prayer and pray five times a day on their knees. The Muslims have a scholar class called ulama of religious teachers. The Qur’an is the sacred book of Muslims grouped in 114 versus or 114 chapters.

Judaism has more than 14 million Jews. Judaism was the first religion to teach the existence of only one God. The basic laws come from the teachings of the Torah the first five books of the Hebrew Bible. Judaism teaches a person to serve God by studying the Torah and living its teachings. Orthodox Jews obey the Torah without question. Conservative and Reform Jews interpret the Torah to make its teachings relevant to today’s world. The Star of David is the universal symbol of Judaism. The symbol refers to King David who ruled the Kingdom of Israel from about 1000-962 B.C. The major Jewish Sects are Orthodox, Reform, and Conservative. The men are not to leave their head uncovered therefore they wear a skullcap or yarmulke or kippah.

Confucianism has no clergy and no gods to worship. Confucianism is not a religion in the traditional sense but is an ethical system that provides direction for personal behavior and philosophy guides of actions and beliefs of millions of Chinese people and other of the East. Thus, many review this as a religion. Confucianism is a way of life based on teachings of a Chinese scholar named Confucius. Confucianism has greatly influenced people’s spiritual beliefs. The Ying and Yang symbol represents both opposite forces in the world while working together. It symbolizes opposites both forces and social order and harmony that Confucianism stresses in daily life. Confucius believed that society should be organized around five (5) basic relationships between the following: ruler-subject, father-son, husband-wife, older brother-younger brother, friend-friend. Golden rule of Confucius “Do not do unto others what you would not want others to do unto you.” The teachings or Analects of Confucius was brought to or collected by his students around 400 B.C.

Social order and harmony brings respect and good government based on strong family relationships. Respect for parents and elders is important to well ordered society. Education is important to the welfare of the individual society.

The Ascension Center is about Spiritual Intellectual Critical Thinking for ones self and incorporating all ancient ancestors beliefs as in synthesizing all the basic principles of what we have learned from the roles religions have played in the people’s every day lives.

We use comparisons and contrasting from both the left and right sides or conservatives and progressive thinkers to the middle for mediation. Ascension Center is about mediation for the good of all. We believe in the thinking and believing of the traditions of rituals and celebrations by cultures to remember our ancient ancestors at festival times. We believe that each person has free will and universal rights on earth to obtain their own opinions to gain in social relationships with others in the humanoid sentient intelligent being species on earth and in other worlds.

We believe in ancient astronauts and that alien civilizations exist. We believe in alternative assessments that interact with our history and every day living. We believe we are all alien extraterrestrials on this planet. In other words, we are all creations of DNA mixes from those above we all refer to as aliens and extraterrestrials. We believe we are made up of what is considered star people or those from the heavens came. We do not judge and incorporate many of the do unto others, as we want others to do unto us philosophy. We use mediation and believe in sharing our thoughts as readers, writers, composers, and enjoy the arts as much as being educated in the sciences.

 We believe both science and theosophy are important to our future reasoning and critical thinking. We believe in writing about history of our past, present, and future ways of our ancestors and our peoples love and life today. We share skills and believe ourselves to be aware of skill builders in art, culture, education, science, technology, folk history, history, math, and engineering. We study, research, and include personal, professional, and social economics in our global tectonic economics for the future of planet earth and all humanoids that will sustain life on earth in the future.

We believe in sustainability and the raising of conscious awareness for all beings on earth and in space. We believe we are all humanoids of the sentient intelligent being species. We believe we are here on this planet to shift and uplift our own spiritual bliss for the good of all humankind. We believe in the awareness of our own personal education and social education as synergy for the future expansion of the Omniverse. We believe in the universe, multiverses, metaverses, xenoverses, and omniverse.

We believe in Supreme Beings who have always been and are aware of those who visit earth from time to time and have always visited this planet. We believe that some of us have the opportunity to experience life on earth in levels to accommodate the future of other worlds to be created and terra formed. We believe we will someday have our spirits the spark of our creators in the beginning return to our beginning, which is called a soul. Our souls are where we experience the beginning as home.

We believe we as energy are immortal as are our souls.

We believe the Ascension Center is the center of enlightenment for all spirits that desire to return home to their souls. This Ascension Center is the palace of our place of peace for each of us in the internal of our body-mind-soul vessels, as well as, the signification of our external presence of our higher connection to our spiritual souls with a connection to our creators.

Therefore, we recognize those above with those below in the Ascension Center. This is our connection to the source and the power of the force we consider our higher God/Goddess Power.

Some call this force the God particle as energy that flows in and out of all things in this universe.

GAIA

Gaia Hypothesis-Theory-Principle

The Gaia hypothesis, Gaia theory or Gaia principle is an ecological hypothesis or theory proposing that the biosphere and the physical components of he Earth (atmosphere, cryosphere, hydrosphere and lithosphere) are closely integrated to form a complex interacting system that maintains the climatic and biogeochemical conditions on Earth in a preferred homeorhesis.

 Originally proposed by James Lovelock as the earth feedback hypothesis, it was named the Gaia Hypothesis after the Greek primordial goddess of the Earth, at the suggestion of William Golding, Nobel prizewinner in literature and friend and neighbor of Lovelock.  The hypothesis is frequently described as viewing the Earth as a single organism. TThe independent research scientist James Lovelock first scientifically formulated him Gaia hypothesis in the 1960s, because of his work for NASA on methods of detecting life on Mars.

He initially published the Gaia Hypothesis in journal articles in the early 1970s followed by a popularizing 1979 book Gaia: A new look at life on Earth. The hypothesis was initially, according to Lovelock, a way to explain the fact that combinations of chemicals including oxygen and methane persist in stable concentrations in the atmosphere of the Earth. Lovelock suggested detecting such combinations in other planets’ atmospheres as a relatively reliable and cheap way to detect life, which many biologists opposed at the time and since.

Later, other relationships such as sea creatures producing sulfur and iodine in approximately the same quantities as required by land creatures emerged and helped bolster the theory.

Different processes contribute to the overall equilibrium; Lovelock formulated the hypothesis that these processes tend to work together, later naming this self-regulating system after the Greek goddess Gaia, using a suggestion from the novelist William Golding, who was living in the same village as Lovelock at the time (Bowerchalke, Wiltshire, UK).

The Gaia Hypothesis has since been supported by a number of scientific experiments and provided a number of useful predictions, and hence is properly referred to as the Gaia theory. Since 1971 microbiologist, Dr. Lynn Margulis has been Lovelocks most important collaborator in developing Gaian concepts. Until 1975, the hypothesis was almost totally ignored.

An article in the New Scientist of February 15, 1975, and a popular book length version of the hypothesis, published in 1979 as The Quest for Gaia, began to attract scientific and critical attention. Many mainstream biologists then attacked it. Championed by certain environmentalists and climate scientists, it was vociferously rejected by many others, both within scientific circles and outside them.

One of the criteria of the empirical definition of life is its ability to replicate and pass on their genetic information to succeeding generations. Consequently, an argument against the idea that Gaia is a “living” organism is the fact that the planet is unable to reproduce. Lovelock, however, defines life as a self-preserving, self-similar system of feedback loops like Humberto Maturana’s autopoiesis; as a self-similar system, life could be a cell as well as an organ embedded into a larger organism as well as an individual in a larger inter-dependent social context.

The biggest context of interacting inter-dependent living entities is the Earth. The problematic empirical definition is getting “fuzzy on the edges”: Why are highly specialized bacteria like E. coli that are unable to thrive outside their habitat considered “life”, while mitochondria, which have evolved independently from the rest of the cell, are not? Maturana and Lovelock changed this with the autopesis deductive definition, which to them explains the phenomenon of life better. Some aspects of the empirical definition, however, no longer apply.

Reproduction becomes optional: bee swarms reproduce, while the biosphere has no need to. Lovelock himself states in the original Gaia book that even that is not true; given the possibilities, the biosphere may multiply in the future by colonizing other planets, as humankind may be the primer by which Gaia will reproduce. Humanity’s exploration of space, its interest in colonizing and even terraforming other planets, lends some plausibility to the idea that Gaia might in effect be able to reproduce.

The astronomer Carl Sagan also remarked that from a cosmic viewpoint, the space probes since 1959 have the character of a planet preparing to go to seed.  This might warrant interpretation as a rhetorical point, however, as it equivocates two differing meanings of “reproduction” otherwise.

James Lovelock defined Gaia as a complex entity involving the Earth’s biosphere, atmosphere, oceans, and soil; the totality constituting a feedback or cybernetic system that seeks an optimal physical and chemical environment for life on this planet.

His initial hypothesis was that the biomass modifies the conditions on the planet to make conditions on the planet more hospitable – the Gaia Hypothesis properly defined this “hospitality” as a full homeostasis See Climate change feedback. Lovelock’s initial hypothesis, accused of being teleological by his critics, was that the atmosphere is kept in homeostasis by and for the biosphere.

Lovelock suggested that life on Earth provides a cybernetic, homeostatic feedback system operated automatically and unconsciously by the biota, leading to broad stabilization of global temperature and chemical composition. With his initial hypothesis, Lovelock claimed the existence of a global control system of surface temperature, atmosphere composition and ocean salinity.

His arguments were: The global surface temperature of the Earth has remained constant, despite an increase in the energy provided by the Sun. Atmospheric composition remains constant, even though it should be unstable. Ocean salinity is constant. Since life started on Earth, the energy provided by the Sun has increased by 25% to 30%; however, the surface temperature of the planet has remained remarkably constant when measured on a global scale.

Furthermore, he argued, the atmospheric composition of the Earth is currently constant. The Earth’s atmosphere currently consists of 79% nitrogen, 20.7% oxygen and 0.03% carbon dioxide. Oxygen is the second most reactive element after fluorine, and should combine with gases and minerals of the Earth’s atmosphere and crust.

Traces of methane (at an amount of 100,000 tons produced per annum) should not exist, as methane is combustible in an oxygen atmosphere. This composition should be unstable, and its stability can only have been maintained with removal or production by living organisms. Ocean salinity has been constant at about 3.4% for a very long time.

Salinity stability is important as most cells require a rather constant salinity and do not generally tolerate values above 5%. Ocean salinity constancy was a long-standing mystery, because river salts should have raised the ocean salinity much higher than observed. Recently it was suggested that salinity might also be strongly influenced by seawater circulation through hot basaltic rocks, and emerging as hot water vents on ocean spreading ridges.

However, the composition of seawater is far from equilibrium, and it is difficult to explain this fact without the influence of organic processes. The only significant natural source of atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2) is volcanic activity, while the only significant removal is through the precipitation of carbonate rocks.  In water, CO2 is dissolved as a “carbonic acid”, which may be combined with dissolved calcium to form solid calcium carbonate (limestone).

The bacteria and plant roots in soils, where they improve gaseous circulation, or in coral reefs influence both precipitation and solution, where calcium carbonate is deposited as a solid on the sea floor. Calcium carbonate can also be washed from continents to the sea where it is used by living organisms to manufacture carbonaceous tests and shells.

Once dead, the living organisms’ shells fall to the bottom of the oceans where they generate deposits of chalk and limestone. Parts of the organisms with carbonaceous shells are the coccolithophores (algae), which also have a role in the formation of clouds. When they die, they release dimethyl sulfide gas (DMS), (CH3)2S, which is converted by atmospheric processes to sulfate particles on which water vapor condenses to make clouds. Lovelock sees this as one of the complex processes that maintain conditions suitable for life.

The volcanoes produce CO2 in the atmosphere, CO2 participates in rock weathering as carbonic acid, itself accelerated by temperature and soil life, the dissolved CO2 is then used by the algae and released on the ocean floor. CO2 excess can be compensated by an increase of coccolithophoride life, increasing the amount of CO2 locked in the ocean floor. Coccolithophorides increase the cloud cover, hence control the surface temperature, help cool the whole planet and favor precipitations necessary for terrestrial plants.

For Lovelock and other Gaia scientists like Stephan Harding, coccolithophorides are one stage in a regulatory feedback loop. Lately the atmospheric CO2 concentration has increased and there is some evidence that concentrations of ocean algal blooms are also increasing. James Lovelock defined Gaia as a complex entity involving the Earth’s biosphere, atmosphere, oceans, and soil; the totality constituting a feedback or cybernetic system, which seeks an optimal physical and chemical environment for life on this planet. His initial hypothesis was that the biomass modifies the conditions on the planet to make conditions on the planet more hospitable – the Gaia Hypothesis properly defined this “hospitality” as a full homeostasis(see Climate change feedback).

Lovelock’s initial hypothesis, accused of being teleological by his critics, was that the atmosphere is kept in homeostasis by and for the biosphere. Lovelock suggested that life on Earth provides a cybernetic, homeostatic feedback system operated automatically and unconsciously by the biota, leading to broad stabilization of global temperature and chemical composition. With his initial hypothesis, Lovelock claimed the existence of a global control system of surface temperature, atmosphere composition and ocean salinity.

His arguments were: The global surface temperature of the Earth has remained constant, despite an increase in the energy provided by the Sun. Atmospheric composition remains constant, even though it should be unstable. Ocean salinity is constant.

Humanoid Basic Rights of Life

pl.n.

The basic rights and freedoms, to which all humans are entitled, often held to include the right to life and liberty, freedom of thought and expression, and equality before the law.

UNIVERSAL DECLARATION PREAMBLE

The Universal Declaration begins with a preamble consisting of seven paragraphs followed by a statement “proclaiming” the Declaration. Each paragraph of the preamble sets out a reason for the adoption of the Declaration.

The first paragraph asserts that the recognition of human dignity of all people is the foundation of justice and peace in the world.

The second paragraph observes that disregard and contempt for human rights have resulted in barbarous acts which have outraged the conscience of humankind and that the four freedoms: freedom of speech, belief, freedom from want, and freedom from fear – which is “proclaimed as the highest aspiration” of the people.

The third paragraph states that so that people are not compelled to rebellion against tyranny, human rights should be protected by rule of law.

 The fourth paragraph relates human rights to the development of friendly relations between nations.

The fifth paragraph links the Declaration back to the United Nations Charter, which reaffirms faith in fundamental human rights and dignity and worth of the human person.

The sixth paragraph notes that all members of the United Nations have pledged themselves to achieve, in cooperation with the United Nations, the promotion of universal respect for and observance of human rights and fundamental freedoms.

The seventh paragraph observes that “a common understanding” of rights and freedoms is of “the greatest importance” for the full realization of that pledge.

These paragraphs are followed by the “proclamation” of the Declaration as a “common standard of achievement” for “all peoples and all nations”, so that “all individuals” and “all organs of society” should by teaching and education, promote respect for these rights and freedoms and by progressive measures, national and international, secure their universal and effective recognition and observance.

The following reproduces the articles of the Declaration, which set out the specific human rights that are recognized in the Declaration.

Article 1 All human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights. They are endowed with reason and conscience and should act towards one another in a spirit of goodwill.

Article 2 Everyone is entitled to all the rights and freedoms set forth in this Declaration, without distinction of any kind, such as race, color, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status. Furthermore, no distinction shall be made based on the political, jurisdictional or international status of the country or territory to which a person belongs, whether it is independent, trust, non-self-governing or under any other limitation of sovereignty.

Article 3 Everyone has the right to life, liberty, and security of person.

Article 4 No one shall be held in slavery or servitude; slavery and the slave trade shall be prohibited in all their forms.

Article 5 No one shall be subjected to torture or to cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment or punishment.

Article 6 Everyone has the right to recognition everywhere as a person before the law.

Article 7 All are equal before the law and are entitled without any discrimination to equal protection of the law. All are entitled to equal protection against any discrimination in violation of this Declaration and against any incitement to such discrimination.

Article 8 Everyone has the right to an effective remedy by the competent national tribunals for acts violating the fundamental rights granted him by the constitution or by law.

Article 9 No one shall be subjected to arbitrary arrest, detention or exile.

Article 10 Everyone is entitled in full equality to a fair and public hearing by an independent and impartial tribunal, in the determination of his rights and obligations and of any criminal charge against him.

Article 11 Everyone charged with a penal offence has the right to be presumed innocent until proved guilty according to law in a public trial at which he has had all the guarantees necessary for his defense. No one shall be held guilty of any penal offence because of any act or omission, which did not constitute a penal offence, under national, or international law, at the time when it was committed. Nor shall a heavier penalty be imposed than the one that was applicable at the time the penal offence was committed.

Article 12 No one shall be subjected to arbitrary interference with his privacy, family, home or correspondence, or to attacks upon his honor and reputation. Everyone has the right to the protection of the law against such interference or attacks.

Article 13 Everyone has the right to freedom of movement and residence within the borders of each state. Everyone has the right to leave any country, including his own, and to return to his country.

Article 14 Everyone has the right to seek and to enjoy in other countries asylum from persecution. This right may not be invoked in the case of prosecutions genuinely arising from non-political crimes or from acts contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations.

Article 15 Everyone has the right to a nationality. No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his nationality nor denied the right to change his nationality.

Article 16 Men and women of full age, without any limitation due to race, nationality or religion, have the right to marry and to found a family. They are entitled to equal rights as to marriage, during marriage and at its dissolution. Marriage shall be entered into only with the free and full consent of the intending spouses. The family is the natural and fundamental group unit of society and is entitled to protection by society and the State.

Article 17 Everyone has the right to own property alone as well as in association with others. No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his property.

Article 18 Everyone has the right to freedom of thought, conscience and religion; this right includes freedom to change his religion or belief, and freedom, either alone or in community with others and in public or private, to manifest his religion or belief in teaching, practice, worship and observance.

Article 19 Everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and expression; this right includes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to seek, receive and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers.

Article 20 Everyone has the right to freedom of peaceful assembly and association. No one may be compelled to belong to an association.

Article 21 Everyone has the right to take part in the government of his country, directly or through freely chosen representatives. Everyone has the right of equal access to public service in his country. The will of the people shall be the basis of the authority of government; this will shall be expressed in periodic and genuine elections, which shall be by universal and equal suffrage and shall be held by secret vote or by equivalent free voting procedures.

Article 22 Everyone, as a member of society, has the right to social security and is entitled to realization, through national effort and international co-operation and in accordance with the organization and resources of each State, of the economic, social and cultural rights indispensable for his dignity and the free development of his personality.

Article 23 Everyone has the right to work, to free choice of employment, to just and favorable conditions of work and to protection against unemployment. Everyone, without any discrimination, has the right to equal pay for equal work. Everyone who works has the right to just and favorable remuneration ensuring for himself and his family an existence worthy of human dignity, and supplemented, if necessary, by other means of social protection. Everyone has the right to form and to join trade unions for the protection of his interests.

Article 24 Everyone has the right to rest and leisure, including reasonable limitation of working hours and periodic holidays with pay.

Article 25 Everyone has the right to a standard of living adequate for the health and well-being of himself and of his family, including food, clothing, housing and medical care and necessary social services, and the right to security in the event of unemployment, sickness, disability, widowhood, old age or other lack of livelihood in circumstances beyond his control. Motherhood and childhood are entitled to special care and assistance. All children, whether born in or out of wedlock, shall enjoy the same social protection.

Article 26 Everyone has the right to education. Education shall be free, at least in the elementary and fundamental stages. Elementary education shall be compulsory. Technical and professional education shall be made generally available and higher education shall be equally accessible to all based on merit. Education shall be directed to the full development of the human personality and to the strengthening of respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms. It shall promote understanding, tolerance and friendship among all nations, racial or religious groups, and shall further the activities of the United Nations for the maintenance of peace. Parents have a prior right to choose the kind of education that shall be given to their children.

Article 27 Everyone has the right freely to participate in the cultural life of the community, to enjoy the arts and to share in scientific advancement and its benefits. Everyone has the right to the protection of the moral and material interests resulting from any scientific, literary or artistic production of which he is the author.

Article 28 Everyone is entitled to a social and international order in which the rights and freedoms set forth in this Declaration can be fully realized.

Article 29 Everyone has duties to the community in which alone the free and full development of his personality is possible. In the exercise of his rights and freedoms, everyone shall be subject only to such limitations as are determined by law solely for the purpose of securing due recognition and respect for the rights and freedoms of others and of meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society. These rights and freedoms may in no case be exercised contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations.

Article 30 Nothing in this Declaration may be interpreted as implying for any State, group or person any right to engage in any activity or to perform any act aimed at the destruction of any of the rights and freedoms set forth herein.

Human Rights Day

The adoption of the Universal Declaration is a significant international commemoration marked each year on 10 December and is known as Human Rights Day or International Human Rights Day.

Individuals, community and religious groups, human rights organizations, parliaments, governments and the United Nations, observe the commemoration.

Decadal commemorations are often accompanied by campaigns to promote awareness of the Declaration and human rights. 2008 marks the 60th anniversary of the Declaration and is being accompanied by year long activities around the theme “Dignity and justice for all of us”. Significance

In the preamble governments commit themselves and their peoples to progressive measures to secure the universal and effective recognition and observance of the human rights set out in the Declaration.

Eleanor Roosevelt supported the adoption the UDHR as a declaration, rather than as a treaty, because she believed that it would have the same kind of influence on global society as the United States Declaration of Independence had within the United States.

In this, she proved to be correct. Even though not formally legally binding, the Declaration has been adopted in or influenced most national constitutions since 1948. It also serves as the foundation for a growing number of international treaties and national laws, international, regional, national and sub-national institutions protecting, and promoting human rights.

Legal Effect

While not a treaty itself, the Declaration was explicitly adopted for the purpose of defining the meaning of the words “fundamental freedoms” and “human rights” appearing in the United Nations Charter, which is binding on all member states. For this reason, the Universal Declaration is a fundamental constitutive document of the United Nations. Many international lawyers, in addition, believe that the Declaration forms part of customary international law and is a powerful tool in applying diplomatic and moral pressure to governments that violate any of its articles.  The 1968 United Nations International Conference on Human Rights advised that it “constitutes an obligation for the members of the international community” to all persons.

The declaration has served as the foundation for two binding UN human rights covenants, the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, and the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights and the principles of the Declaration are elaborated in international treaties such as the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination, the International Convention on the Elimination of Discrimination Against Women, the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, the United Nations Convention Against Torture and many more.

The Declaration continues to be widely cited by governments, academics, advocates, constitutional courts, and individual human beings who appeal to its principles for the protection of their recognized human rights.

12.21.2012 Begins Ascension Age.

We the Ascension Beings recognize the beginning on earth as the day set forth by those above with our ancient ancestors. December 21, 2012 is the present date that we use in time on all earth calendars as the new Ascension Age. The beginning of the Ascension Age and way of believing of our ancient alien ancestors.  

ASCENSION CENTER ENLIGHTENMENT BLOG TIMES

SPACE RACE FOR GLOBAL COMMUNICATION
By Theresa J. Thurmond Morris

This is the “Great Awakening!”

 “Consider the Xenoverse – Regarding One World Government I bring you news that Andromeda Galaxy and the Milky Way Galaxy will become one Galaxy in the future.

Prior to this time, we have dimensions and places to discover in this world and others. We can make the future possible with knowing more of the future in space.”

We have news that there will be global infrastructure of space involvement.

We must first overcome our fear of global community enlightenment among those who are not familiar with interfaith.

Infrastructure is the basic physical and organizational structures needed for the operation of a society or enterprise, or the services and facilities. 2.The basic, underlying framework or features of a system or organization. 2. the fundamental facilities and systems serving a country, city, or area.

FUTURE WORLD

This world must learn to accept all that are members on this planet. We are all one species. We have others who are also of humanoid species in space. There are many more in our space time continuum to learn about. We will become ambassadors of goodwill toward humanity on earth and on other planets willingly.
– Baha’I Faithers – Interfaith Future of Global Community You have brought up a wonderful topic. I am glad you did! Thank you. Our future is in space. The control of the air space above earth is now more important than the control on land.

This is the final chapter of our future. We must learn to control our communication and become diplomats with esprit de corps in space. This news is not news to some but will come as a Thief in the Night to many who will not understand the rule of earth from Space. We are here to assist in the future of abundance and health for all. It is time to share the infinity squared and knowledge unknown in the Xenoverse to combine our futures.

1 6 3 3 =13 the power.

This is the “Great Awakening!”

This is the final chapter of our future. We must learn to control our communication and become diplomats with esprit de corps in space. I know how you feel regarding whether one world government would be good or bad so count me in as a researcher for what is best or for the greater good.

My main life goal as a Social Entrepreneur Ambassador of Goodwill deals with Intergovernmental Relations and Global Culture. We are all about to feel the change and the “MAIN SQUEEZE – 2011” is upon us. We are all feeling how small the world has become with the Internet.

Those who control Cyberspace control the world from SPACE! The future “EARTH GLOBAL GOVERNMENT” will be an “ALLIANCE IN SPACE!” Think about it. The security of our world deals with all the “SPACE SATELLITES” that can shoot and defend countries from space. We do not need only the “MILITARY INTEL” from the “MAIN FRONT”. The world of wars of the past military gains was from the FRONT on earth in the past.

This is no longer the case. We are now in control from the space levels! This means that we are now able to not only use “SPY SATELLITES” and “Global Positioning Systems (GPS) but we can control “NUCLEAR LASER BOMBS” from space. This is why the scramble for the “SUPER POWERS” between those of the old regime “USA-UK” vs. “ASIAN”/ There are those such as IRAN, IRAQ, North Korea that have battled for positions on earth and now in space. CHINA has the next GLOBAL POSITIONING SATELLITES in space and they are jockeying for position now that they have their products and services in place.

It is not like AMERICA or the NORTH AMERICAN CONTINENT did not see this coming! We are now under the control of the five (5) Continent World. We are now looked at from space as all those who are controlled from above.

This is part of something much bigger than knowing the Internet from CYBERSPACE. We have come too far for all those of the old “MUSLIM ALLAH” control one earth. We must let the common folk once known as the peasants, serfs, poor, lower classes who have populated the world to know they have purpose while here. We cannot control them with only the “BEER” for “LABOR” fraud anymore.

This worked for only a short while in the 9000 B.C. time and we got some assistance with the pyramids in EGYPT! If we do not allow those who are in the educational process to become more open minded to the ways of the entire world via the INTERNET CONNECTION in CYBERSPACE, we can figure on a long “30 YEAR WAR”. This is not good.

The 30 year will wipe out our young men once again. We need them all this time to become educated scientist in math and quantum algorithms of the old Muhammad but with the new Ascension Center Enlightenment of the Future in the Omniverse in Space. We are all learning that the universe is only one on branes in space. We must utilize our young men in space and all continents.

Now, Education will take on a new energy that must be availed.

We must all fight for peace and unity and where this takes us may very well be into the new world government. The Bilderbergs was once simply people who meet to share the “THINK TANK”. They met in the place for a reason. This control does exist but not as a conspiracy theory for real. It is not being paranoid. We have many such groups that desire to control the world through corporate entities. We must look at the intelligence scholars behind the meeting.

It was always the way of those in positions of power to meet and discuss the future for all.   However, the International Banking System is only one part. The corporations and the old money regime for control is now dealing with technology in space. The future of communication technology and the future in stock markets are viral. The future of prescription drugs for the future is also viral.

For where I put my future is in education and sustainability. I am asked how to make the future better for all. People ask me “What can I do”. The names are not important but the energy is! We are all important and what we produce in energy is now more important than ever. The way we progress together in our groups for our own survival and enlightenment is important. The Baha’I Faith you mention has found a way to rely on corporations and the way to vote and become a part of the future.

Regarding One World Government – Baha’I Faithers – Interfaith Future of Global Community You have brought up a wonderful topic. I am glad you did! Thank you.  Our future is in space. The control of the air space above earth is now more important than the control on land. How to survive with all religions is a part of their approach.

I too have looked into their structure. The structure is good however, I do not believe in all that their scriptures of one man give them. He came from a material world and wanted to change all of that into the spiritual world. The faith of the Baha’I is still on the same supremacy of unto God we will return. It is a GOD faith. I believe that women are equal to men in soul and spirit.

We come from a Supreme Entity of both God and Goddess. I am just now getting into the structuring of the Baha’I with both male and female entities and how they plan to control the future when it all remains in who has the power in space.

We know that those above who control the extraterrestrial spacecraft as UFOS and USOS are watching all through our own satellite equipment in space. We have access to all so they do too!

It does not take a rocket scientist to figure out that they are more intelligent and can remain hidden as long as they so desire.

The part that we are now contending with is how much will they share of themselves with us in the future and will they finally land on the White House lawn in 2012?The future of our world lies with the date of who takes office for the Supreme Power of the world as President for 2013! There is either your SAVIOR or your ANTI-CHRIST!

Now having said that, this will decide who controls the future in space and where the SUPER POWERS will control the world.

We are all about being in communication and making sure that we all have more than the basics as food, water, clothing, shelter, transportation, and money in the bank for travel and tourism.

All of this now is connected to our future gadgets and how we will all share our abundance as health and prosperity for all! Right now, we have to create infrastructure and reshape the future with each global tectonic plate. We have to be intelligent and learn for ourselves that the past has a lot to do with the global future of Pangaea. The past created the future here on earth! We have to look at where we have been in the past and how the world will be shaped based on the Continental Divides.

This is what we call the “Great Awakening” in spirit in the relation to global interfaith of religions. All religions are about cultures in the future! It is just like a movie from Star Trek. We are going to all be able to travel on the future “STAR SHIP ENTERPRISE!” This was part of the future nine (9) controls. We all know about the control of the NINE and that all power struggles come from this NATURE PSYCHE of the HUMANOID beings. Be they on earth, in space, or traveling from one place to the other in the future makes no difference. It is apparent we have come to far to turn back now. This is our future!

We are destined for space.

 We will learn how to profit here on earth and in space. The future on the moon and the future on Mars are two points we not aim for. Therefore, it is only natural for all nation states to want to be a part of the future in space. They want to know that we shall create those on earth who will sustain life on earth while those in space control the future!

Therefore, we should not fear change but embrace is as social entrepreneurs all over the world. We shall move forward with shaping our energy as synergy to assist all on earth maintain their basics of food, water, clothing, and shelter through what we create as the next future United Nations Force and one in CYBER SPACE! We are all meeting to discuss the control of air and space communications with an agreement of some control by all countries based on their continental location. Geography now comes into play not only by the five main continents but also by the continental shifts based on the location of the Continental divides of the tectonic plates.

On earth as it is in heave so to speak means that what we can see from the images of earth declassified as our maps from satellites. We now know where we must concentrate our energies and moving people away from the earthquake and volcanic zones. We must control the areas of population control based on moving them from the ignorant places we allowed people to form cities.

We now know that we must take to the continent levels where tsunamis and Super Tsunamis will not destroy islands. We are aware that the future will depend a lot on satellite images of our fight for space for global crops versus control of those we grow in space. The future SUPER POWERS are those that will be controlled from SPACE!

Therefore, look for your ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT from the future alliance for a place in SPACE! One will always take to space while the other goes deep underground for control. This is the way we did it in the past and the same way we will keep our species from being destroyed in the future. It is always about survival of the species and this means the survival of the fittest. We now have the 7 billion mark we are approaching. Nature will take care of those who do not listen to the changes one earth.

We can now track these cataclysms from space. Those countries that do not join us with our Internet Cyberspace Information Control will lose our allegiance. Therefore, all countries must learn to share in the future of the Tectonic Plate Energies that are controlled by Earth. Those above control Earth! Those who do not believe in those above as the Extraterrestrial Controls whom we have called “THE FORCE” and “God” in the past will soon learn that we can control our satellites and predictions to some extent but,

We cannot control:” Mother Nature”.

 One might as why not in the future? – It will come when one day we shall learn but for now, we must learn to control space around each other as one space species. We learn to become at peace with each other and learn to survive being full of good nature, health, and abundance for all, then we pass on into the next level after this one and take with us as memories what we have learned here. Those who know about the higher realms that deal with energy in space have the better paths to follow in the future in space.  We will all learn about areas of space we call dimensions and other layers of abundance in the metaverse, the xenoverse, and the Omniverse.

We should all learn to maintain our own order in structuring the chaos in our own energy  In addition, learning to share the peace and order for all in the future. It is about not only control factors but also knowledge factors.  We create trust for our own spiritual selves first.

Then we learn to work together and learn sustainability for all that are in our group or species. Then we learn to terra form other planets and create beings.  We then to become as those in the Omniverse who can maintain order in the universal chaos we now call space. Space-time is another adventure we learn of where we are in relation to the point of origin for each of our own soul connections.

The soul groups may be a part of the future. For now, we must learn to keep order and to be democratic and allow for voting in our chosen leaders according to the variety of energy that will lead us into the future!

The future is in space.

The Internet Connection to the World Wide Web is one of the most important commodities next to the basics of food, water, clothing, shelter, transportation, now comes communication.  Our jobs will all revolve around the clean sustainability for all creatures on this planet! Love and Light. TJ Theresa Janette Thurmond Morris, Author/Entrepreneur consultant, trainer in mystical experiences that include Extraterrestrials, & Ancient Civilizations.  Original Story on UFO Digest World Government: Good or Bad Thing
»
Login or register to post comments
More Articles by AuthorTJ’s ET Paranormal Experience UFO Story For Christmas 2010ET Illuminated Hierarchy of the Omniverse as Time TravelersShaman Guides – Avatar Masters – Ascension Center Lightworkers – ET Guides – AngelsAn Alien ET Contactee Point of View of Our Past and Future OmniverseET Contact – Preparation – Alien Ships – U.N.to establish protocols

ALIEN ET REMOTE VIEWING TJ – SCIENCE FACT OR FICTION?

2012 CONNECTION to the UNIVERSE are now CRYSTALS! TJ
Something that doesn’t fit into the Spiritual Alignment we call Ascension.

There are limits on our time here on earth. We need to find more and better. We all need to find out our share and our shard of truth. We all do something better on earth than anyone earth. Maybe we deserve more. Most think so but it is not my place to say. I have not attained the success that Jesus Christ did on earth but I do well in America.

I have enough and am happy. I could accept more assistance for those who could share in the success of being inspired by those above. I receive prints and images while I sleep as in dreams that I can recognize.

We are going to learn about our other selves in our essence in the future. This will come in time. We are now preparing for the infinity space time loop that will explain wormhole travel.  I have had territory explored more than in psychic impressions and I narrow down the alien ET symbols in my mind. The neural pathways are mazes of the minds to be explored. We are hardwired but we are also wired for essence that no one on the planet has ever been able to locate. There is a reason that our exact spot of our soul can be found in our physical bodies. We can tell a lot from the shadows and angles of the outcroppings along with the water and fluid in our body-mind-spirits.

There are spiritual essences that can survive in our body-mind-spirits but now without water. There are reasons to begin checking everyone’s potassium levels and watch the blood pressure. We are going to be experiencing some physical changes that will be a concern that don’t match our prior exact body=mind & spirit prints. There is a blood trail that is in all our bodies that allows us to be joined to our bones.

The landing strips of the past that could be seen from space are for those who wanted to get a ride to another place in space. The universe is filled with other places for our essences. It is like thinking about being human and the simple ways we think. It is not hard. When we think of where we do when we die, we can find humor in space. We can share sayings like, ‘Elvis is not dear, he has just left the building!” We see our loved ones die and they are merely passing on their power from one circle into another in the sun. Here on earth, this is powerful stuff. It is true we never forget. For a limited time, we can all get ahead of our memories creating good memories for when we do not have our body physical as a unit and vessel. Get to know your game and your friends. This is the price one pays to face find chat in body-mind-spirit. NEXT, we will be sharing Time Travel and Individual Infinity in space. The next evolution of our own species on earth will require more intelligence. This is why we are marking time until those coming to earth will all be aware that alien civilizations exist in space!

Ascension Age begins December 21, 2012 T. 11:11. Many will not find out until we grow. Just remember we are each others greatest strength forged in the memories of the gathering together as one species on one planet at the 7 billion mark. We must all agree to allow for the awareness to awaken the critical mass consciousness to allow for preliminary analysis of our Supreme Beings. Remember, we all have a share as a shard of truth in our own body and essence. We are all different and all the same which leaves us hoping that we can all become aware of the entire global community and obtain a total count for those who will be aware of our currency in space or become counterfitters who will be ignorant and will fall to those who are more powerful as in the lower seeds of the lower energies of those who come who are of the dark arts.

We must prepare all for the light which we share as the spark of the awareness of ascension as those who are aware of the vantage point from over the air strips in the deserts.  Our ancestors were agreeing to know of the facts that remained after the prior visits of the aliens that loaded others on the alien ET spacecraft. There are those who know of those who come and go. Some of them took a deal as an Army Ranger and some were visiting the crime and crash scenes but could not win the argument against signing a 50 year confidentiality agreement.

We cannot assist all these beings forever because at the time there were things that were thought best for national security. It is time to grow up the nation and the entire world of governments. We may find our world leaders are going to be tested so take a point off the future stocks that matter. We are going to electronic currency and the world will have to return to a two metal gold and silver standard. Hard to listen to the future of the third eye counting up against stone and steel. Sometimes a hurt is only a guilty tear and sometimes all we can do is weep.
PHILOSOPHICAL STATEMENTS OTHERWISE KNOWN AS PREDICTIONS EVERY TIME A PSYCHIC MEDIUM RECEIVES A
INSPIRED TRANSMISSION IN THE MIND. TJ

Psychic Impressions.
A. The really big ones I tend not to share for fear of being misunderstood.

B. The smaller ones may or may not be correct.

C. This is a probe of the words that appear as the only ones that remain encased after a transmission of impressions of phase spacing.

D. This is how we will be able to share the future for 2 x 3 x 4 meter sections one at a time in order to share what is of the xenoverse. Speculation is pointless until we are able to examine the evidence.

E. Culturally Anthropology is a fine science.

F. This will not give hard science a clear picture but for those with an open mind they can find clues that to some are hard to find.

G. ET natural decomposition of ESP in remote viewing and residual dreams of prophecy are merely the energy of essence of those are the receivers.

The strength in strange and comes and goes in big dark clouds while we are holding on underneath a shroud of truth we call the future!

We are they who come and go in the strange heart of frozen doors of essence and energy of truth that is undeniable alien to the many. Many are called but few are chosen. The secret societies have always protected the truth. They will be asked to come about and influence those who are in charge of all governments three weeks a year. The G20 must have a generous heart to hearth talk about the future because nothing in this universe happens just once. Infinity goes in both directions. There is no unique event no singular moment. We all get another change and another change. I promise from my heart as an Oracle of Atlantis and MU. I will point the earth in the right direction as this is the only rational explanation. Let’s go back home where there is water, shelter, and many things.  “Do we sail in the wind we call space?”

“Bottom line is we are taught to care and not to fail.” TJ
We who are the receivers and remote viewers that some call Shaman, Oracles, Mystics, Psychics, Prophets, Sage, and Seers, are here to talk to all through time in what we call the web or cyberspace using computers.

We are not offering a plea bargain for the earth as one Gaia or world in the universe. We are waiting for the results of the spiritual alignment.

We are now seeing the changes occurring on earth. I do not deny that I have shared much of my deep spiritual connection to the various Native American Indians and Tibetans of earth. There are many who are our spiritual brothers and sisters who are the keepers of the sacred and secret places passed down from generation to generation.

There are also sacred secret connections of these cultural and spiritual groups to those above whom we refer to as extraterrestrials and the Ancient Alien Theorists call these beings “Aliens”. We are seeing more well controlled historical documentaries on television and in media of all types.

We have made some good choices and navigations regarding the information communication forms to assist those who are interested in surviving the date we talk about as Apocalypse. We are building bridges to our future.

We have portals and portal keys. We have the knowledge and awareness that there are now black holes, and that we can possible travel through wormholes. These will be our Glory Days of the Future Ascension Beings coming to Earth in space-time.

The world will have to share more information and communicate faster. We are running out of time. We have to share more with all those who are now considered members of the sentient intelligent being species.

We have five continents to be controlled by those above. For now, we pocket information from various world leaders in their geographic locations. We are utilizing satellites and our National Security Agency.
All our satellites are used by the aliens that are highly evolved in this universe and can come and go.

We became aware of the Giant Crystals that they harvest for their needs in space. We know that the Americas are responsible for the Main Stronghold of Intelligence and are still in control of the major portion of those who help stay in touch as senders and receivers. This includes the North and South American continents. The large crystals are harvested from the caves, which can be found from space. In addition, our oceans allow for deep cover of the USOs coming and going from space to earth to harvest crystals to be used in space for laser technology and what we call alien technology. The way they see it, Giant Crystals of earth are easy harvest since we have no present use for them. The crystals can be harvested the same way the gold was once taken from earth.

When a mineral or resource becomes strained from harvesting there are times that this planet is left from becoming included in the harvest. This is why we have some time in-between visits from our space visitors or more intelligent beings that are also humanoid and the smaller grays.

Sometimes it takes time to prepare for the automatic writing we receive. Sometimes we can use remote viewing like phase spacing. Sometimes we can dream at night and receive information that is important and can help the world. Sometimes the world economy is in trouble. We can claim ascension essence as the energy of magic that is serendipity. Digging up the truth is what we can share as a reality of BE, Do and Have for all.
Health and Prosperity for all on the planet is more in line with what is expected of all of us in the world. We are here to improve our memories of our explorations in space among all who still exist in the xenoverse. There are infinity factors that we shall explore as time space continuum and for now what we call quantum entanglement. We shall learn of the warp time and phase spacing in interdimensional spaces and places in the omnipresence that includes all metaverses of the branes in space with the xenoverses of the entire inner of the macrocosm.
ASCENSION ESSENCE
PSYCHIC IMPRESSIONS AS EVIDENCE FOR 2012

BEATS CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY

Something is happening here and we are pursuing in black ops as a Call to Duty!
There are better ways to share the soul but I cannot think of any. TJ

Alien UFO ET Communicant Interfacers (by Theresa J. Thurmond Morris, 5-8-2008)

The Article
By Theresa J. Thurmond Morris
Alien UFO ET Communicant Interfacers may seem like a new term for Shamans or Prophets but they have been around like Oracles of the past civilizations on earth.
What if the beings who are concerned with communicating with aliens are all telling the truth about their passion about a mission to awaken those who do not accept aliens?
We may not be sure we want to know any of this. However, what if it matters and it is about time? Do we deserve to know what others know and believe about higher intelligent beings who are communicating with some of us on earth but not all? Why is this happening? Is it part of the big plan decided about us and for us in our past?
What if they have been coming to earth all along and we were kept from the truth all of this time on earth? This may be the time that was set by our ancestors to accept the truth about our place in the universe. Some may still believe the earth is flat, or that we never walked on the moon, or driving horse drawn carriages instead of using cars. Does this make them wrong or simply different from the mass populace?
There is a separation most will agree on how we all think in separate cultures but do we ever think that we all may think different in different altitudes or dimensions? Folklife and folk culture is accepted but not aliens and UFOs. Maybe we have been understating things in our history for a reason. Some believed we could not accept the truth and some wanted to control the mass populace. Some are simply set in their ways and do not want to know the truth. Are we our brother’s keeper as it was once pointed out in the Bible? Have we all decided to simply allow our brothers to believe in the Holy Quran and the Holy Bible?
There are people such as Sgt. Clifford Stone (US Army, retired) who claim to be in contact with certain aliens who can maneuver these UFOs. We need to seriously consider that aliens are among us. What if they were always here and always thought of us Gods, and/or Angels?
Many intelligent beings are in contact and believe that there are alien intelligent life forms that are here to assist us; maybe they are guides or angels. Some may be hostile in nature and considered demons, or devils. Depends on words and beliefs only or is there other ways to think about what we should be prepared for in our future.
Are we realizing that we are not powerful and invincible in space? How long have we been asking the question do other beings exist in space? What will we tell our children? They believe that television and Internet were always part of our lives. They also believe in general that they should be afforded a structured life form by their parents. However, there are those who were raised on earth dirt poor and have needs that are simple. Those with basic needs usually are less educated on earth. They do not have the monetary funds to travel and see what the world has to offer. There are galaxies far, far away, and yet do not have the slightest idea about how we are to interact with other intelligent species. We have unstable beings that are completely unpredictable based on their cultural upbringing.
For now, we are simply trying to wake up to the fact that we are being visited by others from outside of our own stellar space. We are now about saving the planet in more ways than one. The greening global awareness organizations are teaming up with the ascension being awareness associations and the UFO associations. This is to share awareness and education.
As a communicator, you do not always tell others what is going on. You are a feeler, an intuitive. You are told to use your senses. Nevertheless, you do not address the issues at hand. This is done a lot on earth with the people of the old hills and hollers of Kentucky. The old ways of our ancestors were good about knowing without speaking of what they know.
The feeling is actually the telepathic abilities. Extra terrestrial entities have been held prisoner on earth prior to this date of which I exist. On certain sites in the past, there are tapes that talk about this that give some details about extracting entities but people would or could be killed. The entities were not accustomed to killing and do not believe in killing.
Certain details that are used in these positions as communicating Interfacers are usually not taught nor is there training for this position. Certain ones on earth simply believe that the telepathic abilities are possible. These believers in Extra terrestrials and UFOS are those who are trusted to believe in other intelligent beings that are not of earth origin. They are placed into trusted positions.
Entities not of earth’s origin have the ability to call down the alien UFOs or the aircraft or spacecraft. There is talk of a man who goes by the name of Yahweh who says on a You Tube video that he can call down the alien UFOs. Is this truth or fiction? I was asked if I had this ability and I had to think about my abilities. I do believe in such things but I also know that those that are real are not at our beckoned call.
There has been contact made by the alien intelligent beings who speak too many on earth.
There is going to be contact in a big way and for many, this contact has already been experienced. Some claim to have seen the Phoenix spacecrafts and others claim those seen in Stephensville were real. Roswell will always be the Mecca or home for the alien Roswell Museum and Research Library on UFOs.
Aliens or off Worlders choose those of earth origin with whom they can communicate. I believe they choose those who are believers and have interacted in their own families and in their own DNA. The aliens can trust in a genetic code.
The truth may be stranger than our fiction on earth.
Contact is something being prepared for in our near future. This is for worldwide acceptance. It is going to happen that the entire world will accept that this is our next level of consciousness and acceptance.
Some people believe that this public contact is being controlled at this time by government entities and other contract civilian affiliations. Some speak of Area 51 and other new underground facilities where alien technology is shared and reversed engineered. The military of our government is aware and some say there are treaties. That is something that many prior military and civilians are aware of or have worked with. There are many areas on earth that we are not allowed to know about. There must be reasons that only those with a need to know and a clearance share.
There is a belief in those who have been called Communicant Interfacers that the alien entities come in peace and only want what is best for our human being intelligent species. Not everyone however, has had good thoughts and good contact with aliens.
Some have stated or alleged that they have been abducted by alien entities.
There are those who believe that by 2016, there will have been an announcement about a probe that comes near earth, which is an artificial probe. Someone else put it out there and we do not know who he or she is at this point in our time on earth.
The old antiquated technology of others is new to us. We refuse to acknowledge BG 1991 as an orb with a highly polished surface that comes close to earth ever fifteen or sixteen years according to Sgt. Clifford Stone. This man has some abilities and one may find his story on You Tube among the many other UFO related videos and UFO sightings.
There are also the Camelot Project and Dresden Tapes. There are many videos that can be watched and people may view and discern for themselves. I know that some of the videos are easily debunked but there are some that are real. Many of the videos I am sent to watch I realize are good footage. Each person has to decide for him or herself what to believe regarding intelligent beings and UFOs as spacecraft not of earth origin.
There are others like Sgt. Clifford Stone, that are into this UFO phenomena or the recent events that occur in the news having to do with UFOS being seen all over including certain hot spots. There is the Mutual UFO Network also known as MUFON that encourages those who view a UFO sighting to report this in the UFO Community to whichever website they choose. The MUFON is a good place to begin although I am told more Investigators are needed.

The UFO Association and the Roswell Connection are two websites that I began in 2007 to celebrate the sixty years of the 1947 Roswell crash of which I personally share an interest. I also share the http://www.AscensionCenter.info and http://www.ascensionbeings.com. My websites that I build all have to do with a story that is part of me since I have lived on earth this time around. I have shared a brief history of my story with others in the past.
I have a story that concerns UFOS, intelligent beings, near death experiences, being taught to see holograms and other technology that others were not sharing in their every day lives. I learned to keep the information to myself so I could lead a normal existence. I kept my stories to myself until 2007. I was teaching ascension and psychic awakening skills to others in Hawaii in the early 1990s. I founded the Ascension Center Hawaii in 1990. Many still believe in Ascension to this day as a way of raising awareness and consciousness. There is much more I desire to share with others. I had to wait until I could live with my decisions to assist in raising awareness as a full time experience or hobby. Many of us had to make a living, although we knew in due time, we would have to become those who were spreading the truth of the intelligent beings. One way was to begin talking about UFO sightings. Growing up this was simply a normal way of life for many but we told each other in secret and in private. We were all programmed this way by our society and cultural beliefs in America.
This is how many people in the Baby Boomer Generation lived, by seeing and not telling.
We are all programmed to be a certain way on earth and just as if we learned to hide under our desks at school in case of a nuclear attack, most of what we learned to not say about UFOS simply does not make any sense any longer. Therefore, many of us in my generation since 1947 are coming to terms with which we are as a human intelligent being generation.
I personally believe that those who have lived before 1947 in another time and in another generation have moved on to another space and place whether in our time I cannot tell. This time that we live in has to do with certain laws and many of the laws of earth that we believed in have changed.
The basic laws or rules that we were taught to follow were these; law of attraction, law of intent, law of allowance, and law of balance. Each person that I know has come along way in his or her spiritual soul growth. The beings that I communicate with all seem to realize the spiritual aspects of being a humanoid intelligent being. We prefer to not kill beings. We prefer to not kill trees as they make oxygen needed on earth. We prefer to not pollute our water of earth because we drink it to survive. We prefer to maintain our basics such as food since we also need food to survive and the next is clothing and shelter. The basics of what we desire to have to maintain our own selves are being threatened.
The Extra-terrestrials (ETs) or Extra Biological Entities (EBEs) are coming and going and many that are found are treated as prisoners. This has been a concern for some who are Interfacers or communicants. There is a desire to change this situation for ascension beings for many who have come to earth in friendship. Many are simply explorers and explain that they are us. Many of the beings of earth who communicate have a count between 57 and 87 species that exist in the universe and there are probably many more.
The beings that are coming to earth have done this probably for thousands of years throughout our recorded history on earth. There are some who realize that we, the human population had been almost wiped out through time and yet, somehow some survived. How?
There are some beings that have been taken in numbers off the face of the earth and this has been seen in the history of earth. There are some Interfacers who believe this will happen again. Some say the rapture has already happened and for some this will happen again. I have heard that this is the penal colony or the prison planet for those who have been less fortunate species or the insignificants.
There have been Interfacers who say that they speak with the beings that enter through the region called the Pleiades. Others who speak of the Orion area, and still others who speak of Andromeda. Whether we have a name for an area of the universe or certain galaxies at this time does not matter that much unless we are going to allow the astronomers to keep naming what they discover. We now go by the names assigned at the time of discovery until another is accepted. This we have no control over. However, certain Interfacers as communicants are not told the actual names this I do know. I have quizzed several. I too, am not told and accept only what we decided to use on earth.
One thing that we need to understand is that alien civilizations exist and that we are not alone in the universe. We also need to understand that some humanoid species with the same genome and size are all working together in space travel. Some are not as friendly as others are. We are certainly learning who are friends are and who they are not. This is why all the contact now.
Regarding crop circles and information, some are real and some are hoaxes, like anything else we desire to know on earth, we have to discern for ourselves and to filter through the disinformation. Being skeptical is good and the power to discern and to seek out the truth is only normal and a human characteristic.
There are many who know that certain intelligence life forms coming to earth are all humanoid in appearance. There are stories about underground facilities some that we as earthlings have made, and some that extra terrestrials have made. There is talk of underground seas that take these beings in their UFOS underwater as submersibles.
For now, many are tuning into their televisions and to certain websites on the Internet.
There is an obvious interest in the unknown that has not been so obvious in the past. I believe that this has to do with the Baby Boomer generation and their interests growing up. We were brought up in the UFO generation watching Star Trek, Outer Limits, and the Twilight Zone just to name the few shows that allowed us to explore our imaginations.
The words or descriptions may be new to some but not to all in the ufology field of study or genre. UFOs are not a good term. Interplanetary conveyances are not a good term either. Ufos are called exactly that since the 19th century. Now, we accept the acronym for unidentified flying objects as anything not identified flying through space. Of course, there are other meanings but when one mentions a UFO most people on earth have an idea of what the other person is speaking about, and that is something from another galaxy. A UFO is something that is flown in space and is not from earth.
A UFO is a short term for anything seen flying in our airspace that is thought to not be of earth origin. We have seen things that our governments are not allowing us to know about because of national security reasons in North America air space. Other countries have their own reasons to keep global secrets. The United Nations may not be aware of all the secrecy or be concerned with global population and alien takeovers. There may be a reason to change this in our future. We may fail to see the reason for all the global secrecy among our controlling governments.
The initiation of the Sunshine Act, the Freedom of Information Act, had at the heart the hope that not all the UFO documents would be kept classified and given to the public for general information. It is still the government understanding that UFO information should be kept classified in the military community or within our governments. There are certain words for the gullible such as balloons used as a cover story or subject for UFOs, i.e. Seven UFOS (balloons) traveling at 1700 miles per hour.
Most people will tell you that balloons do not travel at that speed, it is not possible. However, there have been ghost’s stories told by those who prefaced this with, “I don’t believe in ghost’s stories mind you, but this really happened.” Are monotheists or we polytheists? Do we believe in false Gods? Maybe we should listen to the people who say they are in communication with other intelligent being species. They may have some answers.

Credits
Special thanks to Theresa J. Thurmond Morris.

External Links
Original American Chronicle Article
MUFON
Report your UFO Sighting
Category:
UFO Articles
2012 CONNECTION to the UNIVERSE are now CRYSTALS! TJ
Something that does not fit into the Spiritual Alignment we call Ascension.

There are limits on our time here on earth. We need to find more and better. We all need to find out our share and our shard of truth. We all do something better on earth than anyone earth. Maybe we deserve more. Most think so but it is not my place to say. I have not attained the success that Jesus Christ did on earth but I do well in America.

I have enough and am happy. I could accept more assistance for those who could share in the success of being inspired by those above. I receive prints and images while I sleep as in dreams that I can recognize.

We are going to learn about our other selves in our essence in the future. This will come in time. We are now preparing for the infinity space-time loop that will explain wormhole travel.  I have had territory explored more than in psychic impressions and I narrow down the alien ET symbols in my mind. The neural pathways are mazes of the minds to be explored. We are hardwired but we are also wired for essence that no one on the planet has ever been able to locate. There is a reason that our exact spot of our soul can be found in our physical bodies. We can tell a lot from the shadows and angles of the outcroppings along with the water and fluid in our body-mind-spirits.

There are spiritual essences that can survive in our body-mind-spirits but now without water. There are reasons to begin checking everyone’s potassium levels and watch the blood pressure. We are going to be experiencing some physical changes that will be a concern that do not match our prior exact body=mind & spirit prints. A blood trail that is in all our bodies allows us to be joined to our bones.

The landing strips of the past that could be seen from space are for those who wanted to get a ride to another place in space. The universe is filled with other places for our essences. It is like thinking about being human and the simple ways we think. It is not hard. When we think of where we do when we die, we can find humor in space. We can share sayings like, ‘Elvis is not dear, and he has just left the building!” We see our loved ones die and they are merely passing on their power from one circle into another in the sun. Here on earth, this is powerful stuff. It is true we never forget. For a limited time, we can all get ahead of our memories creating good memories for when we do not have our body physical as a unit and vessel. Get to know your game and your friends. This is the price one pays to face find chat in body-mind-spirit. NEXT, we will be sharing Time Travel and Individual Infinity in space. The next evolution of our own species on earth will require more intelligence. This is why we are marking time until those coming to earth will all be aware that alien civilizations exist in space!

Ascension Age begins December 21, 2012 T. 11:11. Many will not find out until we grow. Just remember we are each other’s greatest strength forged in the memories of the gathering together as one species on one planet at the 7 billion mark. We must all agree to allow the awareness to awaken the critical mass consciousness to allow for preliminary analysis of our Supreme Beings. Remember, we all have a share as a shard of truth in our own body and essence. We are all different and all the same which leaves us hoping that we can all become aware of the entire global community and obtain a total count for those who will be aware of our currency in space or become counterfeiters who will be ignorant and will fall to those who are more powerful as in the lower seeds of the lower energies of those who come who are of the dark arts.

We must prepare all for the light, which we share as the spark of the awareness of ascension as those who are aware of the vantage point from over the airstrips in the deserts.  Our ancestors were agreeing to know of the facts that remained after the prior visits of the aliens that loaded others on the alien ET spacecraft. There are those who know of those who come and go. Some of them took a deal as an Army Ranger and some were visiting the crime and crash scenes but could not win the argument against signing a 50-year confidentiality agreement.

AGASHAN AVATARS ASCENDED MASTERS
We cannot assist all these beings forever because at the time there were things that were thought best for national security. It is time to grow up the nation and the entire world of governments. We may find our world leaders are going to be tested so take a point off the future stocks that matter. We are going to electronic currency and the world will have to return to a two metal gold and silver standard. Hard to listen to the future of the third eye counting up against stone and steel. Sometimes a hurt is only a guilty tear and sometimes all we can do is weep. TJ

SHARING SHIFTING & UPLIFTING WITH THOSE WHO WRITE TJ

World Perspective /  Share
According to a NASA scientist’s computer modeling, that’s how much an Earth day should have been shortened by the subterranean upheaval that triggered the Feb. 27 earthquake in Chile. Some basic physics explains why. Every point on the planet takes the same 24 hours or so to complete a single rotation around Earth’s north-south axis, but some points have to move faster than others to spin the full 360° by the one-day deadline. That’s because some parts of the planet are much bigger than others, at least in circumference. The Earth’s equator is 24,901 miles around. The perimeter of the Arctic Circle, by contrast, is just 9,945 miles, and if you stand five feet from the North Pole, the circumference you inscribe as the Earth rotates is a scant 31.4 feet. Yet in all of those places, it still takes 24 hours to complete a single rotation. (The fact that points along the equator move faster than others is the reason NASA and the European Space Agency put their launch pads in Florida and French Guiana, respectively; fire off your rockets in the direction the Earth spins, and you get a free 1,000 miles per hour. Earthquakes alter planetary speed in two ways. Shifting plates rearrange the distribution of the Earth’s mass, causing it to bulge imperceptibly in spots it didn’t bulge before and contract in others. That rearrangement should further shift the Earth’s inclination, or figure axis (the axis around which the Earth’s mass is balanced, which is slightly different from the north-south axis around which the Earth rotates) — in the case of the Chile earthquake, by about three inches. The law of conservation of angular momentum, however, requires that even under these exigent circumstances, the Earth’s angular momentum stays constant, which means the planet must step on the gas (or the brake) to accommodate shifting mass. The same thing happened in 2004 with the 9.1 Sumatran earthquake that triggered the tsunami. That earthquake should have shifted the Earth’s figure axis by 2.76 inches and shortened its day by 6.8 millionths of a second, according to computer models. If the physics seems a bit arcane, consider that you probably spent much of the past two weeks seeing the angular-momentum principle in action — at least if you watched the Olympics. Earthquakes change the Earth’s rotation the same way a twirling figure skater changes hers — by extending or tucking her arms in, for instance, to slow down or speed up accordingly. The only difference is that the skater does so decidedly more elegantly.

Thank you TJ.

You are very up lifting.

To answer your question, the reason I am confined to my home is that after my ex ran away with my children I became very depressed. I do not have many friends in the area I live and it is hard to make friends because my ex had such a vast reputation, every time I meet new people I hear stories about her and it hurts. It sounds silly but sometimes I feel as though the whole Gold Coast is laughing at me.
I do not have much of an income and I am still suffering from the break down of my tendons. I have just enrolled in a correspondence course on nutrition. Most of my energy now is focused on trying to get my children back and I have to appear in court a few more times to prove that my ex was lying. My children mean the world to me and without them, my motivation is limited. I know that sounds wrong to say that but it is how I feel.
As for my writing, I do want to write but I do not know what to write. I spent eight years on a fantasy novel based on the book of revelations but I deleted the whole thing.
My aim is to reveal the ultimate truth, about God, the universe, our history, the existence of ETs, the Heavens, our purpose and our ultimate fate on Earth, but how can I reveal truth when I myself am still searching. My ultimate goal was to write a great book and then make a movie of it.
The reason I deleted the book I was writing is that there was so many different interpretations of revelations and every time I learnt something new it would conflict with the story I had already written.
Although it was, still a great story it was not accurate and I wanted it to be more than just a story.
 Confidence is a huge issue for me too and I do not seem to have much left.
I believe that I will find the confidence and a sense of self worth again, ha-ha, all part of the journey I guess. I know that I will rise to a higher level. I thank you for your help and encouragement and you have no idea how much I am thanking God for your friendship.
What state do you live in? My mum and step dad live in Virginia, they moved over to the US about two years ago.
How often do you converse with ETs? I have added a photo of my girls and myself so that you can put a face to the name.

AUSTRALIAN GRAHAM
By: Graham S. Leadbeatter IV

INTRODUCTION

My Dear Friend:

Here is a bit about my physical and spiritual life.

My name is Graham Sydney Leadbeatter the 4th.

I was born to this physical life an Australian (7 June 1981) and have never been outside of Australia. Mostly my nana, my mother and my sister raised me in a Christian home.
My father and mother divorced when I was only four. When I was four or five years old, I remember as though it were yesterday, I was visited by a being of light outside the window across from my room in the dark of night.
It was playing with me, it was as though we were both playing peek-a-boo with each other, but being so young I kind of thought that it was somehow my reflection, when I stopped and it didn’t I realized that it wasn’t my reflection and I got scared and it left.
This was in Richmond, close to Sydney NSW.
At age, ten we were now living in Port Macquarie.
I was as they say born again and then baptized. The pastor that baptized me spoke a word over me after I came up out of the water; he said,
“I can see God drawing you into him as an arrow is drawn into a bow. He will sharpen the head of the arrow and let loose the bowstring, sending you forth through the nations.”
About a month later, a different pastor was praying over me and spoke those exact same words, not just close, but the same.
My mother remarried to a man that had five children. He did not like me and was mean to me.
We all moved to Brisbane QLD.
At age 15, I saw a very dark spirit outside the kitchen window; it bought with it a very dark and negative feeling.
I could feel it there before I turned and saw it.
Within the same year I think, a pastor came from USA to an International Conference; again the same prophecy was spoken over me word for word about God drawing me in like an arrow.
Within the same year, I had one of those dreams that are more than dreams; I can remember it all clearly.

WRITING TO TJ

(I will continue in another email as this one is getting to be long and I do not know if it will send.)
—– Original Message —– Sent: Monday, March 29, 2010 6:09 AM
Subject: Re: HI GRAHAM WHERE ARE YOU ON THE PLANET? TJ
Dear Graham:
You have been called to a larger good in your own self-actualization.
Yes – I shall assist you as will God. You have some internal spiritual being to do.
Help me help you.
First = Answer my questions about
WHO ARE YOU?
WHO – WHAT-WHEN-WHERE-WHY-HOW
HOW MUCH –
YOU HAVE NEEDS LIKE ALL OF US ON EARTH.
PHYSIOLOGICAL NEEDS
SAFETY AND SECURITY NEEDS
BELONGING AND LOVE NEEDS
ESTEEM NEEDS
And
MOST OF ALL – NEED FOR SELF ACTUALIZATION
NEED TO REALIZE One’s FULLEST POTENTIAL!
IT IS TIME YOU LEARN!
ARE YOU READY CHRISTIAN?
LOVE AND LIGHT
SEND ME YOUR INVENTORY AND I SHALL SEND YOU THE ANSWERS YOU REQUESTED.
TJ
In a message dated 3/28/2010 1:49:42 A.M. Central Daylight Time, graham981@dodo.com.au writes:
Hi TJ,
I was hoping to ask your advice on something. I have been doing a lot of research/reading on NDE, and have found that no matter the religion it is love above all that matters, I was just wondering if you could give some advice on love and forgiveness.
When we have been or are continuously being hurt by someone, how we get past the hurt and love/forgive them. My ex-wife is a very cruel woman, though our 7 years of marriage I forgave her so many times of things that most would not forgive once and because I chose understanding, love, compassion and friendship it seemed easy.
Now she kidnapped my children and moved interstate. Not only that but she has put out a domestic violence order against me so that I cannot get my children back; I cannot even contact them by phone. I have not seen or heard from them for months and it is killing me.
I swear by all that is holy that what she is saying is an outright lie, we had shared custody of the children and she has done this so that she could move in with her boyfriend.
I have always been so forgiving and willing to move on but this is different now, the pain of having my children ripped away from me is too much.
How do I love her?
How do I rise above the hurt?
I used to be such a strong person but now I am confined to my house all day every day and am sinking into depression. I know that we must have trials to reach a higher and stronger level of spirituality but I just do not know how to get to that point when I try but keep being reminded of how much I have been wronged.
I cry myself to sleep almost every night asking God to reach me and draw me closer to him, just to be touched in some way or to be told that it is going to be ok.
But then I wonder if He cannot reach me because I am vibrating a level of anger towards my ex-wife.
I try to fight it I really do, and when ever I think I have forgiven her the next day its like I have to do it all over again.
Is there any advice you can give me?
Thanks TJ.
Although we do not know each other, I feel like I have an eternal friend in you.
God bless.
Graham
HI GRAHAM:
Please share your stories on websites at:
http://www.theresamorris.com
http://www.socialparanormal.com
http://www.americannewsmagazine.com
I also write on American Chronicle. Just go to the list of AUTHORS and look for my name under the “M” list
http://www.americanchronicle.com
Theresa J. Thurmond Morris okay!
Then you can catch up on my at
http://www.ufodigest.com
You seem smart enough to me! HEY – WRITE BACK OKAY! TELL ME ABOUT YOU! YOU ARE PART OF THE AWAKENING! MAYBE YOU CAN WRITE AND PUBLISH?
LET ME KNOW! TJ
In a message dated 3/6/2010 11:54:39 P.M. Central Standard Time, graham981@dodo.com.au writes:
Wow, TJ, I was not sure, if you were going to write back or not, and if so, I had no idea that your response would be. Thank you so much for taking the time to write to me. I am a 28-year-old man whose life has recently fallen apart. I am a Christian and I believe the bible but I know that there is a lot more about the bible and the universe then what is taught. When I used the word alien, I did not mean it offensively. most Christians that touch the subject of extraterrestrials say that they are all of the devil, but I think that an extraterrestrial is a being from a higher dimension or not from this world, so in my view that would include angels as well. Lucifer himself was an angel so he was cut from the same cloth as holy angels. I am with you on this; I believe that there are good ETs and bad ones.
There is so much that I do not know, so many questions that I wonder if I will ever have an answer to.
I wish I knew someone like you in my life; I have always been the odd one out. I think on a completely different level to most people around me. on a much deeper level, sometimes I see things happening before they happen or I have a knowing that they will happen, but after it does I feel like I cant tell anyone because who would believe me. I feel like I am always asking myself is there something wrong with me. I want so much to learn about what is behind the curtain that hides the truth. I feel such a strong sense of destiny but have no idea what it is or how I will reach it. I have no career or area of expertise and I am not a smart man. I seek wisdom everyday, the grace to forgive and love, and a long list of things that should lead to inner peace. However, I always find myself back at despair. I am sorry to be writing this to you, I do not know what came over me, but as I read your email, you just seemed to have a really deep and beautiful spirit. Anyway thanks for writing back. Bless you
Graham.
—– Original Message —–
From: MsTJMorris@aol.com
To: graham981@dodo.com.au
Cc: publisher@ufodigest.com ; rmorningtar@gmail.com
Sent: Saturday, March 06, 2010 5:56 AM
Subject: Re: SUBMISSION – QUESTION TO TJ ON ALIENS AND JESUS
Dear Graham:
I have always been in contact with spirits and have met Extraterrestrials in person in this lifetime.
I shall admit that I personally feel the energy of the one. Individual people refer to as Jesus.
This person like you or me lived once on earth.
I believe he was the one who was chosen and accepted to come to earth to show us how to return to from where we came.
I choose to believe that the world we now live in is most about ASCENSION.
Ascension is the process of being-living-and becoming.
I know that I choose to believe in the story of Jesus. This is all we have other than a knowing inside each of us.
Knowing Jesus is a personal choice. I cannot tell you what the Aliens believe as you call them. I believe that most of us in general use the word alien for those not born on earth.
I choose to use the word Alien for all those beings who are not of our morals, ethics, and born on earth resembling us as sentient intelligent beings.
I use the word aliens for those whom I am not familiar with on earth or in heaven or space.
Extraterrestrials are my word of choice. The intelligent beings that I know and have been with who have come and gone from this planet simply referring to themselves and others in stellar space and in other galaxies as intelligent beings.
Since, I you are the first ever on earth to ask me a direct question about Jesus, and I have never addressed this with my own stream of consciousness as my own memory banks, I should like to send this to one of my publishers that deals with this type of story.

Dirk Vander Ploeg has been in business over 10 years addressing the world of UFOS and the paranormal. I will say that I can only speak for myself about Jesus.

I love the wisdom that this great teacher was able to share while he was on earth. In my lifetime, I am allowed to call him my brother. In addition, I have chosen him as my Lord and Savior in this lifetime because I was born into his world.
In other words, I was born a Christian and this means that I know that I was born to live in his world with his teachings. The way he taught others to believe that were Christians was to believe in God, and Heaven. Hell was where we choose to believe Satan abides. For many who believe in these words and icons, they use them in context to mean what they have been taught, what they have read, and what their family, friends, and teachers all have learned to believe.
One thing about being an intelligent being is that we can be treated the same way that Jesus was treated according to records we have on earth such as the Bible.
I choose to be a Christian by choice. I also choose to believe that Alien Civilizations Exist by choice.

I shall share with you for the purpose that it may assist you knowing how another being thinks on earth who believes in both.

I choose to believe in the spirit that cannot be destroyed as energy called JESUS. This means that who this person or man was while he lived physically, mentally, and spiritually on earth was how I choose to live and be physically, mentally, and spiritually.

I have found no other person on earth to emulate in actions. This is my choice based on what I have read and what I deal with inside of me. I call this inside feeling my inner being. I choose to make known to others by choice in my words, deeds, and actions. This is what I refer to as my outer knowing.

How one chooses to live and exist on earth is not always up to the person based on where they are born on earth. There are many lessons for us on earth. Some of us can rise above our own level of existence. Some of us can only learn to deal with what level of existence we are born into.

I have been fortunate to have had many levels of life and living in one time. This includes levels of monetary gain, and locations on earth. I have been allowed to own things, and to be broke with nothing but the clothes on my back and a few in my car. I was able to earn a living beginning with nothing. I learned to take care of my children and myself. I learned that I am not perfect.

I have lived 58 earth years and can remember many lived on earth prior to this one. This is something that I use to allow me to know of other lifetimes on earth and in other places.
I have memories of what you might think of as Heaven. Therefore, to me, Heaven is very enough. However, until one experiences Heaven personally as in their own personal experiences, Heaven is a destination on earth. AS is what many refer to as Hades or Hell or where the Place is ruled by another whom some call Satan or the devil.

Some believe that these words are real and represent a being or spirit and some believe that these words are not real and only represent a story or a philosophy of how others may choose to live and believe.

The aliens who I know are good. They are what we think of as higher intelligent supreme beings because they have lived for many years more in space than we can calculate on earth.

In addition, they are in an empire with a group of twelve who share in the intelligent leadership for many galaxies.
This is the only way I know to adhere to the rules of which I am bound by on earth.

Most people who know me on earth have no idea who I am or how I believe. I appreciate you thinking enough of something that I have written on the Internet to email me your questions.

It takes a big person with a strong spirit to ask what you did. Some people who were born into the Christian Church as I was taught lessons in Sunday school and Church.

I traveled the earth and learned of many ways to think and believe in both the Eastern and Western Philosophies. I now embrace many as not right or wrong but just part of the way we as intelligent beings choose to believe.

There is no right or wrong beliefs in my way of thinking. Only levels of thinking and believing to get us to the place that we shall go to or come too.

I choose to believe that I will return to the place from where I came but with knowledge of earth and the people whom I shared life with on earth. This gives me great comfort in knowing that I am not alone while I am visiting earth.

I have a family on earth and a family above in space. This is where I choose to believe all my relatives whom I have had on earth pass on too when they leave earth.

I choose to believe that faith, hope, charity are real ways to think and that the greatest of all beings have an inner being that we call love. Love is the greatest of all and we are to treat others the way we desire to be treated. It is my hopes that you chose to write to me out of caring and love.

I feel that you truly wanted an answer to these questions and the energy just flowed from me very fast without corrections. So, consider this answer from me as a spirit and energy on earth that dwells in a physical, mental, and spiritual body while in a vessel on earth that you may regard as a human being.

I choose to believe that most of me is my own thoughts and conscious choices but I also believe that I have a comforter inside of me that some regard as the Holy Spirit and others believe that this is an alien, or alien hybrid part of me that I can channel by choice. I leave this up to you.

Remember that another cannot tell one what to believe or whom. We each are given our own spiritual spark or light that I prefer to call an Essence.

This essence is what some refer to as their spirit or soul. I prefer to believe it is our essence that combines all three parts as our body-mind-spirit while we are encased in a vessel or container on earth.

When our essence leaves our vessel or container, we return to our soul higher selves. This soul is made up of our essence energy that can never die. It simply can share in spirit as it visits various levels of existence in spirit. Our spirit is the energy that is also part of our essence.

I believe that it was Jesus who was one of these Aliens you have questions about. I choose to believe that we too are like Jesus and will someday through the power of Ascension Rise Again. We are all here to learn to be as Jesus or Aliens.

I believe that there are some aliens that are good and some are bad. I believe that there is a need for both so that we can learn from the way that nature has provided us ways to understand how to be as our creators.

I am going through thoughts now that allow me to investigate the 46 pairs of chromosomes or genomes that make up our lives on earth. I am presently thinking that we are made up of the best 46 aliens or extraterrestrials that existed out there in space.

I believe that there is a good and bad so to speak in all of us. I believe that we have pairs so that we can decide which way we shall become when we go to our next level of existence as intelligent beings.

This may seem hard to understand and I am just beginning to grasp the ideas from the Akashic Field myself. Learn all you can about life and those who are good and bad on earth. I choose to be more like Jesus than Satan is.

How you believe and make choices it up to you.

I believe that in the beginning of time, we were all one.

The best teachers in the world believe that we should only believe in another master if that master teaches we are all one in the beginning.

Whether you believe in a destination and procreation of the world or another is part of who we are as individuals.

There is much to know on earth and there are many paths. It is best to create your own path and leave a trail for others. This is what I presently choose to do.
I do not say that another or mine is better than yours is. Only that there are various roads that lead to the same places.

 Enjoy life and share what you can that you feel is right and good and leave the rest behind.

There is knowledge and wisdom on the road and in the hedges of life along the road or path. The hours that we spend in the journey of a lifetime are what counts for us now. The time that we are allowed on earth is short. Enjoy your time and hours each day and allow for nutrition, and sleep. Do what you can to remain alive on earth for one never knows what the future holds only that we are each in control of our own lives to some extent. This leads me to a place and word called destiny and another is fate.

There are pros and cons about fate and destiny and I am contemplating both words but have no sure answer as to how I believe and am not willing to commit to either. I do know that I have tools such as the Tree of Life, and the Tarot deck of cards that have been accurate for others and me.

Learn all you can about the mystical and magical beings and places on earth.
I hope this information is helpful. All I can do is hope that this information is helpful to you.

There is an old saying on earth that I have learned that for me works. It is this, “When the student is ready, the Master will appear!”

Love and Light along with Health and Prosperity from those above the Extraterrestrials (ETs)
TJ

In a message dated 2/28/2010 7:34:35 A.M. Central Standard Time,  writes:
Hi my name is graham, are you in contact with aliens? I saw a UFO once with my brother. I was wondering, what do aliens say about Jesus? I have seen many documentaries on people that have died (some even for 3 days) and come back to life (most through prayer) and they all swear the same thing, that Jesus is real, and that heaven and hell is real. If you are in contact with aliens, I was wondering if they know of Jesus

CHAPTER ONE

DEAR TJ

Dear TJ:

In the dream I was walking through a very thick forest and came to a place where many forms witchcraft were evident on the ground, I turned to my left and walked through what was like a tunnel of trees, and then I came to a huge mountain, straight up on a 90-degree angle.
I wasted no time and started to climb, halfway up I noticed that within the caves of this mountain were hundreds, maybe even thousands of evil forces trying to stop me from going on, telling me that I will never make it and that they will kill me, they were witches, witch doctors and spirits.
I placed my hand up on a tiny ledge to pull myself up and realized that I had taken hold of a skull with a snake on it, I threw it down the mountain and kept going, the higher I got the more they would yell at me, it was so hard but I finally reached the top, as I pulled myself up, there were so many evil beings at the top of the mountain that were looking at me with anticipation, as soon as I stood up straight on the top of the mountain I looked around at all the evil beings, they fled from me as though they were now terrified of me, screaming in fear as they went. That was the end of the dream.

CHAPTER TWO

MY HISTORY IN AUSTRALIA

I left school at grade at the beginning of grade 11. oh wait, I just remembered, over a year ago I started writing some things down on my laptop, it’s not much but I was thinking of writing a biography one day, it’s kind of all over the place and it jumps from time to time.
There really is not much in it at all but I will attach it anyway. I stopped writing it because there is just too much to remember and put in, some of it is in the form of a novel and some in the form of a journal. I have learnt a lot since then and some of what I wrote.
I wrote when I was very upset.
When I was 10 I was baptized, the pastor prophesied over me and said that god would draw me into him as an arrow is drawn into a bow. Then he said that he would sharpen the arrowhead and let loose the bowstring, sending me forth through the nations doing his will.
He also said that god would catch all of my tears and replace each one with joy.
I think it was about a year or so later that another pastor that had never heard this prophesies spoke over me spoke the exact same prophesy word for word. This was mystifying to me.
Then in my mid teens, I was at an international conference in a deferent state. A guest speaker from the USA came overflowing with the Holy Spirit, again the same prophesy was spoken word for word over me.
God was always talking to me in some way, when I was 19 I was living out of God’s favor.
Because I blamed him for heartache, life was miserable and I felt trapped.
One day I shook my fist to the sky and yelled at God saying,
“All that you are is a lie and the biggest lie you ever told is I will never leave you nor forsake you. Ha! What a joke.”
Three days had past and I was so guilt ridden.
I thought that God was going to do something drastic to punish me.
I went downstairs and started going through some of my boxes, no reason, I was just board. Would you believe the first thing that I pulled out was a bible?
I fell to my knees and spoke to God for the first time in three days. I held the bible close and said Lord if you really love me then please communicate with me.
I closed my eyes, flipped the bible open, and read where my thumb was.
I burst out crying when I read the words; I will never leave you nor forsake you.
CHAPTER THREE
BECOMING A MAN OF GOD
I was about 20 when I had the idea to write a fantasy novel based on Christianity or a bible story. The story had changed a lot before I knew that the Book of Revelations would be the foundation of the story.
All my life I always felt different to others around me.
I always felt like there was some great destiny waiting for me.
My mother always prayed that God would speak to me with dreams and visions. He has done so more times than I can tell.
When I was 21 I got married to a young woman, I met at my mum’s church.
I spent seven (7) of the most painful and hurtful years of my life with her.
I knew that as long as I was with her I could never live a Christian life.
God often spoke to me about what was going on behind my back, and then others would confirm it.
In the end, the whole town was telling me.
During my marriage I never really had much motivation to seek more out of my life, it was something I always put off. I knew that I would have to study Revelations before I could write a story about it. Every time I cried out to God for help (and I mean CRIED out for help), he would always give me some kind of sign.
Just one example, when we were blessed with our third child I would sleep out in the lounge room sometimes with her, so my wife could sleep.
One day I cried out to God and said I cannot write this story on something I do not understand.
I questioned whether my destiny was real. That night I slept in the lounge room with my daughter, she woke up for a feed at an irregular time to her pattern.
As I was feeding her, I turned on the TV.
Just as I switched it on a Christian program was offering a free booklet called “Revelations the Mystery Unveiled.” I sent away for it and now have many books on revelations.
Still, I could never focus enough on my book; I was so focused on my wife and the pain that had been caused. I could not understand why I had to go through it. I kept thinking of the prophecies and thought that God would just hit me one day and everything would be better from that day. How wrong I was.
The time came and I could no longer take it. I had been wronged in such a harsh way.
I suffered a minor heart attack at the age of 27 due to stress.
I was given a disease via an STD from my wife that triggered off in my immune system another disease; only this one was more serious, it caused a crippling disease in the tendons of both my feet.
It caused me to lose my full time job.
I lost my wife, my family, my job, my health, my home, my pride and dignity.
For months, every day and night I would cry out for death.
I went from a well paying and secure job, to being on the disability pension.
I was trapped in my bed due to the agonizing pain of trying to walk.
I had to use all of my savings just to scrape by.
I kept crying out to God but felt nothing.
Everyone kept saying hang in there. I told my mother that if one more person says that to me that I would go nuts.
I remember one night I told God that I should stop crying out to him because my cries are ignored.
At that moment, I felt something touch my shoulder, and I knew it was he.
Immediately I burst out crying.
I waited for him to say something to me. He said hang in there. I said back to him,
“I have waited and waited and cried and cried out to you and when you finally come to me you say the one thing I don’t want to hear.”
He said,
“My beloved child, in all of eternity, I have never left your side. Every season of tears I have held you and carried you and provided for you.”
I replied,
“Then why didn’t I feel you? Why didn’t you speak to me?”
He said,
“I always speak to you Graham, but your heart was deaf to my words. Where is your faith? How many times must I remind you, how many more signs will you need before you will trust me? Your sorrow is not yet over.”
I cried and told god that I could not handle anymore.
He then as he had before, reminded me and compared me to Joseph; he showed me a vision like Joseph’s dream of the stars.
He said I would shine like a bright star among the 12 tribes; I used to think he compared me because of my dreams and visions, I now know there is much more to it.
I tried so hard to draw near to God but the Devil would use my wife and my situation to bring me down.
One evening it started raining, I knelt down on my knees and prayed to God,
“Please let me feel your presence as I pray Lord.” A light thunder started to roll in and I could feel his presence, I prayed that God would draw me close to him and that it would be not just another Christian phase in my life. Every time I asked him not to let the thunder leave because it made me feel his presence, the thunder would roll in repeatedly.
Then I had no choice but to move back in to the house with my wife. I could not afford to keep up rent and a mortgage, and every dollar I got went to my wife.
God’s words rang in my head; your sorrow is not yet over. How right he was. More and more physical and emotional pain was to follow. One moment I have a life others would kill for, beautiful kids, extremely attractive wife, great job, and yet, at, the next moment I am a sad reflection of that man listening to his wife having sex with other men in the next room, I felt like I was trapped in a prison.
It got to the point that I did not care how much it hurt to walk, whenever she had them over I would take a bag of books and go and sit in my car for hours until she had finished with them.
I would drive down to a creek I called my happy place and meditate on God. He began teaching me and opening up my eyes everyday.
My whole life I always knew that my destiny would involve abundant wealth.
In addition, that with my abundant wealth I was to do great things.
Whilst meditating on God he would often tell me that I would be among his great.
One night down at the creek, God showed me a vision of great containers over flowing with grain.
He said to me “Your storehouse is not big enough. Your silos are full and over flowing. You have prayed for abundance what will you do with it.”
Three days later God spoke to my heart and reminded me again of Joseph. It suddenly became clear, the silos, Joseph went through great trials and suffering, he was then made richer than any man was in the world bar one was, and God saved many through Joseph, the silos were full of grain.
In the times to shortly come this world will see great famine, worse than Egypt, all that is to happen will be worse than history’s records.
I suddenly started to be concerned whenever I thought of splashing out in great wealth. I said to God what if I blow it and squander my abundance. Then the lord showed me that it is okay to enjoy abundance. He said he wants me to experience different landscapes he has created, to know the exotic animals, and to appreciate them all.
He wants me to have fun and enjoy life and to know that I am blessed. As long as I glorify him in all that, I do and not deter from his will and my destiny.
He then went on to say that, I need not be concerned, he said that one could not squander that which cannot run dry and wither away. He then showed me an everlasting field of wheat. The source of the grain, the source of my wealth, is abundance himself.

CHAPTER FOUR

CALLED TO SERVICE BY GOD

Early Feb. 2009,
I was lying in bed crying.
I said to God,
“Lord I know that you love me, and I know you have done so much for me. However, I just do not feel the love. I know it but don’t feel it.”
I sobbed and pleaded with god to help me feel the love. I told him that I just needed to feel like I was loved, I needed to feel it. He said to me “Son, do you know how many stars to a galaxy?”
I said,
“No Lord, but you do.”
“Do you know how many galaxies I have created?”
I said,
“No Lord, but you do.”
He then said,
“Every star in every galaxy I know by name. And do you know how many hairs grow on your head?”
I said,
“No Lord, but you do.”
“And do you know that number that never stays the same, how many people that live on the earth?”
I said,
“No Lord, but you do.”
“And do you know the precise time that a rose will break open from a bud?”
I said,
No Lord but you do.
He then said,
“Graham, at the same time that I was talking with every star that I know by name, at the same time that I made every hair on your head grow just that fraction, at the same time that I was comforting a widow on the other side of the world who was weeping over the death of her only child to drowning, at the same time that I gently called out the delicate petals of a rose bud, at the same time that I do all things, I was reaching out for you….and I still am.”
I went to sleep that night thinking to myself, if that is not love, then love dose not exist.
I asked God what is it really to be a Christian, what is the actual key be being a Christian. I did not know why at the time.
However, I started thinking about Solomon, when God told him, ask of me anything.
I began wondering what I would ask for if god offered me that opportunity. The lord knowing what I was thinking said to me,
“So, what would you ask of me?”
Then the lord showed me an old pray list I used to pray every morning and every night and fasted on it. I prayed that God would give me and help me live with forgiveness, faith like a mustard seed, wisdom, honor, strength, courage, compassion, love and understanding.
Then God asked me again,
“What would ask of me?”
I said to God,
“I can’t ask for world peace because your word and your plan are already set in stone, so I can’t ask against your will. I won’t ask for riches because I already have your promise with abundance, and it can only buy what can not feed my spirit.”
Therefore, I thought of the list, I said to God,
“What one thing on this list stands out more and is more important than the rest. They all seem important.”
Then God showed me when Jesus stood up for those whom would disgust many so called Christians and said,
“Let he who is among you cast the first stone.”
Then God showed me how he lived and when he hung on a cross and beaten bleeding and broken he looked down on those who made light of his suffering and said,
“Father forgive them they know not what they do.”
Then again, God asked me,
“What would you ask of me?”
It suddenly became so clear; I said,
“Lord, I would ask for the heart of Christ.”
I felt him smile and touch me, he said,
“That is the key to being a good and faithful servant.”
I did not feel at that moment that God had given me the heart of Christ, but I knew that he was going to teach me, and I knew it was not going to be easy.

CHAPTER FIVE

LACK OF FAITH

March 10th 2009

I almost gave up on God completely today.
I honestly started to question whether or not he was real, or if I was in the right faith or belief.
It just feels like my prayers continue to go unanswered, my faith is in vain.
I go through the utmost agony day after day night after night.
I feel like I have tried everything, I even did what I believed he was telling me to do even though it killed me inside.
I thought that if obeyed him at such hard thing that he would bless me or at least ease my suffering just a bit, or even just to tell me he is still there.
However, it has reached a point where I question whether he was, or if he was real.
I found out today that she already has posed naked in many dirty adult magazines.
She flaunts herself and her body shamelessly with no regards. She is the mother of my children and this is what they grow to see. Even if they never see the pictures, they will still know her character that is something she cannot hide. She was my wife for seven years and now look at her. Her true colors have certainly shown through, and God continues to do nothing.
However, if he is real and really talks to me than he expects me to get back with her.
I am crippled because of a disease she gave me.
Seven months, I have been in agony, unable to walk.
Confined like a prisoner and broke as a vagabond.
I have listened to her in the next room having sex with other men and making a joke of it.
She has never cared or given any thought to how much she hurts me.
If there is one thing I know about her, it is that she takes pleasure in the emotional anguish of others. She has stripped me of everything that ever made me feel special. She has stamped out every good thing I ever saw in her.
All I ever wanted all my life was a marriage and family with so much depth to it. However, you cannot have something deep with someone so shallow.
Yet God wants me to take her back when she does not even want me or love me. I tried loving her and forgiving her and it just made her screw around even more.
It is just so hard for me to believe that a God so loving could think so little of me to want that for me.
For the first time in my whole life, I questioned if it was all real, and meant it. Therefore, I said,
“Who ever you are, if you are real God, and then please show me. I do not know what to believe anymore, I have always felt like I knew you because I was raised to. Now for the first time I really question are you real? When ever I think you are speaking to me, how am I to know it is really you and not just me thinking to myself? How am I to know that I am not just fooling myself? I have prayed and believed all my life for something that I never got, instead I got the opposite. I know that there is something out there, but I feel like I don’t know you, if you are really real, than please show me.”
By now the tears of sincerity where streaming down my cheeks. I hardly knew what to say.
What if God is real? I keep speaking like this to him, and disrespecting him, he will just persecute me more. However, if he was real, he already knows what I am feeling and thinking, so I continued.
“All the times I felt like you loved me, how do I know that it was real and not my imagination and a mass of coincidences? If you are there than I want to know you, I need to know that you love me, I need to feel it, and I need to know. I need to know that you are always with me, but I do not want to imagine it I want to know. So much is taught about your love but I feel like I have to force myself to believe it, I do not want to force myself to believe it I want to know it and to feel it. I see you more as I see a harsh God that is angry and punishes me all the time, all my life. Every time I cried out for you, every time I cried out for you to just let me know in some way that you loved me, I had to force myself to feel it. However, I do not know if I really ever did. I pray and I pray and I pray, I believe and have faith, no matter how hard I try, no matter what lengths I go to, to better myself for you, nothing ever works, and nothing ever changes, it only ever gets worse.”
To be honest I do not know how I feel after saying all that.
Do I go now and for the first time thinking of my life without God in it and give not a second thought to living for my own pleasure?
I do not know.
Do I wait and see if God does something in my life first just in case and if so how long do I wait?
Have I not waited long enough for some good in my life? I really do not know what to do. I think I will just take it as it comes and go off what I feel.

(TJ, I know that this whole paragraph seems silly but there was a lot more to it that would take a long time to add in. I felt as though God was telling me to try to save the marriage. I had many reasons to believe that at the time. Who knows, perhaps he was testing me. All that is written here barely begins to scratch the surface and after reading it again after all this time, I know that it does seem silly)

MAY 17, 2009

God has been teaching me a lot about jumping to someone’s defense, because it is what he would do.
Every time I prayed for God’s vengeance against those who had done me wrong, he would jump to their defense, and often when I would converse with god he would defend them even when I was not thinking of them, when I realized this I said,
“But Lord, who will defend me?”
He said,
“Say the word and I will send my Holy Angels to defend you. However, they will not attack in reverence to unforgiveness. Can you not let go of your anger and desire to see them suffer? Can you not leave it behind and trust that I am a just God? Alternatively, do you feel the need to know they will suffer?”
I remember one day as I hobbled down the hallway, an overwhelming presence of evil, seeping into my mind and speaking into my thoughts. It said, “You know that I can give you in an hour that entire God has promised in your life and not delivered. If you simply choose to follow me, I will make of you greatness.”
To that, I replied aloud,
“Better to be a humbled servant in the kingdom of heaven, than a prince of power in the service of darkness.”

CHAPTER SIX
I BELIEVE I AM A WRITER FOR GOD
Prophecies, Dreams, Visions and Revelations
Prophecy
About Ten Years Old.
Spoken at baptism;
I see God drawing you into him as an arrow is drawn into a bow. He will sharpen the arrowhead. He lets loose the bowstring and shoots you out into the nations spreading his word.
Same prophecy spoken over me word for word another two times in my life.
Vision
Early teens; about 14
I looked in the spirit and was shown a large great tree. The tree was full of fruit. The tree was God, we all come from God. However, there were many fruit, good ripe fruit, and fruit going bad and dropping from the tree, fruit that looked good on the outside but rotten to the core inside. People were coming and being feed of the fruit of the tree. Some became very ill. Others became strong and well nourished. I was informed by the holy spirit later the fruit is our spiritual beings, that our bitter or rotten fruit can spiritually weaken and cause sickness of spirit to another who is not yet aware of there spiritual being, what good fruit is given makes a spirit strong and well nourished.
Mid teens:
One night I queried my sisters as to whether or not I would be accepted into the kingdom of heaven. I was scared and wondered whether my heart just did not make the cut in Gods eyes.
Therefore, my sister Rachel and my stepsister Kristen both laid hands on me and prayed for reassurance. As I surrendered to God in prayer, a divine presence came over me. I began to see as though I was part of a vision.
I was lead by a figure of pure light, such a remarkable presence of love, peace and acceptance came with it, like a spirit in the form of a man having form with 2 legs 2 arms a body an a head like the form of a man cloaked in a shining white hooded robe, shining so bright that no definition not even a wrinkle in his robe could be seen.
He led me to a small fraction of the vast kingdom of heaven, where not a shadow is found. He took me to a high place and sat with me as he moved his arm from left to right pointing and showing me, asking me what I see.
I saw a valley surrounded by mountains the likes of witch are not seen on earth. The grass was a perfect green and not one out of its place. The sky was not blue, but white, like a white sun shone from every angle. In the valley was a grand palace, vacant. I was confused. Why is he showing me this I thought? Then he told me that this was the place he was preparing for me.
He then led me by hand to a large tree full of fruit. He asked me if I recognized the tree, at first I did not, but then I suddenly remembered, I said, “Yes. It is the tree from my vision.”
He told me to eat of the tree, so I did, although my flesh could not taste it, it was as though my spirit could and I felt strengthened. He then asked me was it good fruit, I replied with a satisfying smile, it was.
He then walked with me and spoke to me of my stepsister Kristen, I said, “What of her?”
He replied,
“She would have young eyes upon her the hearts of the young will look to her for guidance.”
Then he took me to what was like a barrel or some kind of holding vessel about waist height. It was full of many of the same thing, I do not know what they were, but they were something like a book, a leaflet, or a CD case, what ever it was it had Rachel’s picture on it, with a smile that brought out the sun.
I waited on the figure to say something, but he said not a word, but I left knowing that what ever they were they brought a sense of Gods love, peace, joy and grace.
When the vision had past, I opened my eyes and told them what I had seen and heard, Kristen’s first response was, you do not know this but that same word has been given to me before. Years went by when it seemed those were words that perhaps I was mistaken to say; perhaps it was all in head. Then low and behold, God moves his hand she is now a loved primary school teacher.

MID TEENS

I remember that, I said in my heart once,
“Lord, I do not want to see in the spirit- That it frightens me.” Therefore, as he does, he reminded me that I was not given a spirit of fear but of POWER and love and of sound mind.
I was awakening in the dead of the night with hunger, like most growing teens, so I walked to the kitchen for a snack. No sooner did I put the peach to my mouth and bite into it did I feel the most eerie feeling I had ever had.
The hairs on the back of my neck stood on end, my body chilled in the heat of a summer’s night, and I knew that something was behind me, watching me.
I took a deep breath and slowly turned around.
Sure enough. I look out the large kitchen window not even a meter away and standing there was a black figure, blacker than black. The night sky and all out doors was lit up due to a fuller moon that night. As soon as I saw it, I knew with everything inside me that this was no common spirit. What ever this was it was high ranking, and was waiting for me to see it.
I froze for a brief moment then fear was gone from me and I sent it away in the name of Christ Jesus. In addition, it vanished.
I had a strong feeling it was the spirit of death. It wore a black long cloak, hooded.
However, he was not as Hollywood would make him out. He was not the look of a skeleton, the closest I can describe his face was like Darth Vader from Star Wars. His arm was stretched out and holding a black sickle, but I saw no hand or arm coming out from his sleeve.
I told my mother and stepfather the next day, but I did not tell them who I thought it to be.
After praying about it, they told me they believed it to be the spirit of death. Death had claimed previous occupants of the house, my mother and stepfather prayed the blood over the house and this spirit was waiting for me to let it in with my fear.
CHAPTER SEVEN
LEARNING AS AN UNPERFECT SOUL
DYSLEXIA
DREAM
MID TEENS
I was walking through a dark and scary forest. On the forest floor before me were marks of witchcraft. I walked on past it through what was like a tunnel of trees until I came to a large mountain. As I climbed, the mountain there was evil of all sorts in the holes and little caves. Where I had to climb, it was more like a straight vertical cliff face.
I remember about halfway up, reaching up to put my hand in a crevasse to pull myself up I realized that my hand had grasped a hideous skull.
The skull had a poisonous snake on it; it attacked me and tried to stop me.
I grabbed it out and trough it to the ground. Voices were telling me to let go and give up.
Little creatures in the caves around me were conspiring against me. However, I pressed on.
When I got to the top, every witch and witch doctor and every creature and evil thing scattered and ran in fear when they saw me. It amazes me that until this day I can still remember every moment of that dream as though I had just woken up from it.
I still remember feeling like giving up was just not an option, like something inside of me was giving me the strength to go on, but it was hard, even in a dream I am still surprised that me of all people didn’t give up.
It was something that I regret to say was normal for me. If I felt it was to hard, if I, felt I could not make it, giving up is just what I did.
It was how I dealt with things, or not dealt with things. However, of every sequence in that dream, one thing still stands out more than I can say. I will never forget the fear in their eyes before they scattered and ran. It was a fear I had never seen before.
A GOD SEND
About 17 years old
Things were not going to well for me, at school the pressure of grade eleven (11) was weighing me down.
I am dyslectic, meaning I have dyslexia and am diagnosed with this Dis-Ease. This has caused me to have severe learning difficulties.
However, back then, I did not realize it.
I always just assumed I was just plain stupid and dumb.
Someone used to always tell me that I was just lazy and put me down.
For years, I could not understand no matter how much effort I put in, my learning difficulties remained the same.
If you know of anyone who has learning difficulties and you want them to do better, do not ever put them down. If you understand anything about psychology than you should know, it will only make things worse. Apart from school, my home life was a complete train wreck. Do not get me wrong, I love my stepfather, as he is not the same man he used to be and we have both buried the hatchet. We have a great relationship now. However, when I was growing up… well, I will not go into detail but let us just say we were not close. Anyway, as the pressure got too much, I left school and boarded a train for Sydney to stay with my father for a while.
As I sat there in my seat, I felt content to know that I had two seats to myself, no one to bother or so I thought.
As I put my feet up on the seat next to me, a Ticket Collector came by and examined my ticket.
You should have seen the look on my face when the woman told me I was traveling on the wrong day.
“The date on this ticket is for tomorrow,” she said.
“What? I booked it for this date! It’s not my fault that someone switched up the dates!”
“All the same,” she replied,
“These seats are booked for the next stop. There is a spare seat over there next to that man. You can sit with him.”
Well, I was not impressed. I grabbed my bag and sat next to him.
It was an older man with a rather large frame. Not exactly, the seat space that I had where I was sitting before.
I had about another fourteen hours to go. A long trip for a teenager to say the least.
As of course as any teenager not getting his own way I sat with my arms folded and began to bitterly hate the situation.
I blamed God of course.
Then all of a sudden, God spoke to my heart, as clear as ever.
“Speak to him.”
“What? No,” I thought. Then again.
“Speak to him about me.”
Something inside me started to want to a little bit. Then I very stubbornly said in my heart,
“No!”
At that moment the man introduced himself, his name was Neville.
“So, where are you headed?” he asked.
Not wanting to say much I simply replied,
“Oh I’m just going to visit my Dad in Sydney.”
“No your not,” he said confidently.
I looked at him puzzled but did not want to carry on the conversation, so he did.
“You’re running away.”
“No I’m not,” I replied.
Again, confidently he said,
“Yes you are. You’re running away from problems at school and at home.”
“How did you know that?” I demanded.
To that he simply replied,
“Faith in God.”
I spun around to face him as quickly as a shock went through my whole being.
“God was telling me to talk to you!”
He smiled and laughed to himself as though it did not surprise him in the slightest. He was such a kind and gentle man, but most importantly, he was so wise and opened to the spirit of God. He was not smug about. He did not have an in your face. He had that I know everything and you know nothing kind of attitude. However, he knew so much. He knew so much not only about God, but also about my family, my destiny, and me. Things that no one could possibly know things I had never told anyone before.
He even knew about my dream! The one where I was climbing the mountain.
I told him nothing about it but he knew, he described it all. Then went on to casually say, “Oh, and you’ve seen the spirit of death too haven’t you.”
I nodded in amazement as I asked myself am I sure that it was the spirit of death that I saw. Then he said,
“Doesn’t look like what Hollywood would have you think hey?” The image immediately came straight back into my mind as though I had just seen it as I nodded again in agreement. Then he added,
“Looks a lot more like Darth Vader from Star Wars.” I was so exited.
“Yes. Yes. That’s exactly what I saw!” I learned a lot from him in that experience. He gave me his card and before he got off the train, the last thing he said to me was that one day I would call on him with an important question.
(MY DEAR SON GRAHAM – YOU ARE A WRITER FROM THE SOUL! I AM SURE THIS IS WHAT GOD WANTS YOU TO DO – BUT ONLY YOU CAN KNOW! I AM MERELY AN AVATAR ORACLE WITH A JOB TO DO ON EARTH AS A GUIDE ONLY! TJ)
FINISH THIS BOOK OF YOUR! I WOULD LOVE TO PUBLISH IF FOR YOU AND TO FINISH READING IT! YOU ARE ANNOINITED AS ONE OF GOD’s STORY TELLERS!
NOW WRITE THE BOOK OF AUSTRALIA GRAHAM AS A TESTIMNONY TO GOD’s EXISTENCE ON EARTH. TJ
In a message dated 3/28/2010 10:43:02 P.M. Central Daylight Time, graham981@dodo.com.au writes:
My dear friend. here is a bit about my physical and spiritual life.
My name is Graham Sydney Leadbeatter the 4th.
I was born to this physical life an Australian (7 June 1981) and have never been outside of Australia. Mostly my nana, my mother and my sister raised me in a Christian home. My father and mother divorced when I was only four. When I was four or 5 years old, I remember as though it were yesterday, I was visited by a being of light outside the window across from my room in the dark of night. It was playing with me, it was as though we were both playing peek-a-boo with each other, but being so young I kind of thought that it was somehow my reflection, when I stopped and it didn’t I realized that it wasn’t my reflection and I got scared and it left. This was in Richmond, close to Sydney NSW.
At age, ten (now living in Port Macquarie) I was as they say born again and then baptized. The pastor that baptized me spoke a word over me after I came up out of the water; he said, “I can see God drawing you into him as an arrow is drawn into a bow. He will sharpen the head of the arrow and let loose the bowstring, sending you forth through the nations.”
About a month later, a different pastor was praying over me and spoke those exact same words, not just close, exactly the same. My mother remarried to a man that had five children (he did not like me and was pretty mean) we all moved to Brisbane QLD. At age 15, I saw a very dark spirit outside the kitchen window, it bought with it a very dark and negative feeling, I could feel it there before I turned and saw it. Within the same year (I think) a pastor came from USA to an international conference; again the same prophecy was spoken over me word for word about God drawing me in like an arrow. Within the same year, I had one of those dreams that are more than dreams; I can remember it all clearly. I will continue in another email as this one is getting to be long and I do not know if it will send.
—– Original Message —–
From: MsTJMorris@aol.com
To: graham981@dodo.com.au
Sent: Monday, March 29, 2010 6:09 AM
Subject: Re: HI GRAHAM WHERE ARE YOU ON THE PLANET? TJ
Dear Graham:
You have been called to a larger good in your own self-actualization.
Yes – I shall assist you as will God. You have some internal spiritual being to do.
Help me help you.
First = Answer my questions about
WHO ARE YOU?
WHO – WHAT-WHEN-WHERE-WHY-HOW
HOW MUCH –
YOU HAVE NEEDS LIKE ALL OF US ON EARTH.
PHYSIOLOGICAL NEEDS

SAFETY AND SECURITY NEEDS
BELONGING AND LOVE NEEDS
ESTEEM NEEDS
And
MOST OF ALL – NEED FOR SELF ACTUALIZATION
NEED TO REALIZE One’s FULLEST POTENTIAL!
IT IS TIME YOU LEARN!
ARE YOU READY CHRISTIAN?
LOVE AND LIGHT
SEND ME YOUR INVENTORY AND I SHALL SEND YOU THE ANSWERS YOU REQUESTED.
TJ
In a message dated 3/28/2010 1:49:42 A.M. Central Daylight Time, graham981@dodo.com.au writes:
Hi TJ, I was hoping to ask your advice on something. I have been doing a lot of research/reading on NDE, and have found that no matter the religion it is love above all that matters, I was just wondering if you could give some advice on love and forgiveness. When we have been or are continuously being hurt by someone, how we get past the hurt and love/forgive them. My ex wife is a very cruel woman, though our 7 years of marriage I forgave her so many times of things that most would not forgive once and because I chose understanding, love, compassion and friendship it seemed easy. Now she kidnapped my children and moved interstate. Not only that but she has put out a domestic violence order against me so that I cannot get my children back; I cannot even contact them by phone. I have not seen or heard from them for months and it is killing me. I swear by all that is holy that what she is saying is an outright lie, we had shared custody of the children and she has done this so that she could move in with her boyfriend. I have always been so forgiving and willing to move on but this is different now, the pain of having my children ripped away from me is too much. How do I love her? How do I rise above the hurt? I used to be such a strong person but now I am confined to my house all day every day and am sinking into depression. I know that we must have trials to reach a higher and stronger level of spirituality but I just do not know how to get to that point when I try but keep being reminded of how much I have been wronged. I cry myself to sleep almost every night asking God to reach me and draw me closer to him, just to be touched in some way or to be told that it is going to be ok. but then I wonder if He can not reach me because I am vibrating a level of anger towards my ex, I try to fight it I really do, and when ever I think I have forgiven her the next day its like I have to do it all over again. is there any advice you can give me? Thanks TJ although we do not know each other I feel like i have an eternal friend in you. God bless. Graham
—– Original Message —–
From: MsTJMorris@aol.com
To: graham981@dodo.com.au
Sent: Thursday, March 11, 2010 8:47 AM
Subject: Re: HI GRAHAM WHERE ARE YOU ON THE PLANET? TJ
HI GRAHAM:
Please visit my websites at
http://www.theresamorris.com
http://www.socialparanormal.com
http://www.americannewsmagazine.com
I also write on American Chronicle. Just go to the list of AUTHORS and look for my name under the “M” list
http://www.americanchronicle.com
Theresa J. Thurmond Morris okay!
Then you can catch up on my at
http://www.ufodigest.com
You seem smart enough to me! HEY – WRITE BACK OKAY! TELL ME ABOUT YOU! YOU ARE PART OF THE AWAKENING! MAYBE YOU CAN WRITE AND PUBLISH?

LET ME KNOW! TJ
In a message dated 3/6/2010 11:54:39 P.M. Central Standard Time, graham981@dodo.com.au writes:
Wow, TJ, I was not sure, if you were going to write back or not, and if so, I had no idea that your response would be. Thank you so much for taking the time to write to me. I am a 28-year-old man whose life has recently fallen apart. I am a Christian and I believe the bible but I know that there is a lot more about the bible and the universe then what is taught. When I used the word alien, I did not mean it offensively. most Christians that touch the subject of extraterrestrials say that they are all of the devil, but I think that an extraterrestrial is a being from a higher dimension or not from this world, so in my view that would include angels as well. Lucifer himself was an angel so he was cut from the same cloth as holy angels. I am with you on this; I believe that there are good ETs and bad ones.
There is so much that I do not know, so many questions that I wonder if I will ever have an answer to.
I wish I knew someone like you in my life; I have always been the odd one out. I think on a completely different level to most people around me. on a much deeper level, sometimes I see things happening before they happen or I have a knowing that they will happen, but after it does I feel like I cant tell anyone because who would believe me. I feel like I am always asking myself is there something wrong with me. I want so much to learn about what is behind the curtain that hides the truth. I feel such a strong sense of destiny but have no idea what it is or how I will reach it. I have no career or area of expertise and I am not a smart man. I seek wisdom everyday, the grace to forgive and love, and a long list of things that should lead to inner peace. However, I always find myself back at despair. I am sorry to be writing this to you, I do not know what came over me, but as I read your email, you just seemed to have a really deep and beautiful spirit. Anyway thanks for writing back. Bless you
Graham.
—– Original Message —–
From: MsTJMorris@aol.com
To: graham981@dodo.com.au
Cc: publisher@ufodigest.com ; rmorningtar@gmail.com
Sent: Saturday, March 06, 2010 5:56 AM
Subject: Re: SUBMISSION – QUESTION TO TJ ON ALIENS AND JESUS
Dear Graham:
I have always been in contact with spirits and have met Extraterrestrials in person in this lifetime.
I shall admit that I personally feel the energy of the one individual people refer to as Jesus.
This was a person like you or me who lived once on earth.
I believe he was the one who was chosen and accepted to come to earth to show us how to return to from where we came.
I choose to believe that the world we now live in is most about ASCENSION.
Ascension is the process of being-living-and becoming.
I know that I choose to believe in the story of Jesus. This is all we have other than a knowing inside each of us.
Knowing Jesus is a personal choice. I cannot tell you what the Aliens believe as you call them. I believe that most of us in general use the word alien for those not born on earth.
I choose to use the word Alien for all those beings who are not of our morals, ethics, and born on earth resembling us as sentient intelligent beings.
I use the word aliens for those whom I am not familiar with on earth or in heaven or space.
Extraterrestrials are my word of choice. The intelligent beings that I know and have been with who have come and gone from this planet simply referring to themselves and others in stellar space and in other galaxies as intelligent beings.
Since, I you are the first ever on earth to ask me a direct question about Jesus, and I have never addressed this with my own stream of consciousness as my own memory banks, I should like to send this to one of my publishers that deals with this type of story.
Dirk Vander Ploeg has been in business over 10 years addressing the world of UFOS and the paranormal. I will say that I can only speak for myself about Jesus.
I love the wisdom that this great teacher was able to share while he was on earth. In my lifetime, I am allowed to call him my brother. In addition, I have chosen him as my Lord and Savior in this lifetime because I was born into his world.
In other words, I was born a Christian and this means that I know that I was born to live in his world with his teachings. The way he taught others to believe that were Christians was to believe in God, and Heaven. Hell was where we choose to believe Satan abides. For many who believe in these words and icons, they use them in context to mean what they have been taught, what they have read, and what their family, friends, and teachers all have learned to believe.
One thing about being an intelligent being is that we can be treated the same way that Jesus was treated according to records we have on earth such as the Bible.
I choose to be a Christian by choice. I also choose to believe that Alien Civilizations Exist by choice.
I shall share with you for the purpose that it may assist you knowing how another being thinks on earth who believes in both.
I choose to believe in the spirit that cannot be destroyed as energy called JESUS. This means that who this person or man was while he lived physically, mentally, and spiritually on earth was how I choose to live and be physically, mentally, and spiritually.
I have found no other person on earth to emulate in actions. This is my choice based on what I have read and what I deal with inside of me. I call this inside feeling my inner being. I choose to make known to others by choice in my words, deeds, and actions. This is what I refer to as my outer knowing.
How one chooses to live and exist on earth is not always up to the person based on where they are born on earth. There are many lessons for us on earth. Some of us can rise above our own level of existence. Some of us can only learn to deal with what level of existence we are born into.
I have been fortunate to have had many levels of life and living in one time. This includes levels of monetary gain, and locations on earth. I have been allowed to own things, and to also be broke with nothing but the clothes on my back and a few in my car. I was able to earn a living beginning with nothing. I learned to take care of my children and myself. I learned that I am not perfect.
I have lived 58 earth years and can remember many lived on earth prior to this one. This is something that I use to allow me to know of other lifetimes on earth and in other places.
I have memories of what you might think of as Heaven. Therefore, to me, Heaven is very enough. However, until one experiences Heaven personally as in their own personal experiences, Heaven is a destination on earth. AS is what many refer to as Hades or Hell or where the Place is ruled by another whom some call Satan or the devil.
Some believe that these words are real and represent a being or spirit and some believe that these words are not real and only represent a story or a philosophy of how others may choose to live and believe.
The aliens who I know are good. They are what we think of as higher intelligent supreme beings because they have lived for many years more in space than we can calculate on earth.
In addition, they are in an empire with a group of twelve who share in the intelligent leadership for many galaxies.
This is the only way I know to adhere to the rules of which I am bound by on earth. Most people who know me on earth have no idea who I am or how I believe. I appreciate you thinking enough of something that I have written on the Internet to email me your questions.
It takes a big person with a strong spirit to ask what you did. Some people who were born into the Christian Church as I was taught lessons in Sunday school and Church.
I traveled the earth and learned of many ways to think and believe in both the Eastern and Western Philosophies. I now embrace many as not right or wrong but just part of the way we as intelligent beings choose to believe.
There is no right or wrong beliefs in my way of thinking. Only levels of thinking and believing to get us to the place that we shall go to or come too.
I choose to believe that I will return to the place from where I came but with knowledge of earth and the people whom I shared life with on earth. This gives me great comfort in knowing that I am not alone while I am visiting earth.
I have a family on earth and a family above in space. This is where I choose to believe all my relatives whom I have had on earth pass on too when they leave earth.
I choose to believe that faith, hope, charity are real ways to think and that the greatest of all beings have an inner being that we call love. Love is the greatest of all and we are to treat others the way we desire to be treated. It is my hopes that you chose to write to me out of caring and love.
I feel that you truly wanted an answer to these questions and the energy just flowed from me very fast without corrections. So, consider this answer from me as a spirit and energy on earth that dwells in a physical, mental, and spiritual body while in a vessel on earth that you may regard as a human being.
I choose to believe that most of me is my own thoughts and conscious choices but I also believe that I have a comforter inside of me that some regard as the Holy Spirit and others believe that this is an alien, or alien hybrid part of me that I can channel by choice. I leave this up to you.
Remember that another cannot tell one what to believe or whom. We each are given our own spiritual spark or light that I prefer to call an Essence.
This essence is what some refer to as their spirit or soul. I prefer to believe it is our essence that combines all three parts as our body-mind-spirit while we are encased in a vessel or container on earth.
When our essence leaves our vessel or container, we return to our soul higher selves. This soul is made up of our essence energy that can never die. It simply can share in spirit as it visits various levels of existence in spirit. Our spirit is the energy that is also part of our essence.
I believe that it was Jesus who was one of these Aliens you have questions about. I choose to believe that we too are like Jesus and will someday through the power of Ascension Rise Again. We are all here to learn to be as Jesus or Aliens.
I believe that there are some aliens that are good and some are bad. I believe that there is a need for both so that we can learn from the way that nature has provided us ways to understand how to be as our creators.
I am going through thoughts now that allow me to investigate the 46 pairs of chromosomes or genomes that make up our lives on earth. I am presently thinking that we are made up of the best 46 aliens or extraterrestrials that existed out there in space. I believe that there is a good and bad so to speak in all of us. I believe that we have pairs so that we can decide which way we shall become when we go to our next level of existence as intelligent beings.
This may seem hard to understand and I am just beginning to grasp the ideas from the Akashic Field myself. Learn all you can about life and those who are good and bad on earth. I choose to be more like Jesus than Satan is.
How you believe and make choices it up to you.
I believe that in the beginning of time, we were all one. The best teachers in the world believe that we should only believe in another master if that master teaches we are all one in the beginning. Whether you believe in a destination and procreation of the world or another is part of who we are as individuals.
There is much to know on earth and there are many paths. It is best to create your own path and leave a trail for others. This is what I presently choose to do.
I do not say that another or mine is better than yours is. Only that there are various roads that lead to the same places. Enjoy life and share what you can that you feel is right and good and leave the rest behind.
There is knowledge and wisdom on the road and also in the hedges of life along the road or path. The hours that we spend in the journey of a lifetime are what counts for us now. The time that we are allowed on earth is short. Enjoy your time and hours each day and allow for nutrition, and sleep. Do what you can to remain alive on earth for one never knows what the future holds only that we are each in control of our own lives to some extent. This leads me to a place and word called destiny and another is fate.
There are pros and cons about fate and destiny and I am contemplating both words but have no sure answer as to how I believe and am not willing to commit to either. I do know that I have tools such as the Tree of Life, and the Tarot deck of cards that have been accurate for others and me.
Learn all you can about the mystical and magical beings and places on earth.
I hope this information is helpful. All I can do is hope that this information is helpful to you. There is an old saying on earth that I have learned that for me works. It is this, “When the student is ready, the Master will appear!”
Love and Light along with Health and Prosperity from those above the Extraterrestrials (ETs)
TJ
In a message dated 2/28/2010 7:34:35 A.M. Central Standard Time, graham981@dodo.com.au writes:
Hi my name is graham, are you in contact with aliens? I saw a UFO once with my brother. I was wondering, what do aliens say about Jesus? I have seen many documentaries on people that have died (some even for 3 days) and come back to life (most through prayer) and they all swear the same thing, that Jesus is real, and that heaven and hell is real. If you are in contact with aliens, i was wondering if they know of Jesus

LOVE AND LIGHT TO YOU TJ. GOD BLESS
—– Original Message —–
Sent: Tuesday, March 30, 2010 7:50 AM
Subject: Re: HI GRAHAM WHERE ARE YOU ON THE PLANET? TJ
HI MY SON:
It is obvious to me that you are here for a purpose as we ALL!
However, you did not tell me why you are confined to your home?
NOW – Give me time today to read your attachments.
I know right now that I was inspired or prompted if you will allow telling you that “YOU ARE CALLED BY GOD TO BECOME ONE OF HIS WITNESSES AS A WRITER!”
YES – This is why you are going through changes as we all are and are looking to share your life!
I believe you should allow me to assist you with your first BOOK! NO COST TO YOU!
We shall create you a book to share with others in AUSTRALIA!
This will PUT YOU ON COURSE AS AN ARROW!
STRAIGHT AS AN ARROW!
We shall begin with what you sent!
I shall EDIT IT FOR YOU and WE SHALL WORK ON PROBABLY ABOUT 40-50 K words. Then we shall create your NOVEL second at 80-100,000 words.
Tom and I write everyday!
If you would like to create some readers in the world, I shall edit your stories for my websites!
http://www.socialparanormal.com
IN ADDITION, COULD YOU BE SO KIND AS TO SHARE WITH ME MORE OF THE FIRE AND DIRECTION THAT YOU ARE SEARCHING FOR SO WE CAN CREATE ANOTHER WEBSITE FOR AUSTRALIA?
I AM NOT FMAILIAR WITH YOUR WAYS IN AUSTRALIA AND ALAS HAVE NOT BEEN THERE!
THERE IS A MAN THERE WHO HAS A METAPHYSICAL INSITUTE THERE I SHOULD LIKE TO SHARE SOME OF OUR TIME IN THE FUTURE
IF YOU AGREE THAT IS…
For now, I believe your energy is best spent in assisting HUMANKIND WHILE ON EARTH! This is a HIGHER CALLING FOR YOU THAN YOUR FAMILY!
I ALSO, HAD TO LET MY FAMILY FEND FOR THEMSELVES IN LIFE AS IN”LET GO AND LET GOD!”
They are all happy now but I was divorced when they were small. Long Story.
I thought I would not live afterwards – going through the mourning is hard.
Therefore, apparently you have FINANCIAL CONCERNS =- CAN YOU TELL ME HOW YOU MAKE IT IN LIFE FOR THE BASICS OF FOOD CLOTHING SHELTER?
I have WRITTEN AN ARTICLE ON MY PRESONAL WEBSITE FOR YOU CALLE
INFIDELITY IN MARRIAGE! I ALSO USED SANDRA BULLOCKA ND JESSE JAMES AS MY TWO LATEST – NOT YOU OR YOUR WIFE.
HOPE YOU WILL READ IT? HERE IT IS
HOWEVER, WISH YOU WOULD GO TO MY WEBSITE. I CAN SEE YOU THERE ON MY LIST FROM AUSTRALIA ONLY BY LOCATION. NOT YOUR NAME OR SITE NAME.
INFIDELITY IN MARRIAGE
When we are out of balance with our “Higher Power” which is about self-awareness and our inner being and our outer knowing, we sometimes decide to feel like sick dogs or act as if we are seeking arousal. Arousal is a wonderful thing and part of our being but we must have our mouths exercise what our conscious mind and inner being really wants and desires. Sometimes, we mix those feelings up with other beings on earth. We tend to think what we are craving is arousal that may not be a video game.
We are created with seed. Seed is an important part of our life and living. We are here to learn, and explore and to bring fellowship to others and ourselves.
We have some psychoanalytic theories, humanistic theories, trait theories, social cognitive theories, and of course nature-nurture and personality theories, we could discuss about ourselves. We must take care of the basic needs that are food, clothing, shelter, and in these times transportation which gives us our freedom to come and go from one place to another. We should all teach our “Heirs” how to discover this part of “Being” while on this planet we call earth or Gaia as home.
Motivation and critical needs has a lot to do with finding out about whom we are, why we are here, and what will happen to us when we leave this earth.
There was once a teacher who came to earth that taught us and there were many writers who wrote down their translated opinions of why this teacher came to earth. I was born a Christian who is a believer in this person and teacher of life on earth. He was said to be the one with the most of “GOD” in him while he walked the earth. One can choose to believe or not about this person. We are all supposed to use his example as our own while here on earth. This was preordained in all our teachings in America.
The United States was founded upon the God of Nature and all can read about this in our past historical documents. I shall not quote the Bible, Declaration of Independence or Constitution.
Please know that I am American and I believe in Fidelity in a Marriage. However, we all are born short of the Glory of our Higher Power. Therefore, we are always striving to achieve this goal. We all must have a goal.
We all desire achievement and motivation with expectations. This is in our DNA. We cannot deny our stimulation and arousal levels.
When we are hungry or thirsty, we become ill at ease. It is a natural response to become ill at ease or DIS-eased. We must find food and water to survive.
Once our basic desires are met such as food, clothing, shelter, and other creature comforts, we will then begin to look for a mate to become two for we can accomplish far more as two than as one. One can make a thousand while two can make ten-thousand or more. This is a generality for making a point to the readers that we seek out another mate.
We all have physiological needs, safety and security needs, belonging and love needs which makes us affiliate with others to be accepted, esteem needs to gain confidence and recognition, and we need to realize our own fullest potential selves as in spiritual being. This assists our growth and expansion process while we are in body-mind-spirit on earth. We are all about Whole-Life-Living, which I teach as Ascension Awareness.
This was what I was called to do as a minister of faith and awareness of the future. The future calls to mind what our expectations of our higher power will be for us as we attend to our work and achievement motivation skills that we call “HOPE!”
We should always be striving to climb and alert ourselves to awareness of our desires to create a better future for tomorrow for all ourselves, our loved ones, and all ourselves!
This is why we are all here to learn and to fellowship. This is social networking. This is the way of tomorrow for the whole entire world of sentient intelligent beings.

This topic has recently come to mind based on the Sandra Bullock and Jesse James reports of marriage problems in the media.
Personally, I believe in fidelity in a marriage, which requires honor and trust. However, I also believe in forgiveness because we all make mistakes. No one is perfect in this world at this time. Not yet anyway. This is why we are here to become better intelligent beings in a body-mind-spirit. It is our essence and our inner being that will affect our outer knowing as a person.
There are high roads and low roads in life and sometimes we have rocks in the roads that we must overcome or kick out of the way.
I have had my share in this lifetime. I am no saint and have had a lot of growing up to do as a wife and parent as we all have through life.
This does not make me an authority but I do have a point of view and an opinion based on my own personal experiences and how I see life unfolding in my world.
My world is made up of many people of all cultures and ethnicities. We are all here for a purpose and the main reason is for fellowship and wisdom.
We are to learn about what is required for our own spiritual survival in space.
Once we leave this planet, that is our home in space then we ascend to another level of existence in another place in another time. We still go alone in many ways but in other ways, we may be able to ascend together as a soul group of spirits.
This is something that we should think about in our future of the 21st Century. We learned many ways about spirit in our past 20th Century. We learned from our history that has been left for us by our ancestors in books, and in pictures, drawings, pictographs, and through our studies of humankind on earth.
There may be customs that allow us to bond as one male and female for procreation purposes. There is no natural law that we follow for bonding for life over procreation. This legal license we call a marriage license is only as important as we make it. The paper it is written on can be destroyed.
However, we have learned about moral and ethical lessons that we use in the holy bond of matrimony in the Church of Jesus Christ our Lord and Savior of Earth as Christians. I was born into the Christian Church and know of no other social and cultural way to be other than following my own teachings that I learn from my own personal experiences on earth.
The fidelity clause in our created marriages is up to each of us as an individual. The marriage certificate is a license granted by the individual state in the United States to become man and wife and recognized by the laws of said state. Now, some of the laws are changing to become partners without recognizing the need to be male and female only. Things change in life and so do we.
How we allow ourselves to emotionally respond to lessons in life as the rocks in our roads on our spiritual paths is what makes us a better person.
What we teach out children in the future will depend on how we decide to conduct ourselves morally and ethically in life. Ethics assist us in sharing fellowship in life with a better way of thinking and reacting to a civilized world in which we are to share.
Sharing life on earth has expanded from only family, community, state, and nation, to the five main continents and smaller locations on earth.
We now call all places that have intelligent beings a part of the Global Community.
We will begin to notice that we are all faced with moral and ethical obligations for all people on earth to sustain a global community.
Social and moral issues will gradually become a way of life for the entire global community. We will adopt a united alliance and way to conduct ourselves with diplomatic protocol and procedures.
Others will always look upon the people who receive the most attention in media such as movie stars, television stars, dignitaries, our elected officials, Nobel Prize Winners, Athletes, Olympic Team Members, and various other talented musicians, singers, and artists in the world.
We expect more from the people who we love and admire as our leaders, mentors, idols, as we become fans of people whom we have learned about as those setting an example in media.
As long as we can achieve notoriety for those who deserve it by accomplishing certain acts of kindness to assist humankind in general then we should offer awards, ceremonies, and pomp and circumstance, Esprit de Corps is good for motivation for the entire world.
With regard to fidelity whether it is in a marriage of stars or of the common folk should be between two people a moral agreement more than a legal one. Nevertheless, we will always wish the best to two people who decide to take on life together as a team and not to only go through life alone as one.
Two is always better than one and three or more is even better. This is why we have the fellowship of churches on earth. Churches are not bad or good they are simply a group of people deciding to have certain ways to believe as in a creed for moral and ethical ways to behave and believe while on earth. Far too long, have we acted as judges of our churches and found fault with one another.
It is time on earth to forgive each other’s trespasses and to become better spiritual intellectuals. We should ask only our creator and maker to forgive us our sins on earth as we forgive those who trespass against us as individuals.
We should all desire, hope, and wish that Sandra Bullock and Jesse James would remain close as friends no matter what their outcome in their legal marriage due to infidelity or any other reason.
Some of us like Hillary Clinton and former President of the United States William (Bill) Clinton can move past the rocks in the road and forge a new alliance. It is my hope and desire that this will become a way for all to move past our shortcomings in life and to be forgiving of each other.
We can hope that our mistakes and heartaches caused to self and others teaches us to be better people and to grown in our journey in life.
We are all here to serve self, others, and the Supreme Beings who have sent us here to learn to become better spiritual intellectuals among our own intelligent being species. TJ
In a message dated 3/29/2010 12:57:59 A.M. Central Daylight Time, graham981@dodo.com.au writes:
Ok continuing on…
In the dream I was walking through a very thick forest and came to a place where many forms witchcraft were evident on the ground, I turned to my left and walked through what was like a tunnel of trees, and then I came to a huge mountain, straight up on a 90 deg angle. I waited no time and started to climb, halfway up I noticed that within the caves of this mountain were hundreds (maybe even thousands) of evil forces trying to stop me from going on, telling me that I will never make it and that they will kill me, they were witches, witch doctors and spirits. I placed my hand up on a tiny ledge to pull myself up and realized that I had taken hold of a skull with a snake on it, I threw it down the mountain and kept going, the higher I got the more they would yell at me, it was so hard but I finally reached the top, as I pulled myself up, there were so many evil beings at the top of the mountain that were looking at me with anticipation, as soon as I stood up straight on the top of the mountain I looked around at all the evil beings, they fled from me as though they were now terrified of me, screaming in fear as they went. That was the end of the dream.
I left school at grade at the beginning of grade 11. oh wait, I just remembered, over a year ago I started writing some things down on my laptop, it’s not much but I was thinking of writing a biography one day, it’s kind of all over the place and it jumps from time to time. There really is not much in it at all but I will attach it anyway. I stopped writing it because there is just too much to remember and put in, some of it is in the form of a novel and some in the form of a journal. I have learnt a lot since then and some of what I wrote I wrote when I was very upset.
—– Original Message —–
From: MsTJMorris@aol.com
To: graham981@dodo.com.au
Sent: Monday, March 29, 2010 6:09 AM
Subject: Re: HI GRAHAM WHERE ARE YOU ON THE PLANET? TJ
Dear Graham:
You have been called to a larger good in your own self-actualization.
Yes – I shall assist you as will God. You have some internal spiritual being to do.
Help me help you.
First = Answer my questions about
WHO ARE YOU?
WHO – WHAT-WHEN-WHERE-WHY-HOW
HOW MUCH –
YOU HAVE NEEDS LIKE ALL OF US ON EARTH.
PHYSIOLOGICAL NEEDS

SAFETY AND SECURITY NEEDS
BELONGING AND LOVE NEEDS
ESTEEM NEEDS
and
MOST OF ALL – NEED FOR SELF ACTUALIZATION
NEED TO REALIZE ONE’s FULLEST POTENTIAL!
IT IS TIME YOU LEARN!
ARE YOU READY CHRISTIAN?
LOVE AND LIGHT
SEND ME YOUR INVENTORY AND I SHALL SEND YOU THE ANSWERS YOU REQUESTED.
TJ
In a message dated 3/28/2010 1:49:42 A.M. Central Daylight Time, writes:
Hi TJ, I was hoping to ask your advice on something. I have been doing a lot of research/reading on NDE, and have found that no matter the religion it is love above all that matters, I was just wondering if you could give some advice on love and forgiveness. When we have been or are continuously being hurt by someone, how we get past the hurt and love/forgive them. My ex wife is a very cruel woman, though our 7 years of marriage I forgave her so many times of things that most would not forgive once and because I chose understanding, love, compassion and friendship it seemed easy. Now she kidnapped my children and moved interstate. Not only that but she has put out a domestic violence order against me so that I cannot get my children back; I cannot even contact them by phone. I have not seen or heard from them for months and it is killing me. I swear by all that is holy that what she is saying is an outright lie, we had shared custody of the children and she has done this so that she could move in with her boyfriend. I have always been so forgiving and willing to move on but this is different now, the pain of having my children ripped away from me is too much. How do I love her? How do I rise above the hurt? I used to be such a strong person but now I am confined to my house all day every day and am sinking into depression. I know that we must have trials to reach a higher and stronger level of spirituality but I just do not know how to get to that point when I try but keep being reminded of how much I have been wronged. I cry myself to sleep almost every night asking God to reach me and draw me closer to him, just to be touched in some way or to be told that it is going to be ok. but then I wonder if He can not reach me because I am vibrating a level of anger towards my ex, I try to fight it I really do, and when ever I think I have forgiven her the next day its like I have to do it all over again. is there any advice you can give me? Thanks TJ although we do not know each other I feel like I have an eternal friend in you. God bless. Graham
—– Original Message —–
From: MsTJMorris@aol.com
To: graham981@dodo.com.au
Sent: Thursday, March 11, 2010 8:47 AM
Subject: Re: HI GRAHAM WHERE ARE YOU ON THE PLANET? TJ
HI GRAHAM:
http://www.theresamorris.com
http://www.socialparanormal.com
http://www.americannewsmagazine.com
I also write on American Chronicle. Just go to the list of AUTHORS and look for my name under the “M” list
http://www.americanchronicle.com
Theresa J. Thurmond Morris okay!
Then you can catch up on my at
http://www.ufodigest.com
You seem smart enough to me! HEY – WRITE BACK OKAY! TELL ME ABOUT YOU! YOU ARE PART OF THE AWAKENING! MAYBE YOU CAN WRITE AND PUBLISH?

LET ME KNOW! TJ
In a message dated 3/6/2010 11:54:39 P.M. Central Standard Time, graham981@dodo.com.au writes:
Wow, TJ, I was not sure, if you were going to write back or not, and if so, I had no idea that your response would be. Thank you so much for taking the time to write to me. I am a 28-year-old man whose life has recently fallen apart. I am a Christian and I believe the bible but I know that there is a lot more about the bible and the universe then what is taught. When I used the word alien, I did not mean it offensively. most Christians that touch the subject of extraterrestrials say that they are all of the devil, but I think that an extraterrestrial is a being from a higher dimension or not from this world, so in my view that would include angels as well. Lucifer himself was an angel so he was cut from the same cloth as holy angels. I am with you on this; I believe that there are good ETs and bad ones.
There is so much that I do not know, so many questions that I wonder if I will ever have an answer to.
I wish I knew someone like you in my life; I have always been the odd one out. I think on a completely different level to most people around me. on a much deeper level, sometimes I see things happening before they happen or I have a knowing that they will happen, but after it does I feel like I cant tell anyone because who would believe me. I feel like I am always asking myself is there something wrong with me. I want so much to learn about what is behind the curtain that hides the truth. I feel such a strong sense of destiny but have no idea what it is or how I will reach it. I have no career or area of expertise and I am not a smart man. I seek wisdom everyday, the grace to forgive and love, and a long list of things that should lead to inner peace. However, I always find myself back at despair. I am sorry to be writing this to you, I do not know what came over me, but as I read your email, you just seemed to have a really deep and beautiful spirit. Anyway thanks for writing back. Bless you
Graham.
—– Original Message —–
From: MsTJMorris@aol.com
To: graham981@dodo.com.au
Cc: publisher@ufodigest.com ; rmorningtar@gmail.com
Sent: Saturday, March 06, 2010 5:56 AM
Subject: Re: SUBMISSION – QUESTION TO TJ ON ALIENS AND JESUS
Dear Graham:
I have always been in contact with spirits and have met Extraterrestrials in person in this lifetime.
I shall admit that I personally feel the energy of the one individual people refer to as Jesus.
This was a person like you or me who lived once on earth.
I believe he was the one who was chosen and accepted to come to earth to show us how to return to from where we came.
I choose to believe that the world we now live in is most about ASCENSION.
Ascension is the process of being-living-and becoming.
I know that I choose to believe in the story of Jesus. This is all we have other than a knowing inside each of us.
Knowing Jesus is a personal choice. I cannot tell you what the Aliens believe as you call them. I believe that most of us in general use the word alien for those not born on earth.
I choose to use the word Alien for all those beings who are not of our morals, ethics, and born on earth resembling us as sentient intelligent beings.
I use the word aliens for those whom I am not familiar with on earth or in heaven or space.
Extraterrestrial is my word of choice. The intelligent beings whom I know and have been with who have come and gone from this planet simply referring to themselves and others in stellar space and in other galaxies as intelligent beings.
Since, I you are the first ever on earth to ask me a direct question about Jesus, and I have never addressed this with my own stream of consciousness as my own memory banks, I should like to send this to one of my publishers that deals with this type of story.
Dirk Vander Ploeg has been in business over 10 years addressing the world of UFOS and the paranormal. I will say that I can only speak for myself about Jesus.
I love the wisdom that this great teacher was able to share while he was on earth. In my lifetime, I am allowed to call him my brother. In addition, I have chosen him as my Lord and Savior in this lifetime because I was born into his world.
In other words, I was born a Christian and this means that I know that I was born to live in his world with his teachings. The way he taught others to believe that were Christians was to believe in God, and Heaven. Hell was where we choose to believe Satan abides. For many who believe in these words and icons, they use them in context to mean what they have been taught, what they have read, and what their family, friends, and teachers all have learned to believe.
One thing about being an intelligent being is that we can be treated the same way that Jesus was treated according to records we have on earth such as the Bible.
I choose to be a Christian by choice. I also choose to believe that Alien Civilizations Exist by choice.
I shall share with you for the purpose that it may assist you knowing how another being thinks on earth who believes in both.
I choose to believe in the spirit that cannot be destroyed as energy called JESUS. This means that who this person or man was while he lived physically, mentally, and spiritually on earth was how I choose to live and be physically, mentally, and spiritually.
I have found no other person on earth to emulate in actions. This is my choice based on what I have read and what I deal with inside of me. I call this inside feeling my inner being. I choose to make known to others by choice in my words, deeds, and actions. This is what I refer to as my outer knowing.
How one chooses to live and exist on earth is not always up to the person based on where they are born on earth. There are many lessons for us on earth. Some of us can rise above our own level of existence. Some of us can only learn to deal with what level of existence we are born into.
I have been fortunate to have had many levels of life and living in one time. This includes levels of monetary gain, and locations on earth. I have been allowed to own things, and to also be broke with nothing but the clothes on my back and a few in my car. I was able to earn a living beginning with nothing. I learned to take care of my children and myself. I learned that I am not perfect.
I have lived 58 earth years and can remember many lived on earth prior to this one. This is something that I use to allow me to know of other lifetimes on earth and in other places.
I have memories of what you might think of as Heaven. Therefore, to me, Heaven is very enough. However, until one experiences Heaven personally as in their own personal experiences, Heaven is a destination on earth. AS is what many refer to as Hades or Hell or where the Place is ruled by another whom some call Satan or the devil.
Some believe that these words are real and represent a being or spirit and some believe that these words are not real and only represent a story or a philosophy of how others may choose to live and believe.
The aliens who I know are good. They are what we think of as higher intelligent supreme beings because they have lived for many years more in space than we can calculate on earth.
In addition, they are in an empire with a group of twelve who share in the intelligent leadership for many galaxies.
This is the only way I know to adhere to the rules of which I am bound by on earth. Most people who know me on earth have no idea who I am or how I believe. I appreciate you thinking enough of something that I have written on the Internet to email me your questions.
It takes a big person with a strong spirit to ask what you did. Some people who were born into the Christian Church as I was taught lessons in Sunday school and Church.
I traveled the earth and learned of many ways to think and believe in both the Eastern and Western Philosophies. I now embrace many as not right or wrong but just part of the way we as intelligent beings choose to believe.
There is no right or wrong beliefs in my way of thinking. Only levels of thinking and believing to get us to the place that we shall go to or come too.
I choose to believe that I will return to the place from where I came but with knowledge of earth and the people whom I shared life with on earth. This gives me great comfort in knowing that I am not alone while I am visiting earth.
I have a family on earth and a family above in space. This is where I choose to believe all my relatives whom I have had on earth pass on too when they leave earth.
I choose to believe that faith, hope, charity are real ways to think and that the greatest of all beings have an inner being that we call love. Love is the greatest of all and we are to treat others the way we desire to be treated. It is my hopes that you chose to write to me out of caring and love.
I feel that you truly wanted an answer to these questions and the energy just flowed from me very fast without corrections. So, consider this answer from me as a spirit and energy on earth that dwells in a physical, mental, and spiritual body while in a vessel on earth that you may regard as a human being.
I choose to believe that most of me is my own thoughts and conscious choices but I also believe that I have a comforter inside of me that some regard as the Holy Spirit and others believe that this is an alien, or alien hybrid part of me that I can channel by choice. I leave this up to you.
Remember that another cannot tell one what to believe or whom. We each are given our own spiritual spark or light that I prefer to call an Essence.
This essence is what some refer to as their spirit or soul. I prefer to believe it is our essence that combines all three parts as our body-mind-spirit while we are encased in a vessel or container on earth.
When our essence leaves our vessel or container, we return to our soul higher selves. This soul is made up of our essence energy that can never die. It simply can share in spirit as it visits various levels of existence in spirit. Our spirit is the energy that is also part of our essence.
I believe that it was Jesus who was one of these Aliens you have questions about. I choose to believe that we too are like Jesus and will someday through the power of Ascension Rise Again. We are all here to learn to be as Jesus or Aliens.
I believe that there are some aliens that are good and some are bad. I believe that there is a need for both so that we can learn from the way that nature has provided us ways to understand how to be as our creators.
I am going through thoughts now that allow me to investigate the 46 pairs of chromosomes or genomes that make up our lives on earth. I am presently thinking that we are made up of the best 46 aliens or extraterrestrials that existed out there in space. I believe that there is a good and bad so to speak in all of us. I believe that we have pairs so that we can decide which way we shall become when we go to our next level of existence as intelligent beings.
This may seem hard to understand and I am just beginning to grasp the ideas from the Akashic Field myself. Learn all you can about life and those who are good and bad on earth. I choose to be more like Jesus than Satan.
How you believe and make choices it up to you.
I believe that in the beginning of time, we were all one. The best teachers in the world believe that we should only believe in another master if that master teaches we are all one in the beginning. Whether you believe in a destination and procreation of the world or another is part of who we are as individuals.
There is much to know on earth and there are many paths. It is best to create your own path and leave a trail for others. This is what I presently choose to do.
I do not say that mine or another is better than yours. Only that there are various roads that lead to the same places. Enjoy life and share what you can that you feel is right and good and leave the rest behind.
There is knowledge and wisdom on the road and in the hedges of life along the road or path. The hours that we spend in the journey of a lifetime are what counts for us now. The time that we are allowed on earth is short. Enjoy your time and hours each day and allow for nutrition, and sleep. Do what you can to remain alive on earth for one never knows what the future holds only that we are each in control of our own lives to some extent. This leads me to a place and word called destiny and another is fate.
There are pros and cons about fate and destiny and I am contemplating both words but have no sure answer as to how I believe and am not willing to commit to either. I do know that I have tools such as the Tree of Life, and the Tarot deck of cards that have been accurate for me and others.
Learn all you can about the mystical and magical beings and places on earth.
I hope this information is helpful. All I can do is hope that this information is helpful to you. There is an old saying on earth that I have learned that for me works. It is this, “When the student is ready, the Master will appear!”
Love and Light along with Health and Prosperity from those above the Extraterrestrials (ETs)
TJ
In a message dated 2/28/2010 7:34:35 A.M. Central Standard Time, graham981@dodo.com.au writes:
hi my name is graham, are you in contact with aliens? I saw a UFO once with my brother. I was wondering, what do aliens say about Jesus? I have seen many documentaries on people that have died (some even for 3 days) and come back to life (most through prayer) and they all swear the same thing, that Jesus is real, and that heaven and hell is real. If you are in contact with aliens I was wondering if they know of Jesus

ASCENSION CHRISTED ENLIGHTENMENT
(ACE)

CREATIONISTS CREED OF ETERNAL SOULS

XENO
VERSES

The Aquarian Light Practitioners commonly known as the Light Workers of the White Light Brotherhood of Ascended Masters is compromised of the Avatar Oracles Spirits who are guided by the Alien Allied Counsel.

The Super Supreme Allied Counsel is made of those who serve the Greatest Master of the entire Creator. The creator of the Metaverse who has set his divine energy into all that has been and all that will be. As the creator referred to “Let Us create humankind in our own image as male and Female Souls.” This was in the beginning after the creators “Word” and the “Word” were without form.
Therefore the Metaverse is that of the Angel Metatron who answers to the Most High Supreme Beings and when asked about the “ALL?” The ALL if THE IAM has always been. The Names of the PAST ARAMAIC, HEBREW, and GREEK, as well as, the LATIN Translations of speech on earth were used in the past. The 72 translators in the past “AGE” of “DAY” was later referred to as the “70” or the prophets of the past, which all religious faiths were created as in what “WORDS” in “WRITING” were taken. Therefore in the beginning was the “WORD” and the “WORD” was without form.

As the ANGELS of the MOST HIGH are present one can savor the sweet smell of incense such as frankincense, myrrh, musk, and the odors our Angels spirits from upon high that will descend unto humankind and ascend. That which is taken from earth will return to earth and that which is of the most high will ascend to the most high in space.

Angels Gabriel and Raphael are the two who are of the Most High who are sent to watch over those Angels who may desire to create indifference among those who are of the MOST HIGH and those who are of the lower of the one angel called SATAN and of the DEMONS that will return to the lower of earth and the other planets that are not in the Supreme Alliance of the MASTER and LORD of who were refer to as the LORD AND KING of the UNIVERSE and his father the METAVERSE. The MOTHER OF ALL TIME AND CREATIONS along with the FATHER was two original MALE AND FEMALE SOULS.

All those whom we will read about upon earth as our ancestors are of those that were told about in some of the stories that were kept in the Dead Sea Scrolls and of the Septuagint and Codexes of the Prophets Stories and Songs of Praise. There are a plethora of stories that were recorded and told to those who were upon the earth in the past after creation and the story of the giants and the flood upon earth of the first creations.

All spirits who are created are set into the books of the souls and names are listed in the Books of Life upon the earth and other planets in the universe. We now regard the homes of planets in what humankind has referred to as galaxies in stellar space that are all parts of the many universes defined in the Metaverse of who are shared upon the face of the earth among those who desire to share the peace and sovereignty of the angels of Metatron and the Creator God and God Mother of whom humankind was designed and created for to share in the exploration, research, strength, and fellowship.

The explorations of the natural order of all universes are expanding. This is the order of the future for all universes who will expand outward toward other metaverses and in the future will come the even larger expanding xenoverses of which expansion shall explore in the all forever eternity of existence for the exaltation of the creators who shall share the mysteries of the expansion of all that exist in the eternal youth of our spirits as we share with our souls throughout time from the first souls created as they are shared with their heirs upon earth. The heirs will continually share in the creations first souls and clans as some of the ancestors referred to as tribes.
The various tribes are gathered in various locations throughout the universes for the expansion of the “ALL” in fellowship, exploration, and research for the ever-eternal health and prosperity of all intelligent beings.

It is the world of Ascension that has been taught to believe in and have faith in and where there is, hope of others above will bring peace to all as we know and share in the world of words called “Health and Prosperity!”

NEPHILIM SPIRIT

Visit socialparanormal.com and americannewsmagazine.com
We may want to begin paying attention to more of what we feel and not just think. It is time we recognize our sixth sense as feeling. The other five (5) are see, hear, smell, taste, and touch.
THE SOCIAL PARANORMAL NETWORK IS ALL ABOUT RAISING AWARENESS AS IN ASCENSION AWARENESS OF THE 21st CENTURY.
DECEMBER 21, 2012 T. 11:11 is closer than we realize in the Age of Revelation and the precession time of the declared Ascension Age.
The Super Natural, Paranormal, are now part of the new SOCIAL PARANORMAL NETWORK!
THE MEDIA ONLINE PRESS aka Social Media News Guide.
Etymology
ON NEPHILIM (ANGELS)
The etymology of the Hebrew word?
(Nephilim) means, “Fallen ones.” Abraham proposes that they were called fallen ones because men’s hearts would fail at the sight of them. Some suggest that they were giants and when they fell, the ground shook, causing others to fall too.
Jean Leclerc and Peter of Aquila among others suggest that it is derived from the warlike nature of the Nephilim, comparing the usage of Naphal in Job 1:15
“And the Sabeans fell upon them” where Naphal means, “to take in battle”.
Alternatively, Shadal understands nephilim as deriving from the Hebrew word.
 Pele, which means wondrous. Another possibility is that the term is a generic term for “giants” in general, which is consistent with the Septuagint and Vulgate translations of the word. Some expositors believe it may refer more to the ferocity and strength of the people who are referred to, rather than their physical height, though in the Book of Numbers intentional stress on height is apparent, whether metaphorical or actual (see below on Anakim).
Origin and identity
Genesis Chapter 6, verses 1 through 4 mentions Nephilim:
Now it came about, when men began to multiply on the face of the land, and daughters were born to them, that the sons of God saw that the daughters of men were beautiful; and they took wives for themselves, whomever they chose. Then the LORD said, “My Spirit shall not strive with man forever, for he is indeed flesh; nevertheless his days shall be one hundred and twenty years.” The Nephilim were on the earth in those days, and afterward, when the sons of God came in to the daughters of men, and they bore children to them. Those were the mighty men who were of old, men of renown.—
They are mentioned again in Numbers chapter 13, verses 32–33, in a description of the inhabitants of Hebron:
So they gave out to the sons of Israel a bad report of the land which they had spied out, saying, “The land, through which we have gone, in spying it out, is a land that devours its inhabitants; and all the people whom we saw in it are men of great size. There also we saw the Nephilim (the sons of Anak are part of the Nephilim); and we became like grasshoppers in our own sight, and so we were in their sight.—
There are four common views to understanding the identity of the Nephilim.
They were the hybrid offspring of fallen angels and human women.
They were the offspring of descendants of Seth with those of Cain.
Webster’s 1913 Dictionary defines the word simply as “Giant.” Thus, any especially tall, powerful, large, or mighty man would be described in ancient times as Nephilim. Nephilim may simply mean “giant,” champion, or strong man.
They are not historical figures and are ancient imagery with questionable meaning.
Offspring
Fallen angels
The Targum Jonathan states that the Nephilim were given this name because they were descended from fallen angels.
The New American Bible commentary draws a parallel to the Epistle of Jude and the statements set forth in Genesis, suggesting that the Epistle refers implicitly to the paternity of Nephilim as heavenly beings that came to earth and had sexual intercourse with women. The footnotes of the Jerusalem Bible suggest that the Biblical author intended the Nephilim to be an “anecdote of a superhuman race”.
 Genesis 6:4 implies that the Nephilim have inhabited the earth in at least two different times—in antediluvian times “and afterward.” If the Nephilim were supernatural beings themselves, or at least the progeny of supernatural beings, it is possible that the “giants of Canaan” in Book of Numbers 13:33 were the direct descendants of the antediluvian Nephilim, or were fathered by the same supernatural parents.
In Aramaic culture, the term Nephila specifically referred to the constellation of Orion, and thus Nephilim to Orion’s semi-divine descendants (cf.Anakim from Anak);
The implication being that this also is the origin of the Biblical Nephilim.
Some Christian commentators have argued against this view, Citing Jesus’ statement that angels do not marry.
Others believe that Jesus was only referring to angels in heaven.
Descendants of Seth and Cain
Many Jewish commentaries and translations describe the Nephilim as being from the offspring of “sons of nobles” rather than from “sons of God” or “sons of angels”.
This is also the rendering suggested in the Targum Onkelos.
Likewise, a long-held view among some Christians is that the sons of God did not birth the Nephilim spoken of in the text, but the formerly righteous descendants of Seth who rebelled, while the daughters of men were the unrighteous descendants of Cain, and the Nephilim the offspring of their union.
This view dates to at least the 3rd century AD, with references in Sextus Julius Africanus, as well as throughout the Clementine literature.
 Holders of this view have looked for support in Jesus’ statement that “in the days before the flood they (humans) were marrying and giving in marriage”
ALYSIANS. = An embattled genocidal race who embezzle. Alysians are malevolent and are more aggressive than the humanoids that we are part of as sentient intelligent being species, who explore, search, and do not destroy. We are a benevolent species. They Alysians or Elysians are not a part of the Milky Way Galaxy of Allied Federation of Galaxies in this Universe. WE are part of the Allied Federation of Universal Galaxies of this universe of the Metaverse.
In our history on earth that dates back to Atlantis and Lemuria, we were taught to be a benevolent species. We were aware of our spirits and our souls after death, which came to mean Elysians or Alysians.
Through time we confused the meaning of those who are the Extra terrestrials who are our allies with those and benevolent with those of our enemies.
ALYSIANS are the MALEVOLENT and ELYSIAMS are the BENEVOLENT. Sad but true. The NAMES we intertwined throughout the ages and as the veil fail upon our kind on earth. We now have Avatar Oracles to assist in restoring our history the way it should be. We are the Social Paranormal Avatar Elysiams. The word Elysian is still in our humanoid vocabulary today meaning a humble abode or any place of exquisite happiness.
The term Elysian was an adjective for Elysian Nephilim also known as Angels and Extra Terrestrials and Gods and Goddesses from the heavens or what we now refer to as stellar space.
ELYSIAMS. = The benevolent extraterrestrials that are also known as Gods and goddesses, angels, and guides of that visit earth from the heavens or stellar space in
A spiritual mind takes on a near death experience. Body Near death experience and extra terrestrial experiences are real to me because I have experienced both on more than one occasion. I am not alone in these experiences and it took time for me to live up to my obligations to share my truth about both because of the abnormally. These were considered extraordinary experiences on earth during the twentieth century of which I was born. I have been on earth since Dec. 26, 1951 in this lifetime. I have much to share and will somehow get a “round tuit”. Maybe not in this lifetime. In this lifetime, I have been many people and had many professions. I survived life on earth once again. This time though, I am asked to stand up and be counted. I have to tell the truth and own my past life experiences to assist others find their way on their journey.

There are many experiences that are my truth that I can share with others but many will not believe me. They will believe that I am making these stories up for monetary gain. I can assure you that I have not made one dollar or pound of currency on earth for my words, articles, stories, or for this syndication on the Internet. I write out of obligation.

This is my real spiritual experience story recorded prior to 2012. I believe in spiritual awareness and that our mind expansion is due to our chosen truths that we accept as memories. I also believe that the only part of life we take with us when we leave is carried in our spiritual mind as energy plasma back to our immortal souls. I am going to explain why I believe this. Some may believe me and some may not.

Universe expansion requires more energy than we understand. There are global changes affecting our future conscious awareness. There is our opportunity to evolve our species and save our kind. Some of us will make the grade and others will simply change into another form of life.

I was not sure whether to begin this story as “You ain’t gonna believe this but this is my truth” or “One upon a time there was a little angel who was sent to earth to gain her wings”. Would you accept this; “There was an extra terrestrial who was sent to earth to share energy.”

I guess it depends on the reader. We have inside us all various levels of existence. In psychology, some call this our adult and child. We all have many levels of beings inside us. Regardless of what or how we believe, there is some truth in all of us. This is mine.

I once died and came back to earth. I saw energy that was outside of my physical body. When I looked around me, I realized that I was flying through space and time seemed to be passing me into another existence. I heard some voices that were not mine. I was out of body and looked down. I saw that I was spirit and not in my physical body. My body had been left behind on a stretcher in an operating room. I could see a faint outline of energy that I assumed was my spiritual energy plasma or spiritual body. When I looked down and saw my feet, I knew I was flying or soaring to another dimension or place.

While I was in this space and time or space-time, I could hear sounds and I was seeing sparks or stars passing by on the outside of this clear tunnel I was in. All the time I was flying or ascending into space, I was gathering information and awareness. I could not tell where the information was created only that I was assimilating information at a very fast rate of speed. This was very odd to me and I knew I was not on earth any longer. It was one of those “We aren’t in Kansas anymore Toto moments!”

However, I was alive or I felt alive. I never felt better and more alive as I was then. I could breathe and I was comfortable and soaring. I was traveling in space and yet I could tell I was on a trip to another destination. I then realized I was actually leaving earth and I had to try to stop the process. I was realizing I was not ready to leave earth.

Then I heard in my conscious awareness voices. There were others like me at the place where I was ascending too. I was going at the speed of light or so it seemed and it felt like I was on an escalator or at least traveling up in that direction. Not like the one, an elevator goes straight up but at a slope like an escalator on earth. I began to think aloud. This is when I learned about real telepathy actually existing. I never doubted this before but now I knew for sure.

I realized that the beings that I had seen prior on earth were on earth and that those that had visited me on spacecraft called UFOS were real too. It seemed that there were more beings in various levels of existence than I had realized previously at one time in my life on earth. This was perplexing but I was holding my energy well in space.

I arranged with the superior beings whom I know to allow me to return to earth. Here I am. Now, I am told that I agreed to share and to be a communicator for others still on earth. For many years, I was scared to share my truth. I was not living up to my spiritual obligations to others on earth. It was too frightening. There was just no way I could fit in with others on earth if I shared my truth and my experiences. Others would never believe me. Life on earth and death experiences was not ready to know about what happens after we leave earth.

I allowed time to pass and I lived my life. It was not until 2007 that I decided to wake up and tell the truth. I was tired of being programmed in a world that was not all truth. There is more to life and now people write books about angels and near death experiences. There are two sides it seems to me. One is religious and one is scientific. Regardless of the approach that others took at writing their stories or papers, I would have to be brave and take time to write mine. Many people think I do this for profitable gain. I do not. I do it because I have an inner knowing that my story can help others. I will someday get the story written. For now, I write articles for others to read at no charge. The universe is expanding and it is time to share knowledge or remind others of what they already know just maybe cannot remember.

I was once in a lifetime in Egypt and once in Ireland long ago prior to a five thousand year mark on earth. I can remember at least eight past lives and I was never famous. I was once locked up as a princess with my family because of my father died. It was in Egypt. That is another story and I will have to use my time traveler energy.

Some of us are remembering our past. Some of us are not. There are some energy changes occurring and some will say that our spiritual awareness is rising or ascending. Some of us are expanding and growing while others are shrinking and losing energy. Global consciousness has high galactic standards. We are very eternal beings in spirit and soul.

We have had entire civilizations taken from this planet and utilized in space and on other planets. We are gathering our fleet to lay siege to our enemies. We are on a friendly trip through space but we will be taken over by others who are launching attacks on helpless planets. We are considered young and helpless at this time. This is why we are being visited by some of our ancestors who have come and gone before on earth, such as Atlantis.

We each is a part of the future conscious awareness.

Those that do not adapt and accept will become synthesized into another form of conscious energy and be dealt with harshly to learn a lesson. There is no reason we should be fighting each other. We should be working together. Some of us know how to fly and it would be in our best interest to pool our resources. There are choices to be made on earth. The demands of the origin acceptance as embracing the truth may not be an option based on faith.

Sometimes we make the right decisions and other times we make the decisions right! Our technology is coming full circle, to what was once used by the ancient ascended beings.

We can try to find the information on Atlantis and it will not be long before the ascension beings or extra terrestrials come back for their ships and the giant crystals. That is news.
There are extra terrestrial and celestial superior races with massively superior nuclear laser fire power. We knew this in the past on earth and our ancestors left clues on earth.

We are all responsible for our knowledge and awareness universally. We are another generation of those who have come before us to earth. I share what I know. How do I know? Because I have lived the truth. I have extraordinary experiences in this lifetime. I am no different from you. We are separate at this time. We are in physical bodies to experience life on earth. Please read and share in global consciousness. However, we are also connected. We are all responsible now in a global consciousness. We are the ones who survive or become extinct. There are extra terrestrials who are superior to us on earth.
We are all part of the whole of energy and matter. We can concentrate on what needs to be done and come up with agreeable solutions.

We are mentally becoming aware of our part in the vast universe of change. The universe is expanding and so are we. The energy that binds us all together as the God particles are what is weaving our energy and matter together into one magnetic realm of existence on earth. We have gravity, magnetism and the God particle. For now, we are dealing with three forces that we really do not own a good understanding of collectively. However, we know there are more than three now and that there is a fourth and fifth dimension through space-time. Another reason for our continuing to explore, learn, research, study, and innovate.

We are all part of the greater whole or total sum of energy and matter on earth. We are simply part of a universal experiment that others have participated in for millions of years.

We are all part of the one. We are all part of one intelligent being species on earth. We have not yet realized that there are many other civilizations or colonization’s of other intelligent species. There are other intelligent being species and most are superior to us on earth because of their civilization’s length of awareness, energy, and matter belonging to ancient civilizations that began prior to our civilization on earth.

These ancient civilizations will appear as alien to many of us on earth because of their physical matter even though there is bi-peddle and anthropoid. There are various types of intelligent beings. Some are simple created in a vapor like substance. Others are more like those we call the four foot grays. There are our ancestors, which only have four digits because the little finger is no longer used and evolution changed their hands. Other than that, we on earth may not be able to tell the difference in their appearance from our own as humans on earth.

We are all here for reasons that we may or may not be aware of. I cannot tell others why they are here other than the blanket answer which most of my readers are already familiar with. We are all here to explore, learn, and to experience life. We are here in sentient intelligent being form of matter to expound our awareness of senses that we can only experience while in physical form. Our mental awareness of our energy is only one part of our existence. Many people are born with the same senses. Most of those born on earth are given the basic six senses. For those of you who need reminding, they are seeing, hearing, smelling, touching, tasting, and the sixth sense are feeling. Touching and feeling is not the same thing.

There have been past entities and extra terrestrials who have come to earth in physical form as human beings. We treated these beings as prophets and leaders. There is history and stories in all countries about our leaders. Some of these were spiritual leaders. Some of these were called Kings, Queens, Gods and Goddesses. Jesus was simply a man to many who lived at the same time he walked the earth. To others he was a leader and a prophet. Jesus was a chosen leader of the extra terrestrials that some refer to as God or Yahweh. I choose to believe this although I never met the man but feel I know him in my spirit and soul. Others may feel they know Mohamed or Joseph Smith. I really cannot deny that other beings exist in space (heaven) any more than I can deny that others exist in the Amazon. Just because I have not met any natives of the rain forest does not mean they do not exist. There have been other prophets and we must discern our own truth and awareness.

There have been wars and rumors of wars since the beginning or recorded time on earth. This is part of the way we live on earth. There are Gods and extra terrestrial ways of living on earth that have been used to create these wars. There have been more wars fought over religion and beliefs than any other reason. There have been wars fought for land rights by people of geographic areas on earth. Most of the past civilizations and empires were about growth and change. When we think about the energy and matter that is given to all of us on earth, it boils down to exploring and expanding our own energy and matter to include more.

We must now realize that while we are here in physical form that energy matters. We all matter. All matter matters. This is now part of the grand scheme of things and the solution to our problems. We must all realize that more is better as long as we are all participating in the growth and expansion process. We must learn to take care of each other as we come to this planet until we return once again to our ascension beings immortal realm.

Those who exist now on earth have many levels of existing and thinking. We must realize that the old ways of thinking do not serve us any longer. Those who will pass from this earth in the next decade will be utilized in other realms of existence. There importance on earth has expired. This is what we realize at the time of death. We realize that their energy can no longer survive in the vessel or physical body that was created for the energy we call spirit to exist so the spirit returns back to the soul. The soul is the actual energy mass that never expires and is immortal.

There are many ways to think and feel about our energy inside our physical bodies. There are many ways to realize our levels of consciousness. We have levels we now refer to as beta, alpha, theta, delta, and gamma. These levels do not necessarily relate to each other and are not necessarily conscious and aware of each other.

There are many parts of a soul. There are many levels of understanding based on past reincarnations of matter in this work and world and in others. This is not the only portal of life for existence in the physical and mental forms. Our spirits or separates are all created as what encases memory and what continues as knowledge. Our brain houses our mental capacity to retain the knowledge that we call memories which will leave with the energy we call electrical spirit. For many on earth, they have not had any reason to believe in the future of energy. Many people on earth do not realize that life goes on and is immortal. This is what the new global consciousness is offering to all human beings who are alive at this time.

Many ascension beings that are alive and well on planet earth have returned by choice. This was their calling and election made sure in another time and place that many beings call heaven or space.

How we begin to open, our awareness and our minds to other possibilities that have not been openly discussed before as real energy and matter other than in a spiritual and religious atmosphere is what would bring about change. We are to openly discuss and create new names, new knowledge, and new matter for all that we are discovering together. We are creating and innovating truth in all things for all things as energy in matter.

We are about the change in global consciousness. We each must do our part. There are probably better words and connections in sentences to explain this knowledge. I am not the best person to share truth as I understand it but I do have a message and as a communicator, I have agreed to share what I know regardless of the consequences that it may bring to my physical existence while here on earth. I made this choice. I chose to come to earth. I chose to live, die, and return.

This was my agreement and contribution to global consciousness including being here now. Being aware of my past lives and my past dealing with extra terrestrials is simply one of the gifts I was given with the veil lifted. Sometimes, ones treasures are another’s trash. These I have come to accept as so many beings have before me. We are all part of the global consciousness. We are all energy in matter. We all matter.

Too many thoughts in the head because one to get confused. This is because we are separate. We have the ability to reach the Akashic Field and the Unified Field of Origin.
Global Consciousness is part of being whole. Do what can be done to explore, learn, create, and experience being part of this team of sentient intelligent beings on earth. Congratulations on the continuance of your lifetime on earth with others. This includes me! Global Consciousness is now being revealed to others not just the Avatars and Ascension Beings. There is a gnosis revelation.

Others are coming. Something wonderful is happening! Extra terrestrials exist. The UFOS are simply other than earth origin spacecraft. The one’s who are not opening their minds to the truth of this will simply be passed over when the time comes to ascend. Knowledge is a terrible thing to waste. Those who are separate and do not agree with the critical masses when time comes to leave earth will experience another lifetime on earth that may or not be superior and beneficial.

Some will simply stay to experience brain cells. We have a lot to work through and change. My people are here on this planet along with others. We are beginning to share in the strong minded to wake up those who are to ascend and be welcomed back. Those who do not awaken will be left behind. This is what has spread origin to this world. There is knowledge that will be forthcoming to assist some slow sleepwalkers who are programmed.

The world has many spiritual people who are not necessarily in one religion or another. There are no religions on earth, which are right. Religions were manmade. The truth is out there for others to explore and use. This is part of the global consciousness now being revealed to others and not just to the chosen Ascension Beings. Some may be called of various faiths depending on from where they originated. We in global awareness will realize that rallying and supporting religions on earth is not the answer to salvation. There is a way to become aware of the truth. The truth will set us free. Trying to think of appropriate last words before leaving earth. We should thank our past leaders who knew the truth. They saved our lives.

Now it is time to be responsible for our own consciousness, spirits, and future of our souls. Who ever is tainted about the worlds beyond and all other life forms may not survive. It will not be that easy to accept what is not known. Many are programmed on earth due to free reign and will. It is too late for those who want to simply remain alive for the sake of existence. We must accept our global consciousness with knowledge of the truth about the global future. Nevertheless, it will make a difference to those who are ready to know the truth and feel the change on earth. The truth will set us free. Mind expansion is part of our life experience. Life has always been about Ascension being-living-becoming. MYSTERY OF 2012 ENLIGHTENMENT REVEALED BY TJ – AVATAR ORACLE
Theresa J. Thurmond Morris

Dear Reader:

I have read your email and will use it. I sent you a quick note back, which is below your original. However, I have taken the liberty to address your questions to use on my websites. In addition, I feel that there are many of us asking the same questions that you are. It amazes me that you say you are only fourteen (14) years old.

This is inspiring to me as I am sure it will be to others to see that there are wonderful essences coming to earth and finding their spiritual path back to enlightenment much quicker than those in the past.

The world is truly shifting and uplifting as in the world use of the word Ascension.

The raising of awareness for everyone on earth.

As we raise our individual energy and education, this will assist in the overall critical mass consciousness of us all.

Our world is a part of us and we are a part of the world. It works as one microcosm in the macrocosm we call the metaverse.

Dear TJ:

Hey TJ, if that is what I may call you let me know if you want me to call you something different. I have read some more articles over the past few days. I mostly read about enlightenment and 2012 first I would like to ask on enlightenment again.

Q. 1. What happens if you achieve as you said inner wisdom?

A. 1. It is my understanding that we are always searching for wisdom, which is an eternal state of essence. However, I can break down the achievements of life as rungs on a ladder if you will allow. Meaning, to visualize one’s energy being or essence. The Inner Being that we in the Metaphysical World refer to as entering through the Third Eye in the middle of our forehead is the window to our inner spirit.

We enter our own world that is created from our own spiritual essence experiences. The inner being is truly, who we are as energy essence that we refer to as spirit.

Spirit is the essence of our breath of life that cannot be seen in the way that we as humans think. We can feel ourselves if we truly think about doing so. The essence energy is what travels through our vessel, container, and body-mind-spirit.

The inner wisdom that we refer to on this planet is learning to achieve one’s highest level of energy essence while maintaining one’s own level of being while in a body-mind-spirit. This is a physical vessel or container, which houses our inner being.

What happens is that we are constantly achieving more sentient thoughts that become knowledge and awareness of various experiences in various forms of matter and anti-matter. We learn from our physical, mental, and spiritual existences while in a form.

Q. 2. What are some characteristics?

A. 2. Some of the characteristics of one who is working on obtaining inner wisdom is a knowing. We strive an inner peace for that can be revealed on the outside. Our characteristics that are on the inside are manifested on the outside of our being. We use our physical and mental bodies as the container for our spirit. Our spirit is the part of us that cannot die. However, it can leave our physical and mental containers of vessels.

The characteristics are portrayed through experience and exploration on earth as one’s life evolves. We evolve as essences that will be recorded in our spirits that will one day become like the fire of the Phoenix Bird, fly, and soar back to our soul. Our soul has the characteristics of all our lives experiences in all places and of all times. We have spiritual characteristics that are like what in physics is referred to as the string theory.

We have various spiritual essence particulates from each life on earth. When we return to earth to replenish and to educate our souls, we are allowed to bring these traits or characteristics with us. Some of these are displayed in our genome patterns of our DNA.

Q. 3. Do you feel the same or different?

A. 3. I believe you are referring to all of us when you say “you.” One can be defined as all the spiritual particulates that one has lived before which is considered knowledge and wisdom of lifetimes and existences lived prior. In other words, we come to earth with certain mystical qualities and gifts that some of us are able to retain depending on our level of existence as a created spiritual being. Our souls come from another place and are kept in another place. The Supreme Beings are they that are of the beginning. We have the feelings that we display of being human in this lifetime from the time we are born.

Some of us are considered Avatars. We are they that have memories intact of our past lives on earth. We are allowed certain privileges that also require more responsibility.

In the respect of living on earth with searching for inner wisdom in this lifetime, one begins to gain gifts and privileges that one had not achieved before if one desires to exert the energy to obtain the difference. These one feels as the same or different depending on if one has acquired the wisdom in a prior life or is just absorbing and recording the date in this lifetime.

Q. 4. Also on matters of 2012, will an apocalypse happen?

A.4. The apocalypse is a state of mind. The 2012 date is a benchmark for all of our essences that are upon earth who are present at this time that humankind has made for all of us. We are to understand the many meanings of humankind and all of those in the history of this world. Our ancestors have left us information to use. This is to assist those who come after to achieve their own greatness as individuals. Some will decide to leave this planet. Some will decide to stay. The individual is not allowed to know when one will past over.

This is part of the veil of wisdom that is one of the set rules for coming to earth. No individual essence is allowed to come to earth knowing the consequences of one’s own journey. What would be the point or the fun in knowing everything?

The word Apocalypse is a word meaning revelation. There are other meanings but each individual will receive an apocalypse in their own time. One can receive revelations.

The December 21, 2012, Time 11:11 as the sun is centered with the earth and the center of the Milky Way Galaxy of this Universe among many in the Metaverse.

This is a time placement on earth and a benchmark in the galaxy. This only pertains to our knowledge of who we have been before and that we will be again. We are going to each have an experience based on our level of essence energy achieved on earth. This will be an individual awakening or awareness.

The world is experiencing constant change, as are we. We are all growing and expanding outwards. We are in a constant growth pattern. So is our world we call the illusions of our own lives in time on earth.

Q. 5. Is this why we must take to the stars on new planets?

A. 5. This is one reason we must take to the stars on new planets. I believe you mean take to the stars in search of new planets as a new home. If you are referring to the possible end of the world due to being knocked off course by an asteroid then yes. This has happened before. This is also part of our journey on planets in space. We were once living on the planet now called Mars. The Mars planet was our home. We had the level of intelligence to create spaceships that could take us out in space to maneuver our species away from the danger of the planet Mars. Some of us were “TAKEN” and that is all I can share at this time about that. However, I can tell you that many of us on earth today are aware of our past for a reason and we are called Avatars. I am one of those who have been allowed to have memories of past lives and have returned to have the veil of secrecy or of shadows lifted from my mind over time. This is also part of searching for our soul selves and back on the path that brought us here to this planet, we call earth.

Q. 6. You said that if 1% of our population answered to you the aliens would reveal there existence to us but if our planet is going to be destroyed is that all that will survive?

A.6. This is a great question and you are right. It was revealed to me personally that I would need 1% of our total population on earth to believe the way I do. This is a goal of mine personally. I was allowed to speak to Supreme Beings at a level of my existence. During this precious sacred time, some secrets of life were revealed. This is like seeking the Holy Grail of life. We all have metaphoric levels of our spirits that return to our essence that flies home in space to our souls. This is easier to fathom than one might imagine. The more we live on earth and achieve our personal goals in life the more we are allowed to remember. This gives some of us on earth the change to share as seers. This is a calling and election made sure for some of us. There is an old term on earth that some people like to use as writers. It is called or referred to as, “An Angel obtaining their Wings.” The Supreme Beings are those who we refer to as God and or God and Goddess in a higher realm of existence. There is always an achievable level of essence for us all. We achieve to exist. Those who are much older and wiser created the essence that is in us that we obtained in the beginning. They actually have worlds, galaxies, and universes that they are able to create together from their level of wisdom and enlightenment. Some may call this level of energy and enlightenment, science and technology as we use the words today on earth. This is why it is so important that we refer to enlightenment on earth as science and technology working in unison with our spiritual wisdom and philosophy. Some of the ways in which we think and believe on earth are practiced in what humankind refers to as cultural traditions and religions of the world.

Q. 7. 1%? I have been getting worried over the subject lately.

A. 7. One% – I have always been worried about this amount too but one thing I have been taught in past lives is that it does us no good to worry or fret. We are taught that we will be taken care of no matter what. The birds and flowers are taking care of, we are a much higher level of existence as life, and intelligent species go. We can only ask to obtain knowledge and wisdom but with this gift of life comes responsibility of knowing and awareness. This is where the term, “Older than dirt, or wisdom beyond one´s own years.” This is what you have my son on this planet now in this lifetime. To be so young and to have found me and asked these questions allows me to know that you are truly an advanced soul.

Comment 1: So then, this is what I was wondering about lately.

I know you have said you are waiting for more information from the aliens and I am as eager to here what they say as you. In the end, I have come to accept the fact that aliens exist and that they are monitoring us.

C.A. (Me too! TJ)

C.2. Just today, I swear I saw a UFO it was an aircraft flying at late dusk with no lights on it.

C. A 2. (I am happy for you. It is like opening the mind and the scatomas of the mind are always there to block our inner sight. This is why we are allowed to know of certain practices we use in Yoga and Meditations on this planet. The practices we learn in our Whole Life Living Fundamentals are what allow us to open one´s own mind to the entire world of life and the living around us all. Much exists in a world that most never sees in one lifetime. Think about all that exists and all that has been written in books for us to find. Many people have come to earth and left some of their findings and knowledge for us to discover in books. Books will always be important and I hope you divine your fair share.)

C.3.More on the matter of enlightenment I have tried to say this to the people I know on earth. Only my mother would even open the conversation of it.

I said that you can explain things with your articles but they are not open to listen to anything.

C.A.3. (I totally understand your energy on these comments. I am one who also was a seeker of knowledge at an early age. I dare say when I was fourteen that this was one of the best years of my life. I was through my childhood past and I spent much time at the library reading books of others who had come to earth before me. I too would share my findings and thoughts with my mother but she was not a believer as I am. This can cause a young being frustration. I well know. This is part of our growth process for our inner being so do not stop growing and sharing. We all get this calling. We all have a gift and a talent but not everyone discovers them early. Some people take a whole lifetime to discover what they came her to obtain as their purpose in this life. Be glad that you are well on your own spiritual journey and assist those who ask for it. To those who you desire to assist and help, ask for the knowledge, wisdom, and guidance from your higher powers, God, Goddess, and/or Supreme Beings to assist you to have the inner strength to carry on and to assist those you can and the power to carry on in life when one has to have the wisdom to know the difference of those you cannot assist in this lifetime. This is one of the hardest callings on the “Tree of Life” and the “Tree of Knowledge” which becomes our human divine wisdom.) google_protectAndRun(“ads_core.google_render_ad”, google_handleError, google_render_ad);

Q. 8. What will happen to us all as a whole?

A. 8. What happens to us all as a whole is part of our process of becoming. We are all part of each other as far as the “Whole” goes to which I believe you are referring to as “Life among the Living.” Life on earth is only part of our entire process of becoming. Our Inner Being and our Outer Knowing becomes more of the “Whole”. We become one with our own Essence that is the main part of what we call our “LIFE FORCE”. We are to obtain “WISDOM AND KNOWLEDGE” as the “AWARENESS” of the “WHOLE” as “ONE”. This is the complicated part of being “ONE” with the “WHOLE”. We each have a chance to obtain great hood. This part of our lives is to enforce and to “FORGE” our well-being as an energy and essence. We can become “ONE” with the “ALL” and what in religion they refer to as “GOD” and the “GREAT I AM”. Have you heard the term of a great philosopher that once lived that is this, “I THINK, THERFORE I AM.”

In some respects, this is true. As long as one can think then one must be. However, the others like us that are a part of the one on this planet have decided once we are “BRAIN DEAD” that we must not be able to “THINK THEREFORE WE ARE NOT”. This is what in medical terms now decides whether to plug or unplug the energy or electrical currents that instill the breathing apparatus for us when we are in certain states of being. When our life force is weak and we are, on “LIFE SUPPORT” there are times when we must be assisted on earth. This is what is usually done in the “MEDICAL HOSPITALS.” This can be caused by physical of mental trauma. Humankind is just now beginning to add that there can be spiritual trauma as well that is separate from the human mind and body. The spirit becomes the essence of energy that many in the medical fields call “LIFE”. This is how they have come upon the terms of “LIFE AND DEATH” situations.

Q. 9. If an apocalypse happens but only those who are willing to learn will survive how many will live?

A. 9. As I explained to you before the apocalypse is an individual happening. However, I believe what you mean here and I have to “READ” you and your spiritual and intellectual meaning as I arrive at your words here since I do not physically know you in person.

The correct answer is “EVERYONE”. The reason being is that there is always energy in our essence and energy can never die! However, I believe you mean who of those will stay on earth and who will go. This is something that is debated in all generations on earth. Our ancestors have debated this way of thinking and being while on earth. Some of our ancestors were willing to “WALK INTO FIRE” to prove their belief systems in another world and another leader of their religious beliefs. Some of those who were considered religious leaders on earth were willing to put others of our kind to death on earth for “Believing Differently.”

There have been manmade religions of many and various types on earth. We are all sharing our thoughts and energy but to debate is healthy. To ridicule and find fault in each other is not healthy for our energy and does quite the opposite. The point about remaining on earth is to have time to gather the spiritual awareness while one has a vessel to do so as in a container. We utilize our body-mind-spirit containers or vessels to share in the process of obtaining knowledge that our energy as essence can use to relate to all there is in this universe in the Metaverse, which is expanding. It is our job to expand with it. Otherwise, life is pointless if we do not desire to achieve expansion.

C. 4.I worry for us. Our intelligence is matched with ignorance and blood lust and this is why we are not as powerful as we could be. One reason why the 20th century was so successful was America where differences are set aside and look where we got; we managed to build our own technology to go to the moon. Imagine if our history was always built together. I am not angry and still want teach people but no one believes me.

In the end, I still will seek an inner wisdom.

Well then, I look forward to your reply and opinions.

C.A. 4 (I value your energy, essence, opinions, and views. We all assist each other in obtaining that 1% of our species on our spiritual intellectual journey on earth.)

Comment – P.S. Something strange when I read your articles my eyes start to hurt which leads to migraine headaches. This could be from sinus congestion with allergies but it only happens when I read your articles. Not on T.V. or other internet sights just articles.

A. C. P.S. ANSWER FROM TJ.

Many people are feeling these symptoms of Dis-Ease these days. One must learn about their own individual vessel and what Genome and DNA is ours to utilize while we are here. The medical conditions that you describe are common while we are growing and learning on earth. There are many of us that are considered Alien Hybrids while we are here on earth. We all on earth at this time have 46 pairs of Chromosomes that are matched up for a health existence for us while we are here in essence energy.

When these are obstructed for whatever reason usually due to the physical and mental environments we live in, we will experience a resistance. This resistance is part of being in a human container of vessel. Some of us have learned what can be used in medicinal and health remedies. Some are homeopathic and some are not. This is something I can only share my comments and opinions about and not advise you physically how to take care of your own container and vessel.

We are each individuals based on our experiences that we bring to earth. You may notice that some of you as the outer knowing of your container is based on the same information that one or both of your genetic earth parents have. However, some of the life patterns we have are created in this lifetime.

We can create Dis-Ease in many ways. Part of being “WHOLE” is learning to live with the knowledge and wisdom that we can heal ourselves. “Physician Heal Thy Self/” was taught to us long ago among some beings that spent time on earth before there were medicines that we now use on earth. Most of what we now understand to be human conditions are based on our own offensive and defensive systems to our life force on earth while here.

We can develop many allergies to things that we do not approve of in this life. Some of our medical conditions can be sustained from prior memories of our past lives on earth. I suggest you take notice of your experience and purchase a small pot to cleanse your sinuses. One was once displayed on the Oprah T.V. Show and can be purchased at Wal Mart in the pharmacy area. Just suggestions mind you. I have one myself but do not use it, as I should. I too experience sinusitis. It is typical of Star People and Light Workers who have come to earth. We have set up some physical resistance to things that we cannot control in our atmosphere.

Q. 10. In addition, what is your life on a daily basis if I may ask?

A. 10. In addition, you may ask about my daily life. Because I have chosen to return to earth and assist others as an Avatar Oracle, my life is spent in the same world and period that others on earth are experiencing. I share the 24 hours a day period but I live in the Central time zone on earth. I have the ability and gifts of creation and abundance to share the world in any location I so desire. However, after traveling the world for many years, I still chose to return to the southern central region of America where I can experience the four seasons with other spiritual intellectuals and others who need my whereabouts known while on earth. My family that I was born into lives in Texas.

My children live in Florida and one is in Alabama and Arizona. The location of my family is by choice due to their jobs or belief systems they obtained in this lifetime.

I chose to move to a very spiritual place of many churches. There are new ones forming here all the time. The people here that formed this area were called Baptists. I am not a religious person but I am a very spiritual person. I prefer to live here because it is a dry county where no liquor is sold and there are no pornography bookstores or adult entertainment locations. This is a family and retired people´s community.

Regarding on a “Daily Basis” I sleep on regular intervals, about 8 to 9 hours a day. The other 15 or 16 hours are spent doing normal duties to maintain existence and to share and enhance to total “WHOLE”. I maintain a small home where I have a husband and two dogs.

My hours that are spent in conscious beta are spent mostly sharing information on the Internet. I share what I am inspired to share after a sleep time. Each day I have two meals one regular breakfast to start the day. I eat healthy snacks like fruit and nuts and may have a soup or salad for lunch. Then evening between five and 6 P.M. My husband and I enjoy a meal together cooked at home. We may occasionally go out for dinner. We occasionally will go to a movie at a theater in one of the larger cities about 35 miles away from our small rural town to get away.

I use to travel a lot around the world when I was a young age as an adult after my children were grown. I became a truck driver and saw the Untied States after living in and working in Hawaii for 7 years. I spent 1995 through 2002 on the road, which is another 7 years. I tend to do things in 7´s. My husband does things in 13´s/ His job in the military and then driving a truck for 13 years.

I spent 2002 through 2009 another seven years preparing for the years ahead as a writer and author. I now spend my days assisting my husband with his book story editing and then I publish them in books.

I have my own company on the Internet where I am responsible for maintaining commercial websites of which I supply knowledge and education. In my space, I have an office in my home with walls of books and a computer and couch and chair. I have two desks and lamps and am comfortable with my certificates of achievement hanging on my wall. I created a small life in a small home once I had traveled the world and offered my experience as an Entrepreneur. I accomplished all my goals in business. I am now prepared to assist others in life as a guide and seer.

My daily life is spent revealing knowledge and awareness to those who design a way to find me as you did. This is my hobby and gives me a newfound pleasure.

As far as the world is concerned. I have built a new life as an author of books. I also am a book doctor and assist others with sharing their books with the public. This makes me happy. I came upon the job by one person who came to me seeking my assistance. This was an author in a small town nearby who had seen my writing articles for the local weekly newspaper. He asked me to assist him in the larger town nearby with editing his books. He had an agent in New York who had begun not to accept his books due to the length. Therefore, I had to learn to take his stories and share with the creator what he could do to make the story shorter. This offered me a change and a chance to serve others. Then I was able to do the same thing for my husband and his sister. This became a need and a condition of others who knew me here where I live.

I deal with some people who want to write books but am not sure how to begin. I assist them in sharing their thoughts and putting them in final form so that I can publish them.

I also write articles and am a syndicated columnist on the Internet. I have people who read my articles and use my opinions, views, and advice around the world. I check my listings on my computer weekly and watch how many countries around the world are reading my websites. I have had many through the years and have allowed others to take them over after I built them up with a name and game them worth in the Internet Global Community. This also gives me pleasure to see my works grow and expand on the Internet. This is a small way I can contribute my energy and essence to assist others. TJ

I shall contact you later

http://www.theresamorris.com

http://www.AmericanNewsMagazine.com

http://www.socialparanormal.com

I am just waking up and have to solve some issues from my dreams. They give me information in my dreams and I have to work on global issues when I wake up.

Right now, I am working on making sure that NASA is part of our future budget with the Constellation program in the USA.

The U.S. Senators met last night a special meeting that relates to what I have written about the future in space with the International Space Station.

I must research what our

Contacts want to express to them about our future.

I know that I shall assist you also, but your training must involve researching all my stories first.

Therefore, I shall write you later.

You write me back with more questions as you absorb the truth okay!

GOOD JOB! You will be okay. We will make sure you are taken care of. TJ

PARANORMAL ET UFO contact on communication, creation, and crop circles are tools of our awareness. Taboo are the darker fringes of society that deal with spirits yet, most cultures, religions, and traditions have these areas. Halloween and witches create fear of the unknown or do they? Are cultural traditions activating taboos or innovative science?

We can focus on existence for our family, culture, world, and ourselves. We are here to learn and explore life on earth. Trust and fear are as opposite as cause and effect.

As our basic growth, requirements are met, i.e. food, clothing, shelter, contact, we can search for deeper meaning in knowledge and wisdom. Spiritual Intellectuals and Science are no longer at odds. Trust in science and fear of the unknown are two sides of the same coin. The secrets that were kept for the prophets and visionaries are being found. This is a time of revealing and the generation gaps are closing globally. Science need not be in fear of religion but should embrace it for the cultures, societies, and traditions created on earth. We learn from our adaptability and mistakes. Anthropology and Archeology are needed.

Anyone human will fight for survival. Communication is sometimes not an option when we are alone. Male and female are up for the task of existing on earth. Living is usually preferred over death. It is time to complete the full circle of understanding once again.

Therefore, priorities were sorted for us before we came to earth. First was the right to life. The second was the will to survive. The third is choice to live and find one’s back to the creators. Evidence comes in time to each living spiritual soul. Some receive guidance and wisdom and some must work for knowledge. Part of the spiritual growth in life is considered suffering among some religions. Those thoughts are manmade. We are spirits.

There is so much to understand about truth of life on earth. Being human and grasping what is beyond human understanding is always a part of our reality. There are many who are here to guide us while here on earth. We must search and research for there is more to life always than is being revealed. We all must look for what we cannot see or feel with out six senses. If there are those who live in large concrete cities, take the time to visit the woods, and watch butterflies and birds.

As an extraterrestrial unidentified flying object contactee, I recently had another death and returning experience where physical and mental bodies are concerned on earth. Some call this NDE and others OBE. Regardless, I had to learn about being alien hybrid. I think and have learned to become aware of the five parts of being an intelligent beings and part of the creation.

Now, I am better about what others call the future, I am a visionary.

The God particle has both dark and light matter. We avoid the black holes but use the wormholes for travel in space. Patience is a virtue of the Gods and Goddesses of creation.

The meaning of science and religion are only tools the same as all other subjects in the academic world of education.

Discovery through creation of all matter is grouped into various forms as part of life and death. Some spirits have not found their way to the light because they are lost. They choose to hover around what is known on earth after physical death has occurred. Energy inside all of us never ceases to exist.

Assistance for all both military and civilian of earth’s total population of the present 6.5 billion and rising is required. We shall assist by offering our energy without interfering with the younger total population of earth. We will deal with those who offer their services based on their military training and their communication training. We will ask librarians to be directors of online information for those wanting to search the Internet. We have decided to use some basic earth ways of creating, thinking, and doing.

People on earth who are considered my contacts and my readers and peers are those who are already in tune to being ascension beings. These include those who desire to work in the future Ascension Center Space Port. A spaceport as the Ascension Center is the controversy it would cause among the government and media. This would stir energy and create a need for explanation before it was time.

Military and civilian alike are tuning into our ET UFO Goodwill Ambassadors. Those who are accustomed to working in the program of the mind only know one way to think and this is called linear. We are here to assist. We are aware of the Large Hadron Collider and are going to continue assisting and observing. We choose to not interfere and are simply observing and at times communicating.

Those born after the earth year 1947 were incorporated into a new program for contact. For those who have followed their lifetime energy and focus on flying saucers and nuclear power, these beings will be more perplexed as to why they did not see the whole picture as it progressed. Some believe they are channeling information but they have their own mental filters. This is not the only way that our ET UFO friends think.

Organize thoughts communicate and write while on earth. Our creators have worked for thousands of years to train beings. This does not exclude the intellectual and spiritual portions of the sentient intelligent beings.  The higher intelligent beings can explain later.

Nevertheless, for and to those colleagues of mine thank you for working with the human minds.

To those who are just now joining me in my communication of ET UFO information on the many levels that are required on earth and to those who have created their own following of people who desire to know and understand the future, be patient.

While desiring to assist in the overall goodwill awareness on earth of the extraterrestrials, and unidentified flying objects, which are simply spacecraft, we are also asserting ideas of creation with those of crop circles to infuse a form of creation and connection among all beings on earth.

Symbols have been a way to relate in pictographs. Contacts were chosen to spread the word. There are others more intelligent, come, and go in ET UFO flying saucers or spacecrafts. This has been used in the past for awareness and awakening the human spirit.

Thought time in the past, many oral traditions were forgotten until there were crop circle symbols sent after the “hunters and gatherers” were divided under Abraham. The human species should have developed further than we recently are observing on earth at present.

Because we choose physical or mental force, we simply check in with our chosen beings. We from time to time give a small nudge of influence in a positive direction. We allow freewill to superimpose our suggestions. We offer suggestions during the sleep portion of life on earth. There are parallel worlds and other dimensions to be explored. We sometimes travel through wormholes and are gone in what is termed time on earth. We always leave our guides and guards as a fleet for communication and protection.

This is sometimes played out in the dream portion of ones thought process while on earth. This can be found in symbols and in words used in prior history of earths tribes on earth. At present there are many whom human beings on earth of many faiths and religions create. Some of these have been misguided through time on earth.

Now is a time of revealing and the purpose is to shed as much light on this topic of communication and awareness as can be performed in one life time on earth. This time, we will hope that the man and woman we have chosen will learn to exist with the understanding that the military defense of the planet is required as well as the civilian communication of awareness is required in order to survive the future together as one.

This should be obvious with the two chosen sides of the brain one male and one female. All humans are created the same with 2 sides of existence 1 part man and 1 part woman in symbols this is displayed as 50% male and 50% female creation matter We are all paranormal and transgender or asexual in chemical energy, space, and mind. We experience much as cause and affect, and activity on earth while alive. The five levels are alpha, beta, theta, gamma, and delta in the human existence.

We have so much to explore and to capture in our own personal memories to take with us when we lave earth at some point as spirits. Personal experiences will be reviewed after leaving earth.

Concentrate on healing the separations of all beings on earth while creating a future in space. There is knowledge in the future in the form of wormhole travel to other galaxies. Remember we have guides and guardians above who have allowed us our freedom of will and freedom to choose in our own minds. Nothing or no one can take away our freedom of our mental body from our mind.

Even when in bondage in prison, there is no reason to panic or live in fear. Conquer the mind that is part of the mental body housed in the physical body while on earth. Enlightenment comes from within the spirit of compassion and wisdom.

We are alive on earth to learn from our experiences and to gather our experiences to create memories to use in our next lives back either on earth or in space.

Do the right thing and discover your part while here on earth. There have been evil beings who were misguided souls while here on earth. They will return for the lessons not learned in this lifetime. Many things are seemingly mystical, and magical. There is a reason for this practice of the human mind.

Other worlds will vary the lessons not learned on earth. However, for many, they will simply return to earth by the creators. We all manifest light and dark or some call this good and evil.

Regardless, there is a dichotomy and we must all do out part to create the best in compassion and wisdom while here on earth. We are here to be a part of the best and the creation for the future of all human intelligent beings who visit this planet. Those who do not participate in the creation and manifestation process for good will is dealt with in a way that most will not want to endure after leaving earth. This requires change after watching our life played our before our eyes while on earth. Then there is a consensus taken by higher intelligent beings. PARANORMAL ET UFO contact may involve out of body experiences.

Life on earth may be about remembering. Lifting the veil on past lives is part of many religions. I have memories I cannot explain and I believe that I was asked to share with others who are searching in science and in spirit. There are many paths and way to live.

I learned in my many past lives that when I as a student am ready that the master will appear. This lifetime, I was given a blessing of “GOD” or the “God Particle” as those in particle physics may say. I am one who believes that science and spirit are one in creation.

My out of body experience had to do with life and death issues. This last near death experience (NDE) or out of body experience (OBE) was not during surgery. This was a spiritual experience, which was a life changing experience with guides to and from space visiting an extra biological entity (EBE) or commonly called in plural meaning more than one as extra terrestrials (ETs). I learned from certain spiritual beings that still believe in religions that they prefer to call these beings angels and God.

Is science truth or fiction? What we once thought was truth in science is now fiction? Some cultures believe in faith and religions of one kind or another. There may be truth in both religions and science. Truth today may be fiction in the future.

We can focus on existence for our family, culture, world, and ourselves. We are here to learn and explore life on earth. Trust and fear are as opposite as cause and effect.

Some believe in past lives. Some people can remember past lives. I have memories that I cannot explain any other way with names in me like Tara and Sothis. Does it matter if we can remember or as some say the veil is lifted on this lifetime?

As our basic growth, requirements are met, i.e. food, clothing, shelter, contact, we can search for deeper meaning in knowledge and wisdom. Spiritual Intellectuals and Science are no longer at odds. Trust in science and fear of the unknown are two sides of the same coin. The secrets that were kept for the prophets and visionaries are being found. This is a time of revealing and the generation gaps are closing globally. Science need not be in fear of religion but should embrace it for the cultures, societies, and traditions created on earth. We learn from our adaptability and mistakes. Anthropology and Archeology are needed.

Anyone human will fight for survival. Communication is sometimes not an option when we are alone. Male and female are up for the task of existing on earth. Living is usually preferred over death. It is time to complete the full circle of understanding once again.

Therefore, priorities were sorted for us before we came to earth. First was the right to life. The second was the will to survive. The third is choice to live and find one’s back to the creators. Evidence comes in time to each living spiritual soul. Some receive guidance and wisdom and some must work for knowledge. Part of the spiritual growth in life is considered suffering among some religions. Those thoughts are manmade. We are spirits.

There is so much to understand about truth of life on earth. Being human and grasping what is beyond human understanding is always a part of our reality. There are many who are here to guide us while here on earth. We must search and research for there is more to life always than is being revealed. We all must look for what we cannot see or feel with out six senses. If there are those who live in large concrete cities, take the time to visit the woods, and watch butterflies and birds.

As an extraterrestrial unidentified flying object contactee, I recently had another death and returning experience where physical and mental bodies are concerned on earth. Some call this NDE and others OBE. Regardless, I had to learn about being alien hybrid. I think and have learned to become aware of the five parts of being an intelligent beings and part of the creation.

Now, I am better about what others call the future, I am a visionary.

The God particle has both dark and light matter. We avoid the black holes but use the wormholes for travel in space. Patience is a virtue of the Gods and Goddesses of creation.

The meaning of science and religion are only tools the same as all other subjects in the academic world of education.

Discovery through creation of all matter is grouped into various forms as part of life and death. Some spirits have not found their way to the light because they are lost. They choose to hover around what is known on earth after physical death has occurred. Energy inside all of us never ceases to exist.

Assistance for all both military and civilian of earth´s total population of the present 6.5 billion and rising is required. We shall assist by offering our energy without interfering with the younger total population of earth. We will deal with those who offer their services based on their military training and their communication training. We will ask librarians to be directors of online information for those wanting to search the Internet. We have decided to use some basic earth ways of creating, thinking, and doing.

People on earth who are considered my contacts and my readers and peers are those who are already in tune to being ascension beings. These include those who desire to work in the future Ascension Center Space Port. A spaceport as the Ascension Center is the controversy it would cause among the government and media. This would stir energy and create a need for explanation before it was time.

Military and civilian alike are tuning into our ET UFO Goodwill Ambassadors. Those who are accustomed to working in the program of the mind only know one way to think and this is called linear. We are here to assist. We are aware of the Large Hadron Collider and are going to continue assisting and observing. We choose to not interfere and are simply observing and at times communicating.

Those born after the earth year 1947 were incorporated into a new program for contact. For those who have followed their lifetime energy and focus on flying saucers and nuclear power, these beings will be more perplexed as to why they did not see the whole picture as it progressed. Some believe they are channeling information but they have their own mental filters. This is not the only way that our ET UFO friends think.

Organize thoughts communicate and write while on earth. Our creators have worked for thousands of years to train beings. This does not exclude the intellectual and spiritual portions of the sentient intelligent beings. The higher intelligent beings can explain later.

Nevertheless, for and to those colleagues of mine thank you for working with the human mind. Those of you who are excelling as spiritual intellectuals will be rewarded. We all have gifts and blessings provided in our DNA by our creators.

To those who are just now joining me in my communication of ET UFO information on the many levels that are required on earth and to those who have created their own following of people who desire to know and understand the future, be patient.

While desiring to assist in the overall goodwill awareness on earth of the extraterrestrials, and unidentified flying objects, which are simply spacecraft, we are also asserting ideas of creation with those of crop circles to infuse a form of creation and connection among all beings on earth.

Symbols have been a way to relate in pictographs. Contacts were chosen to spread the word. There are others more intelligent, come, and go in ET UFO flying saucers or spacecrafts. This has been used in the past for awareness and awakening the human spirit.

Thought time in the past, many oral traditions were forgotten until there were crop circle symbols sent after the “hunters and gatherers” were divided under Abraham. The human species should have developed further than we recently are observing on earth at present.

Because we choose physical or mental force, we simply check in with our chosen beings. We from time to time give a small nudge of influence in a positive direction. We allow freewill to superimpose our suggestions. We offer suggestions during the sleep portion of life on earth. There are parallel worlds and other dimensions to be explored. We sometimes travel through wormholes and are gone in what is termed time on earth. We always leave our guides and guards as a fleet for communication and protection.

This is sometimes played out in the dream portion of ones thought process while on earth. This can be found in symbols and in words used in prior history of earths tribes on earth.

Humans have two distinct sides of the brain one male and one female. There are other parts of course but most can see the two parts and the motor development loss or gain in stroke victims.

All humans are created the same with 2 sides of existence 1 part man and 1 part woman in symbols this is displayed as 50% male and 50% female creation matter We are all paranormal and transgender or asexual in chemical energy, space, and mind. We experience much as cause and affect, and activity on earth while alive. The five levels are alpha, beta, theta, gamma, and delta in the human existence.

We have so much to explore and to capture in our own personal memories to take with us when we lave earth at some point as spirits. Personal experiences will be reviewed after leaving earth.

Concentrate on healing the separations of all beings on earth while creating a future in space. There is knowledge in the future in the form of wormhole travel to other galaxies. Remember we have guides and guardians above who have allowed us our freedom of will and freedom to choose in our own minds. Nothing or no one can take away our freedom of our mental body from our mind.

Even when in bondage in prison, there is no reason to panic or live in fear. Conquer the mind that is part of the mental body housed in the physical body while on earth. Enlightenment comes from within the spirit of compassion and wisdom. We are alive on earth to learn from our experiences and to gather our experiences to create memories to use in our next lives back either on earth or in space.

The future is important and visionaries and futurists will lead the way. Paranormal ET UFO contact is important and past lives being part of intelligent beings may be simply raising the veil of our human existence. There are parallel universes and other dimensions to explore. One has to open the spiritual mental body to explore a path without fear.

There are students and teachers along every path of enlightenment whether in science or spirit. To me they are both one and the same. All parts of the human experience are spiritual and scientific. Join me on the quest for spiritual compassion and wisdom.

RELIGION ON THE BRAIN VERSUS ET BELIEFS

As many have noted, religion cannot be reduced to a mere concatenation of religious beliefs.  Sharing a lengthy content text with permission from my website socialparanormal.com with colleague’s permission thought the Ace Folklife Society.

Archaeology and Folklife are presented through Western Kentucky University courses for those interested in a degree in either or both. We are mainly writers with a common goal as researchers who write for scientific and educational purposes.

Every religion consists of rites, rituals, prayers, social institutions, holidays, etc., that serve a wide variety of purposes, explicit or otherwise

However, religious belief—that is, the acceptance of specific religious propositions as being true—is generally, what renders these enterprises relevant, or even comprehensible. While there may be many Catholics, for instance, who value the ritual of the Mass without actually believing the doctrine of Transubstantiation, the primacy of the Mass within the Church still hinges on the fact that many Catholics do accept it as a metaphysical truth—a fact that can be directly attributed to specific, doctrinal claims that are still put forward by the Church.

There is, of course, a distinction to be made between mere profession of such beliefs and actual belief

Distinction that, while important, only makes sense in a world in which some people actually believe what they say they believe. There seems little reason to doubt that a significant percentage of human beings, likely a majority, falls into this latter category with respect one or another religious creed. A true confession of an ET UFO Contact is about extra terrestrial contact.

ET UFO contact does not require a human to be perfect.  If perfect sentient intelligent beings were the only ones chosen on earth, I would be left out. To err is to be human. We must forgive ourselves and others for mistakes while here on earth.

There were five alien spacecraft left to monitor earth in 1947. UFOs are extra terrestrial spacecraft. There have been many UFOs and visitations throughout the world. Our governments know this and have many specimens of many types of intelligent beings. I am taught that we all work together for the good of all.

How do I know this one might ask? I was chosen as an ET UFO contact. I agreed to be a translator. Those that I know who are supreme are very advanced and do not speak English. They use universal translators. Some are computerized as artificial life forms and some are like me. I appear human and do my best to download information. I apologize in advance because my mistakes are not in my information received but in my typing. I think and type faster than my mind and fingers comprehend. Like Data on Star Trek.

Since 1947, there has been physical contact in our lifetime. I was not born until the day after Christmas 1951. Since the time I was born, I have been visited and monitored.

The spacecraft were to be left on earth around the world on the five largest continents for monitoring purposes. We have always been monitored and we always will.

I am an extra terrestrial contact and considered a human hybrid to some. If, I choose to care only about what people think of me I would never have shared my thoughts and findings in writing. I make mistakes in writing.

Why do my articles have typographical errors though my spell and grammar check is always s on and used? Each time I make a typo or misspell a word, the computer shows me by putting a red line under the word. When I add my article on American Chronicle, it too shows red lines. I fix my mistakes but somehow, when they leave my computer, there are mistakes made as the information ions travel in cyberspace on the Internet. Sometimes the words are changed when at the end of a sentence. I compare it to Quantum Physics.

We are just now learning about the sixteen separate quarks in particles of atoms. I know we use neutrons, protons, and electrons, and that we break these down. I know that I am to assist physicists to the next level of information on earth but I prefer to speak in algorithms and math is hard for me to understand since I did not learn this as a human in school. I make mistakes but sometimes I am disappointed with the results as seen on other websites and bogs. I will learn from my mistakes.

I am a futurist and am programmed to assist in the creation of the world’s first Ascension Center Spaceport. This will require understanding and cooperation by many people not just me. It has a similar construction to the Bird’s Nest in China. It will take until 2012 to construct if we begin now. If we wait, it may take until 2020. I am not sure I will be here 2037 and due to my aging while human I may lost my ability to work.

I have a mission as a communicator and have two sides, a male and female while in a woman’s physical body. We all do, it is just that I was chosen for a particular reason, it has not been fully revealed to me, and others may not appreciate my contributions until I am dead and gone.  We hear so many sentient human beings on earth who say they are alien hybrids.

Alien Hybrids claim to be different and know they are simply passing through time on earth as humans.
They know and understand the ascension process and take leaving earth for granted as part of the process of change.  They instinctively know and understand that their bodies are only temporary.  Study the neurological system of the physical body and mind including the autonomic nervous system and prepare your mind to study the future of earth and your responses.  Knowing things that others may not is not an easy road to take on earth.

I believe being here on earth is to prefect our spiritual souls and to learn how to be productive and participate in the reactionary process.  Thus far, I cannot think of any other reason for existence as a human being sent to earth I believe the energy we create as memories is what we take with us when we leave this earth because this is my extraordinary experience. This ability is what allowed me to remember my past and where I cam from before earth.  I believe that the choices I made while in my Astral body when I left my physical body on earth is what allowed me to remember and believe as I do. I believe that others are like me while on earth.

I died once and had a near death experience. Both were traumatic to my physical and mental bodies, but they were an enlightening experience for my own spiritual soul’s progression. I learned from these extraordinary experiences. I am not alone in these experiences. There are many of us.

However, what does make me somewhat extraordinary is my real physical contact with extra terrestrials and my knowledge or real physical extra terrestrial spacecraft or UFOs. If one desires to contact extra terrestrials, there is a way to achieve this goal. I desired to be hearing with knowledge of extra terrestrials. I have seen aliens, Ets, and UFOS also known as spacecraft. I know that we are to create a spaceport for extra terrestrial spacecraft.

The extra terrestrials taught me to be aware of the signs and words taught to me.  The Ascension Center Spaceport was designed before I even understood the name or the logo design.  This keeps China, Russian, USA, Japan, and all other countries from claiming the name as separate. This name is chosen by the Supreme Allied Council and has been voted on by others in the universe. I am simply a messenger.

I have been fortunate to have very super intelligent beings to interact with me on many levels. I have learned that being spiritual and intellectual are only two parts of the same whole of being a human sentient intelligent being. I have learned that desiring perfection thought curiosity and exploration is part of the human DNA programming.

I have learned that being allowed to share life with others on earth is a blessing. I have learned that knowing extra terrestrial supreme beings in mental, spiritual, and physical form is a Godsend or like conversing with the God particle in space. I have learned that anyone can find their way back home with the proper guidance and direction and that not all human beings have to experience a near death experience or dying to know what I know.

Now days, we call people with knowledge of extra terrestrials delusional or needing psychological drugs to keep them from using certain parts of their minds and brains. I have been taught that to share what I know to be the truth may defy what other being on earth believe in and that science and religion may desire to destroy my words because they could change or contradict what has been taught to human beings in the past.

UFOs or extra terrestrial spacecraft have been treated as non-existent.  What I truly believe is that the extra terrestrials that I have met and been guided by and those beings who create the extraterrestrial spacecraft are simply those who have always guided the believers and the most faithful on earth. I believe that these higher supreme intelligent beings have always come and gone from earth and will continue to come and go at their own will.  I believe we cannot control these extraterrestrials and that they choose whom they choose based on their belief system, lifestyle, and DNA.

There is a woman who claims she is a pilot of the Roswell down crash UFO. There were two and one imploded from the inside. This was piloted by two intelligent beings we have termed the grays. This extraterrestrial spacecraft was a newer model, which had just come off the assembly line, and this was its first flight out. The mission of this spacecraft was to pick up the two grays that were leaving a model of spacecraft on earth to monitor earth.

The plan was to leave one spacecraft intact to be found and taken into the mountain for safekeeping.  The two gray intelligent beings that were piloting this spacecraft set the spacecraft we call GUS down. They exited the spacecraft out of the back door, which the lower part creates a ramp. The top and bottom open and close and when closed one cannot see the seal. There is much to learn in reverse engineering but I do not know if DOD and the pentagon will allow certain Engineers I would use such as Tom Sergeant.

I would also require Tom Morris. I have my reasons for desiring people I can trust.  The small transport monitoring spacecrafts on earth are sending back information to the main ship that monitors earth and stays hidden. We have a fleet of ships on the outside of this galaxy. The military have adopted our terms of Navy on earth and I am glad I received Navy training on earth. Some use army technical terms. However, this is based on Navy terms that are used in army terms for the convenience of some human beings on earth who have also had an agent inject them with extra DNA at birth. This cannot be detected but can be used on the spacecraft. The people who try to reverse engineer and make the spacecraft fly cannot because they do not have the DNA.

The two grays boarded the newer vessel to return to the main ship from which they came.
When they boarded and the one spacecraft took off it malfunctioned. This caused the spacecraft to come back down and the four grays knew they were not going to make it off earth.

The two pilots tried to land the spacecraft. As they began the decent, it imploded and threw two of the grays clear of the crash. One was hurt internally and one had a broken leg and communicated telepathically trying to ask for help for the three of them later when army troops arrived. One gray was kept alive for a while, one died from internal injuries, and the two grays who were piloting the spacecraft were killed on impact.

Why do I bother to communicate, share, and write my truth and beliefs? Because I believe that, this is my mission as a communication commander in another realm of my existence. I have chosen a leadership role in another life and in another existence. I have chosen to be here now on earth and to make known my presence so that others will find their way back to their origin.

This article is dedicated to an Engineer with high hopes for my writing, our work and the future of our world, Thomas B. Sergeant, CSTRS/ALMDS Test Director, ARINC Engineering Services, LLC. I want to assist USA, DOD, PRTs, and Foreign Affairs in PR.

Can Tom assist us in reverse engineering by taking my words and understanding and changing them into engineering terms for the good of humankind? Stay tuned into the Matrix of life with TJ and find out.

Our lab published the first neuroimaging study of belief as a general mode of cognition [1], and another group has looked specifically at religious conviction [2]. However, no research has compared these two states of mind directly. Here we show that while religious and nonreligious thinking differentially engage broad regions of the frontal, parietal, and medial temporal lobes—and, hence, appear quite distinct as modes of thought—the difference between belief and disbelief appears to be content-independent.

Results We used functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) to measure signal changes in the brains of thirty subjects—fifteen committed Christians and fifteen nonbelievers—as they evaluated the truth and falsity of religious and nonreligious propositions. For each trial either a religious statement (e.g., “Jesus Christ really performed the miracles attributed to him in the Bible”) or a nonreligious statement (e.g., “Alexander the Great was a very famous military leader”) appeared, and participants pressed a button to indicate whether the statement was true or false. Our stimuli were designed to produce roughly equal numbers of believed and disbelieved trials in each category.

Behavioral data

Response time data were submitted to a repeated-measures ANOVA with belief (true, false) and statement content (religious, nonreligious) as within-subject variables, and group (nonbeliever, Christian) as a between-subject variable. Response times were significantly longer for false (3.95 s) compared to true (3.70 s) responses (F (1,28) = 33.4, p<.001), and also significantly longer for religious (3.99 s) compared with nonreligious (3.66 s) stimuli (F (1,28) = 18, p<.001). The two-way interaction between belief and content type did not reach significance, but there was a three-way interaction between belief, content type, and group (F (1,28) = 6.06, p<.05). While both groups were quicker to respond “true” than “false” on both categories of stimuli, the effect of truth was especially pronounced for nonbelievers when responding to religious statements (see Supplementary Information: Table S1 and Figure S1).

Belief compared with disbelief

For both groups, and in both categories of stimuli, belief was associated with greater blood-oxygen-level-dependent (BOLD) signal in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex (VMPFC, see Fig. 1, Table 1), an area important for self-representation [3], [4], [5], [6], emotional associations [7], reward [8], [9], [10], and goal-driven behavior [11]. This region showed greater signal whether subjects believed statements about God, the Virgin Birth, etc. or statements about ordinary facts. We also saw greater signal in the left superior frontal gyrus and in both lateral occipital cortices for this contrast.
Figure 1. Belief minus disbelief (Both Categories; Both Groups).
Greater signal for belief compared with disbelief appeared in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex, lateral occipital cortex, and superior frontal gyrus. The bottom panel shows percent signal change from baseline in each of the clusters (vmpc = ventromedial prefrontal cortex; log = lateral occipital gyrus; sfg = superior frontal gyrus). Error bars represent standard error of the mean.
doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0007272.g001
Table 1. Belief minus disbelief.
doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0007272.t001

The differences in VMPFC signal were due to a greater relative decrease in activation from baseline for the disbelief condition. Our finding of greater signal in VMPFC for belief compared to disbelief was significant in both Christians and nonbelievers for both religious and nonreligious stimuli, supporting a role for this brain region in the acceptance of truth-claims across content domains. A direct comparison of belief minus disbelief in Christians and nonbelievers did not show any significant group differences for nonreligious stimuli.

For religious stimuli, there were additional regions of the brain that did differ by group, however these results seem best explained by a common reaction in both groups to statements that violate religious doctrines (discussed further below).

The opposite contrast, disbelief minus belief, yielded increased signal in the superior frontal sulcus and the precentral gyrus. The engagement of these areas is not readily explained based on prior work (see Table 2).
Table 2. Disbelief minus belief.
Religious compared with Nonreligious statements

Background

While religious faith remains one of the most significant features of human life, little is known about its relationship to ordinary belief at the level of the brain. Nor is it known whether religious believers and nonbelievers differ in how they evaluate statements of fact. Our lab previously has used functional neuroimaging to study belief as a general mode of cognition [1], and others have looked specifically at religious belief [2]. However, no research has compared these two states of mind directly.

Methodology/Principal Findings

We used functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) to measure signal changes in the brains of thirty subjects—fifteen committed Christians and fifteen nonbelievers—as they evaluated the truth and falsity of religious and nonreligious propositions. For both groups, and in both categories of stimuli, belief (judgments of “true” vs judgments of “false”) was associated with greater signal in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex, an area important for self-representation [3], [4], [5], [6], emotional associations [7], reward [8], [9], [10], and goal-driven behavior [11]. This region showed greater signal whether subjects believed statements about God, the Virgin Birth, etc. or statements about ordinary facts. A comparison of both stimulus categories suggests that religious thinking is more associated with brain regions that govern emotion, self-representation, and cognitive conflict, while thinking about ordinary facts is more reliant upon memory retrieval networks.

Conclusions/Significance

While religious and nonreligious thinking differentially engage broad regions of the frontal, parietal, and medial temporal lobes, the difference between belief and disbelief appears to be content-independent. Our study compares religious thinking with ordinary cognition and, as such, constitutes a step toward developing a neuropsychology of religion. However, these findings may also further our understanding of how the brain accepts statements of all kinds to be valid descriptions of the world.

Citation: Harris S, Kaplan JT, Curiel A, Bookheimer SY, Iacoboni M, et al. (2009) The Neural Correlates of Religious and Nonreligious Belief. PLoS ONE 4(10): e7272. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0007272
Editor: Olaf Sporns, Indiana University, United States of America
Received: June 3, 2009; Accepted: September 7, 2009; Published: October 1, 2009

WITH PERMISSION:

Copyright: © 2009 Harris et al. This is an open-access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution License, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited.
Funding: For generous support the authors wish to thank the Brain Mapping Medical Research Organization, Brain Mapping Support Foundation, Pierson-Lovelace Foundation, The Ahmanson Foundation,

William M. and Linda R. Dietel Philanthropic Fund at the Northern Piedmont Community Foundation, Tamkin Foundation, Jennifer Jones-Simon Foundation, Capital Group Companies Charitable Foundation, Robson Family and Northstar Fund. The project described was supported in part by Grant Numbers RR12169, RR13642 and RR00865 from the National Center for Research Resources (NCRR), a component of the National Institutes of Health (NIH) and by a grant from The Reason Project; its contents are solely the responsibility of the authors and do not necessarily represent the official views of NCR, NIH, or those of any other funding source. Sam Harris (joint first author) is the Co-founder and CEO of The Reason Project

(www.reasonproject.org). The Reason Project is a 501(c) (3) nonprofit foundation whose mission includes conducting original scientific research related to human values, cognition, and reasoning. This affiliation does not alter the authors’ adherence to all PLoS ONE policies on the sharing of data for the purpose of academic, non-commercial research. For this study, The Reason Project provided partial funding for MRI scanner use, subject recruitment, and psychological testing. The other sources of funding had no role in study design, data collection and analysis, decision to publish, or preparation of the manuscript.

Competing interests: The authors have declared that no competing interests exist.

* E-mail: mscohen@ucla.edu
# These authors contributed equally to this work.
Introduction Since the 19th century, it has been widely assumed that the spread of industrialized society would spell the end of religion. Marx [12], Freud [13], [14], and Weber [15]—along with innumerable anthropologists, sociologists, historians, and psychologists influenced by their work—expected religious belief to wither in the light of modernity.

It has not come to pass. Religion remains one of the most prominent features of human life in the 21st century. While most developed societies have grown predominantly secular [16], with the curious exception of the United States, orthodox religion is in full bloom throughout the developing world. Indeed, humanity seems to becoming proportionally more religious, as the combination of material advancement and secularism is strongly correlated with decreased fertility [17]. When one considers the rise of Islamism throughout the Muslim world, the spread of Pentecostalism throughout Africa, and the anomalous piety of the United States, it becomes clear that religion will have geopolitical consequences well into the 21st century.

Given the importance of religion in human life, surprisingly little is known about its basis in the brain. Several lines of evidence, including the fact that a variety of clinical conditions related to dopaminergic dysfunction, suggest the relevance of the brain’s ventromedial dopaminergic systems to religious experience, belief and behavior—mania, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), schizophrenia, and temporal-lobe epilepsy—are regularly associated with hyperreligiosity [18]. The serotonergic system has also been implicated, as drugs known to modulate it—like LSD, psilocybin, mescaline, N,N-dimethyltryptamine (“DMT”), and 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (“ecstasy”)—seem especially potent drivers of religious/spiritual experience. In addition, 5-HT1A receptor densities have been inversely correlated with high scores on the “spiritual acceptance” subscale of the Temperament and Character Inventory [19].

There have been a number of neuroimaging and EEG studies done on religious practice and experience—primarily focusing on meditation [20], [21], [22], [23], [24] and prayer [25], [26], [27], [28], [29], [30]. The purpose of these studies has been to evoke spiritual/contemplative experiences in religious subjects and to compare these states of mind to a control condition. However, none of these studies were designed to isolate the variable of belief itself, or to determine whether religious belief differs from ordinary belief at the level of the brain.

As many have noted, religion cannot be reduced to a mere concatenation of religious beliefs. Every religion consists of rites, rituals, prayers, social institutions, holidays, etc., that serve a wide variety of purposes, explicit or otherwise [31], [32]. However, religious belief—that is, the acceptance of specific religious propositions as being true—is generally, what renders these enterprises relevant, or even comprehensible. While there may be many Catholics, for instance, who value the ritual of the Mass without actually believing the doctrine of Transubstantiation, the primacy of the Mass within the Church still hinges on the fact that many Catholics do accept it as a metaphysical truth—a fact that can be directly attributed to specific, doctrinal claims that are still put forward by the Church. There is, of course, a distinction to be made between mere profession of such beliefs and actual belief [33]—a distinction that, while important, only makes sense in a world in which some people actually believe what they say they believe. There seems little reason to doubt that a significant percentage of human beings, likely a majority, falls into this latter category with respect one or another religious creed.
Our lab published the first neuroimaging study of belief as a general mode of cognition [1], and another group has looked specifically at religious conviction [2]. However, no research has compared these two states of mind directly. Here we show that while religious and nonreligious thinking differentially engage broad regions of the frontal, parietal, and medial temporal lobes—and, hence, appear quite distinct as modes of thought—the difference between belief and disbelief appears to be content-independent.

Results We used functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) to measure signal changes in the brains of thirty subjects—fifteen committed Christians and fifteen nonbelievers—as they evaluated the truth and falsity of religious and nonreligious propositions. For each trial either a religious statement (e.g., “Jesus Christ really performed the miracles attributed to him in the Bible”) or a nonreligious statement (e.g., “Alexander the Great was a very famous military leader”) appeared, and participants pressed a button to indicate whether the statement was true or false. Our stimuli were designed to produce roughly equal numbers of believed and disbelieved trials in each category.

Behavioral data

Response time data were submitted to a repeated-measures ANOVA with belief (true, false) and statement content (religious, nonreligious) as within-subject variables, and group (nonbeliever, Christian) as a between-subject variable. Response times were significantly longer for false (3.95 s) compared to true (3.70 s) responses (F (1, 28) = 33.4, p<.001), and significantly longer for religious (3.99 s) compared with nonreligious (3.66 s) stimuli (F (1,28) = 18, p<.001). The two-way interaction between belief and content type did not reach significance, but there was a three-way interaction between belief, content type, and group (F (1,28) = 6.06, p<.05). While both groups were quicker to respond “true” than “false” on both categories of stimuli, the effect of truth was especially pronounced for nonbelievers when responding to religious statements (see Supplementary Information: Table S1 and Figure S1).

Belief compared with disbelief
For both groups, and in both categories of stimuli, belief was associated with greater blood-oxygen-level-dependent (BOLD) signal in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex (VMPFC, see Fig. 1, Table 1), an area important for self-representation [3], [4], [5], [6], emotional associations [7], reward [8], [9], [10], and goal-driven behavior [11]. This region showed greater signal whether subjects believed statements about God, the Virgin Birth, etc. or statements about ordinary facts. We also saw greater signal in the left superior frontal gyrus and in both lateral occipital cortices for this contrast.

Figure 1. Belief minus disbelief (Both Categories; Both Groups).
Greater signal for belief compared with disbelief appeared in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex, lateral occipital cortex, and superior frontal gyrus. The bottom panel shows percent signal change from baseline in each of the clusters (vmpc = ventromedial prefrontal cortex; log = lateral occipital gyrus; sfg = superior frontal gyrus). Error bars represent standard error of the mean.

The differences in VMPFC signal were due to a greater relative decrease in activation from baseline for the disbelief condition. Our finding of greater signal in VMPFC for belief compared to disbelief was significant in both Christians and nonbelievers for both religious and nonreligious stimuli, supporting a role for this brain region in the acceptance of truth-claims across content domains. A direct comparison of belief minus disbelief in Christians and nonbelievers did not show any significant group differences for nonreligious stimuli. For religious stimuli, there were additional regions of the brain that did differ by group, however these results seem best explained by a common reaction in both groups to statements that violate religious doctrines (discussed further below).

The opposite contrast, disbelief minus belief, yielded increased signal in the superior frontal sulcus and the precentral gyrus. The engagement of these areas is not readily explained based on prior work (see Table 2).

Table 2. Disbelief minus belief.
doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0007272.t002

Religious compared with Nonreligious statements
While the contrast of belief minus disbelief yielded similar activation patterns for both stimulus categories, a comparison of all religious trials to all nonreligious trials produced a wide range of signal differences throughout the brain. The contrast of religious stimuli minus nonreligious stimuli (see Fig. 2A, Table 3.) revealed greater signal in many regions, including the anterior insula and the ventral striatum. The anterior insula has been regularly linked to pain perception [34] and even to the perception of pain in others [35]. This region is also widely believed to mediate negatively valenced feelings like disgust [36], [37].

The ventral striatum is also regularly associated with emotional processing, especially with reward [38] and appears to play a role in cognitive planning [39]. We also found greater signal for religious stimuli in the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC). The ACC is often taken to be a reporter of response conflict [40], and activity in this region has been negatively correlated with religious conviction [41].
Figure 2. Religious versus nonreligious statements.

(A) The MRI signal was greater when subjects evaluated religious statements compared with nonreligious statements in areas throughout the brain, including the precuneus, anterior cingulate, insula, and ventral striatum. (B) Increased signal was found for nonreligious statements compared with religious statements in several left hemisphere regions including the parahippocampal gyrus, retrosplenial cortex, temporal pole, middle temporal gyrus and hippocampus.

Another key region that appears to be preferentially engaged by religious thinking is the posterior medial cortex. This area is part of the previously described resting state network that shows greater activity during both rest and self-referential tasks [3].

The opposite contrast, nonreligious minus religious statements, produced greater signal in left hemisphere networks, including the hippocampus, the parahippocampal gyrus, middle temporal gyrus, temporal pole, and retrosplenial cortex (see Fig. 2B, Table 4). It is well known that the hippocampus and the parahippocampal gyrus are involved in memory retrieval [42]. The anterior temporal lobe is also engaged by semantic memory tasks [43], and the retrosplenial cortex displays especially strong, reciprocal connectivity with structures in the medial temporal lobe [44].

Table 4. Nonreligious minus Religious statements.
doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0007272.t004
Finally, among our religious stimuli, the subset of statements that ran counter to Christian doctrine yielded greater signal for both groups in several brain regions, including the ventral striatum, paracingulate cortex, middle frontal gyrus, the frontal poles, and inferior parietal cortex (see Fig 3, Table 5). These regions showed greater signal both when Christians rejected stimuli contrary to their doctrine (e.g. “The Biblical god is a myth”) and when nonbelievers affirmed the truth of those same statements. In other words, these brain areas responded preferentially to “blasphemous” statements in both subject groups. This contrast is the result of a double subtraction on religious trials:

(Nonbeliever True-Nonbeliever False)-(Christian True-Christian False) = NT-NF-CT+CF = NT+CF-NF-CT = (NT+CF)-(NF + CT). The opposite contrast: (NF-NT)-(CF-CT) produced a null result.
Figure 3. Reponses to blasphemy in both groups.
There were significant differences between blasphemous and non-blasphemous statements in both groups. These are regions that show greater signal both when Christians reject stimuli contrary to their doctrine (e.g. “The Biblical god is a myth”) and when nonbelievers affirm their belief in those same statements (pc = paracingulate gyrus; mf = middle frontal gyrus; vs = ventral striatum; ip = inferior parietal lobe

ACE FOLKLIFE
SOCIETY – SPIRIUAL BOOK CLUB

Discussion

Nearly a century of opinion polling attests that 70–85 percent of Americans profess not merely a belief in a generic God, but a belief in highly specific, religious propositions: that the Bible is the word of God (whether literal or “inspired”), that Jesus Christ will physically return to earth at some point in the future, that Satan exists and leads people to sin, that prayers actually get answered, etc. The failure to subject such beliefs to rational criticism may be one reason for their survival. However, as Boyer [31], [45] points out, the failure of reality testing cannot explain the specific character of religious beliefs. According to Boyer, religious beliefs and concepts must arise from mental categories and cognitive propensities that predate religion—and these underlying structures might determine the stereotypical form that religious beliefs and practices take. These categories relate to things like intentional agents, animacy, social exchange, moral intuitions, natural hazards, and ways of understanding human misfortune. On Boyer’s account, people do not accept implausible religious doctrines because they have relaxed their standards of rationality; they relax their standards of rationality because certain doctrines fit their “inference machinery” in such a way as to seem credible.

And what most religious propositions may lack in plausibility they make up for in the degree to which they are memorable, emotionally salient, and socially consequential; all of these properties are a product of our underlying cognitive architecture, and most of this architecture is not consciously accessible. Boyer argues, therefore, that explicit theologies and consciously held beliefs are not a reliable indicator of the contents or causes of a person’s religious outlook.

Boyer may be correct in saying that we have cognitive templates for religious ideas that run deeper than culture (in the same way that we appear to have deep, abstract concepts like “animal” and “tool”). We may, in fact, be what Bloom [46] has called “common sense dualists”—that is, we may be constitutionally inclined to see mind as distinct from body and, therefore, will tend to sense the existence of disembodied minds at work in the world. This could lead us to presume ongoing relationships with dead friends and relatives, to anticipate our own survival of death, and to generally conceive of people as having immaterial souls.

A variety of experiments suggest that children are predisposed to assume both design and intention behind natural events—leaving many psychologists and anthropologists to believe that children, left entirely to their own devices, would invent some conception of God [47]. The psychologist Margaret Evans has found that children between the ages of eight and ten, whatever their upbringing, are consistently more inclined to give a Creationist account of the natural world than their parents are [48].
Because our minds have evolved to detect patterns in the world, we may tend to detect patterns that are not actually there—ranging from faces in the clouds to a divine hand in the workings of Nature. Hood [49] posits an additional cognitive schema that he calls “supersense”—a tendency to infer hidden forces in the world, working for good or for ill. On his account, supersense generates beliefs in the supernatural (religious and otherwise) all on its own, and such beliefs are thereafter modulated, rather than instilled, by culture. Hood likens our susceptibility to religious ideas to our propensity to develop phobias for evolutionarily relevant threats (like snakes and spiders) rather than for things that are far more likely to kill us (like automobiles and electrical sockets). Barrett [50] makes the same case, likening religion to language acquisition: we come into this world cognitively prepared for language; our culture and upbringing merely dictate which languages we will be exposed to.
And yet, however predisposed the human mind may be to harboring religious beliefs, it remains a fact that each new generation receives a religious worldview, at least in part, in the form of linguistic propositions—far more so in some societies than in others. Whatever the evolutionary underpinnings of religion, it seems unlikely that there is a genetic explanation for the why the French, Swedes, and Japanese tend not to believe in the God of Abraham while Americans, Saudis, and Somalis do. The importance of religious doctrines that purport to be true, and their subsequent acceptance as true by great numbers of human beings, seems indisputable.

Recent attempts to study the neural correlates of religious belief have either suffered from a lack of a nonreligious control condition [2] or were not designed to isolate the variable of belief at all [41]. To investigate the neural correlates of belief for both religious and nonreligious modes of thought, we asked Christians and nonbelievers to evaluate statements of both types while in the MRI scanner.

The data reported above present statistical tests of the reliability of signal changes occurring throughout the brain as a function of the stimuli and their associated behavioral responses. However, these data are of greater value when interpreted against related results in the neuroscientific literature. Such a discussion necessarily entails “reverse inference” of a sort often considered problematic in the field of neuroimaging [51]. One cannot reliably infer the presence of a mental state based on brain data alone, unless the brain regions in question are known to be truly selective for a single state of mind. As the brain is an evolved organ, with higher order states emerging from lower order mechanisms, very few of its regions is so selective as to fully justify inferences of this kind.

Nevertheless, our results appear to make at least provisional sense of the emotional tone of belief. In addition, whatever larger role our regions of interest play in human cognition and behavior, they appear to respond similarly to putative statements of fact, irrespective of content, in the brains of both religious believers and nonbelievers.

The contrast, belief minus disbelief, revealed greater BOLD signal in the VMPFC (see Fig. 1, Table 1). The medial prefrontal cortex is known to have a high level of resting state activity and to show reduced activity compared to baseline for a wide variety of cognitive tasks [52]. BOLD signal in this region has often been associated with self-representation, particularly for verbal stimuli [3]: for instance, one sees smaller decreases in activity from baseline when subjects make judgments about themselves than when they make judgments about others [53]. This region has also been implicated in reward-related processing [54]. The smaller decrease in activity for belief compared to disbelief could reflect the greater self-relevance and/or reward value of true statements.
Our study was designed to produce high concordance on nonreligious stimuli (e.g., “Eagles really exist”) and high discordance on religious stimuli (e.g., “Angels really exist”).

The fact that we found essentially the same signal maps for belief minus disbelief in both groups, on both categories of content, argues strongly for the content-independence of belief and disbelief as cognitive processes. Despite the fact that religious believers and nonbelievers accepted and rejected diametrically opposite statements in half of our experimental trials, the same neural systems were engaged in both groups throughout.

 This would seem to rule out the possibility that these results could be explained by any property of the stimuli apart from their being deemed “true” or “false” by the subjects in our study. The involvement of the VMPFC for belief is consistent with our earlier findings [1].

In our earlier study of belief, we found anterior insula signal to be associated with the contrast disbelief minus belief.

Kapogiannis et al. [2] also found signal in the insula to be correlated with the rejection of religious statements deemed false. The significance of the anterior insula for negative affect/appraisal has been discussed above. Because Kapogiannis et al. did not include a nonreligious control condition in their experiment, they interpreted the insula’s recruitment as a sign that violations of religious doctrine might provoke “aversion, guilt, or fear of loss” in people of faith.

Reducing the statistical thresholding in our present study did nominate the insula as a region of interest for disbelief, in both groups and on both categories of stimuli. However, these areas of signal did not survive our cluster thresholding.

Our previous study of belief, in which we explicitly modeled uncertainty, revealed greater signal in the ACC and adjacent regions of the superior frontal gyrus in the uncertainty condition. Given that our signal maps in the contrast religious minus nonreligious elicited this same pattern, we speculate that both groups experienced greater cognitive conflict and uncertainty while evaluating religious statements.

In support of this conjecture, we also note that our religious stimuli, while semantically and grammatically well matched to our nonreligious stimuli, incurred longer response times for both groups. This contrast also showed bilateral signal in the striatum and the anterior insulae. It is perhaps not surprising that the evaluation of religious statements would more fully engage regions of the brain responsive to emotional salience, both positive and negative.

The contrast religious minus nonreligious also showed increased signal in the medial parietal regions regularly associated with self-referential tasks. We note that a possible difference between responding to our religious and nonreligious stimuli is that, for both groups, a person’s answers could serve to affirm his or her identity: i.e. for every religious trial, Christians were explicitly affirming their religious worldview, while nonbelievers were explicitly denying the truth-claims of religion.

The opposite contrast, nonreligious minus religious, showed increased signal in left hemisphere memory networks. Thus, judgments about the nonreligious stimuli presented in our study seemed more dependent upon those brain systems involved in accessing stored knowledge.
Finally, several regions showed greater signal in both groups in response to “blasphemous” statements (i.e. those that ran counter to Christian doctrine).

The ventral striatum signal in this contrast suggests that decisions about these stimuli may have been more rewarding for both groups: Nonbelievers may take special pleasure in making assertions that explicitly negate religious doctrine, while Christians may enjoy rejecting such statements as false.

There is, of course, no reason to expect that any regions of the human brain be dedicated solely to belief and disbelief. Nevertheless, our work suggests that these opposing states of cognition can be discriminated by functional neuroimaging and are intimately tied to networks involved in self-representation and reward. Despite vast differences in the underlying processing responsible for religious and nonreligious modes of thought, the distinction between believing and disbelieving a proposition appears to transcend content.

These results may have many areas of application—ranging from the neuropsychology of religion, to the use of “belief-detection” as a surrogate for “lie-detection,” to understanding how the practice of science itself, and truth-claims generally, emerge from the biology of the human brain.
Theresa Janette Thurmond Morris writes about people, places, and things pertaining to “Alien Civilizations Exist!” She is a believer and supporter of the future and the accepts that other solar systems and ascended beings exist! She believes that we are not alone in this universe and that we are being visited by other beings more sophisticated than ourselves. She would be glad to speak on the subject and why she believes so strongly. You can read her articles and books. Visit her websites: http://www.socialparanormal.com,
http://www.americannews.com Email Theresa Janette Thurmond Morris.

Alien Civilizations Exist!
A True Alien and UFO Story
by Theresa Janette Thurmond Morris
Posted: 23:48 August 9, 2007

When I was a young girl before I started school, somewhere between three and five, I was taken (by extraterrestrials) on a ride (on an UFO) and brought back and left alone.
I have strong memories of this incident. At the time I apparently had been gone for some time for I saw my grandmother and Aunt and Uncle looking for me. I was the first daughter and my mother had my sister in our home.
She sent for my grandmother who did not drive who called my Aunt and Uncle and they came to look for me. I watched them search for me and knew I had to come back down because they were worried and looking for me. I was put down in the empty field on the corner.
I understood that I was needed, loved, and wanted in two places. I wanted to stay with the beings I was with and yet, it was explained to me that for a while I was to be with my family on earth. I accepted my destiny as I was a small child and knew I had no choice.
I had knowledge that I now realize is only normal for a certain percentage of the earth’s population. The feeling of wanting to go home was common for many people on earth and I was accustomed to hearing this from the people I would meet along my growth process on earth.
I did what normal children do and began school. I was fine until I contracted a debilitating disease, yet no one ever really could find out from where I contracted the disease. It was “Hepatitis A” – a contagious liver disease. I became very ill and had a complete blood transfusion and it was believed that I was going to die.

Only a few near relatives visited me and I recovered after a fight for my life and a long recovery process. I have memories of visiting, in my mind, these alien beings that explained to me that I was very ill but that I would recover. It was not my time to leave earth. I recovered and had a strong desire to visit White Sands, New Mexico.

My grandmother and Aunt and Uncle had decided to take me on my trip since my Uncle lived in Mexico and worked at Los Alamos and we could visit White Sands and the Carlsbad Caverns. On that trip, I went with my two cousins into the White Sand dunes and we played and talked about the beings and the spacecraft of the aliens. Alien Civilizations Exist!

A True Alien and UFO Story
by Theresa Janette Thurmond Morris

We saw one come over and land and we were allowed to go inside and visit. We were not with the adults and they were on the other side of the Sand Dunes and they never found out. The three of us talked among the adults and ourselves overheard us later and my cousins were reprimanded for mentioning the aliens and referring to what was termed UFOs.
My grandmother got upset and whispered to me to never mention that word again. I asked why and was told that it was a bad word. My cousins said, “Dad is not allowed to talk about where he works and the aliens and UFOs. Uncle explained to all of us in the car that this was a secret project and that he was never to speak of it with anyone and was really upset with his two children for mentioning this.
The two cousins were a boy, about my age of eight, and his older sister who was about thirteen. We went to Carlsbad Caverns and an Indian Reservation and visited my other cousins living on an Indian reservation.
We drove back home to Monroe and we never spoke of our trip again.
I wasn’t even allowed photos to keep of my own. I always believed in other beings but now learned it was taboo to speak of. I did not understand since we were allowed to look and point at Sputnik as it came flying overhead. But, nevertheless, I never spoke of them again until I was married and my husband worked at NASA. He called me up to come get him one night and allowed me to listen to the audiotapes made by the astronaut’s. I had to have a security clearance filled out in the past so he felt it was OK to listen. I heard the astronauts speaking of a bogey and I asked what that was and I listened to the conversation and after a few minutes my husband told me they had seen a UFO and he was instructed to delete these words from the tapes.
He is dead now, but I thought someone should know, so I will put this letter in a journal.
I again realized that people were not to know the truth about UFOs or bogeys. Steve was emotionally torn for days and weeks about whether he should report this or record this, but he spoke with several of his friends about it and they all told him if he did that he would lose his job and no one would believe him and he would be discredited and thought of as crazy and would never work again in the space industry. We forgot about it and went on taking care of our four daughters as if nothing had happened.
Giving birth to our fourth daughter, I nearly died having placenta previa and experienced out of body experiences. I came and went in and out of my body. This caused me to believe in astral travel even though I didn’t know what it was.

#My mother was traumatized by the experience and so I spoke with my husband’s grandmother who came to help take care of my children and me. She told me to write it all down and that someday I should write a book, but it was 1974 and people wouldn’t believe me, but someday they would.
My four daughters all had a funny ability to sing songs at the same time, burn out new light bulbs, and had odd sightings of UFOs. We spoke about them, as it was a normal part of our lives. As my children became adults with children of their own and jobs, they chose not to ever speak of this to their children because it was so unbelievable still to other people.

Began searching for my soul mate, the one I called the Commander, on earth who could fly these UFOs the same as I had been taught.
I found him and married him. Tom had worked underground at a military facility after being on temporary ordered from Fort Hood to Fort Bliss. I shared some of my memories with Tom when we were dating.
I scared him and we did not marry for five years because of my casual references to the military, aliens and UFOs. We married in 2000 and bought a home in Kentucky.
We have sightings and share some of the same memories of aliens and UFOs. We call the small 30x30s (the size of the round UFOs are 30 feet by 30 feet) the galaxy universal shuttles or GUS for short.
We know of many alien beings and both of us has worked for the military and drove over the roads in the U.S. holding Commercial Driver’s Licenses.
As truck drivers we learned that many other truck drivers have regular sightings and spoke of you. We did not learn of Stanton Friedman until 2006. I called Stan March 22, 2006 and he was at a conference. He sent me two books signed and dated so this is how I know the date. Stan is a believer but has never seen UFOs.
We have but Tom, who is still very hesitant to speak of his experiences. I on the other hand, feel it is our duty to share what we know but only with those who are true believers. Tom and I live and share our beliefs with each other but our families don’t want to hear about our beliefs and ask us not to speak of UFOs, so we don’t.
There are many people who may want to know the truth and there are those who believe and want to know that we are not alone in this universe and that alien civilizations do exist!
There is much to know and share about aliens and UFOs but only for those who have advanced enough in our primary human brains to use all or both halves of our brains. The sixth sense or intuition, feelings, premonitions come from the right side of our brain and are as important as our left or logical side of our brain.
I believe that our race has to advance enough to accept that aliens exist and that UFOs are a common mode of travel in the universe. The alloy used for the UFOs is not of this earth and is much stronger. Nuclear power is in the space trash and is scooped up and used as fuel by the UFOs.

Mars was once inhabited by a race of beings similar to human beings and someday we will find proof that Mars was once where earth was and was populated with beings such as us. There are beings that are humanoid that now watch over us hoping we advance but also knowing we are primitive enough to still fight for the survival of our race.
The galaxy closest to us is inhabited with these being who have taken the greys as allies to fight what could be a war to save both our galaxies if a certain race of beings similar to “Klingons” ever finds us through worm hole travel. The beings are similar to “Vulcans” but don’t have pointed ears. They have only four fingers and these only have four digits.
There is much we know but you realize that in any good story one should always leave the audience wanting more! I hope you do! These experiences are dedicated to all truck drivers. We’ve been there!
Other Articles about Alien Abduction:
 Proof in the Stars? Astronomy Holds the Key to Alien Abduction
 Mass Abduction of Abductee Support Group
 “Alien” “Abductions
 One in five Americans believe in alien abductions
 With knowledge of Iraq, terrorism and ET abductions, John Mack …

REINCARNATION
MY LIFE’S
Human Experiences    
By: Theresa J. Thurmond Morris

“The most beautiful thing one can experience is the mysterious. It is truly the basis of all arts and sciences.” Albert Einstein

Introduction
Reincarnation has more than one definition but the one I am choosing to use in this book is this; Reincarnation is the ability to ascend by way of spirit and soul reborn into another existence. This book I am writing may permit one to believe but not compel one to believe or disbelieve.
Reincarnation is not confinement but rather enlightenment of the soul.
One thing I have learned in this lifetime is that one cannot force time or energy into the space we exist. Reincarnation is about creativity and choices. Reincarnation is about conscience, competence, character. We have as a part of our soul and spirit a driving force called free will. Our will can be influenced by outside forces but, it is ultimately our own freewill that guides us through our decision making while we exist on earth. For instance, all my worldly possessions can be taken from me and I can be put in prison for actions against me. My physical and mental person can be questioned and accused of wrongdoings, whether true of false but put it confinement against my will never the less. All I am left with is my mental, physical and spiritual body in a cell of restriction. I might be forced to believe in a certain religion in order to live and not die in this world. I can be physically and mentally beaten to a point of submission where all I have left are my thoughts and memories. I can have a stroke and lose a portion of my physical body and brain. I still have my self inside a mental and physical body and I speak of myself as being human.  Some people even have their thoughts taken from them. Brainwashed into believing in another way of thinking than the culture in which they were born. When even our memories and thoughts are taken away, I believe we have spirit in our soul that keeps us alive. Why some people are declared clinically brain dead when others are not? Why do some families have the right to decide when their loved ones will die in a controlled environment whether with hospice at home or in the hospital or rest home? Some of these questions are simply answered by it is the custom or culture in which they live. There is a place in Tibet where the monks put their fellow dead monk’s bodies out for the vultures to eat what is left of their physical bodies. Who is to say this is wrong other than it does not agree with the ways of most people and cultures in the world. This book is to not say what is right or wrong or written to pass judgment on any way of life or culture. I was born a white Anglo-Saxon protestant female in this lifetime.  I don’t believe that my way of life or culture is the only one or the only right way to live on earth. How does a white red blooded American born to the southern name of Thurmond ever decides to believe in reincarnation? That is question!

I speak from experience having left my body on many occasions. But, this book is not about out-of-body experiences only but about why I believe in reincarnation which is our human experiences. Unlike some religions that believe that we begin as something less such as an animal. I have many memories some more interesting than others. One not so memorable but maybe important to others somehow is a memory of being in a field of wheat in open country which I believe was what is now called Oklahoma and I could see deep paths where buffalo had roamed and I felt great happiness and remorse at that time in my life. I cannot tell if I was dead or alive but from where my mind’s eye was at that time in that lifetime, I was laying in a field of tall wheat it was a sunny day and I could see that the wind was blowing and I was neither hot nor cold. I felt as if I had been an Indian woman and that my life was either expired or about to expire. That feeling I have had many times and the memories that don’t seem to fit into this life of reality are what made me wonder about reincarnation and also my near death experiences. I have been in an intensive care unit in the hospital and heard the buzzer sound of an alarm when my own heart flat lined and I heard my mother scream and yell for doctors and anyone to help. I have laid in a coma for days needing blood and heard people talking about me when I could not answer. There are many such episodes in this lifetime and I feel that these life experiences are what are driving my spirit to share them on paper in words for others to find with hopes that there are some explanations of life in my experiences.

I consider my spirit the energy that never dies and my soul the place the energy dwells or resides. The professionals in philosophy, religion and science can debate this and have for as long as humans have been able to think and question is there a God or higher creative power.

When I die, I know that I still have my soul and spirit when nothing else is left in this world to cling too. Not my body or my mind. I believe all that I have lived through in this lifetime and others is what permits me to write this book. Whether others believe it to be true or not is not up to me. All that is up to me is what I know to be my own life experiences which have become my truth to have and to hold when there is nothing else left.  

Why am I here? A question that has to do with my ego on one level but I truly want to know the answer so I search and research. Education levels and accomplishments are a major concern in life but who is to say a wise man will enter heaver quicker than a foolish one, or a poor man will inherit more in the end than a rich one? What are authorities saying or speculating about this topic? I decided to research this topic and this book is the goal I set for my findings. I hope you can use this book on your path in life as a manual to compare your own life’s experiences in a journal until you are ready to write a book own. Your own life’s experiences recorded in written form for other human have to find and compare their own life’s existence. I do not make any promises such as finding a perfect and peaceful new world, however, it is my hope that anyone who reads this books finds health and prosperity easier in this lifetime after acquiring and reading this book.

If you find this book helpful please tell your friends and book clubs about it so they may decide for themselves if this is a helpful life tool. I know that writing a book seems totally egotistical but I also believe that there are others who are not quite ready to write their own book who may enjoy reading this and citing certain incidences that they may be wondering about in their lifetime on their path to eternal progression or ascension. I will say that I have enjoyed my time on earth and experienced its ups and downs here in the United States of America. I hope that this helps all who can relate to a life upward as an ascension being.

“Never stop seeking that which you think is unobtainable! Life is more than we can imagine in one life time.” Theresa Morris

The Author

I was meant to write in this lifetime. I have written articles for newspapers and magazines for years. I have had websites for many years and have held information and psychic seminars. I have participated in whole life expositions. I have believed in psychic and paranormal phenomena when it was not fashionable to do so. I have been a psychic in Hawaii and began the first Ascension Center. I began my first book in 1959 after having my first near death experience. I was asked to write about my second near death in 1974 after having placenta previa while having my fourth daughter. Then while working as an investigator for attorneys I met many people who were professionals in Houston, Texas. This is when my personal life took a turn and I was introduced to a very interesting mysterious bookstore called The Aquarian Age Bookstore near Rice University. I was asked to write a book of my experiences as an Investigator in 1985 after these two ladies who were the owners of this bookstore took me to my first MUFON meeting at NASA, in Clear Lake, Texas near Houston.

I soon found myself on my first International investigation in South Africa in 1985. I returned and was actively recruited into the U.S. federal government after taking a series of tests. Thus began my life working for the government as a civil employee and I learned about the U.S. Navy after doing boot camp in Orlando, Florida. It is now closed down. I spent some time in Denver, Colorado and Great Lakes, Illinois before being transferred to Honolulu, Hawaii. I was first given a free ticket to Washington, D.C. where I was given another series of tests.
I joined the U.S. Navy in 1985 as a reservist and worked as a civilian in personnel and information security. I had begun to write again in 1987. While I was working for the government I was moonlighting as a psychic in Honolulu at some seminars and psychic fairs. I decided to take the PSI World Seminars classes and completed the basic, the Women’s Leadership Seminar, PSI 7 at the ranch where Thomas Wilhite and his wife formed the non profit organization for people synergistically involved or PSI. The final graduation of PSI was held in Long Beach California at the Hilton Hotel where we had several days of instruction and heard from authors who had written successful books. The mastermind groups included seven people and we all decided that someday we would write a book about our life experiences. This is my attempt at completing that goal I decided on back in 1993.There was a total of five seminars and graduates could always go back and attend free for the rest of their lives. A pretty good deal if you like being in a positive group of people all gathered for self improvement in an environment of music and instructors or life coaches. After graduating from my life improvement courses I had met two good friends named Dr. Laura Sturgis and Cynthia Chu. They both introduced me to the vibrasound table. This was an uplifting experience to say the least. Cynthia Chu has since named this table as her transport table. After deep spiritual and physical cleansing techniques learned with the Hawaiians I was inspired to write this:

THE HAWAII KAHUNA LEGEND OF THE DELPHI GODDESSES

ONE UPON A TIME LONG, LONG AGO, FAR, FAR AWAY, IN ANOTHER SPACE, IN ANOTHER TIME, IN ANOTHER GALAXY, LIVED THREE BEAUTIFUL MAIDENS WHO LIVED WITH THEIR FATHER THE KING. THE MAIDENS WERE VERY BEAUTIFUL, JUST, SMART, PERFECT, AND PURE OF HEART.

ONE DAY, IN THE ENCHANTED GARDENS OF HESPERIDES, THE MAIDENS DECIDED TO PLAY A GAME. THEY DEICDED TO THROW THE GOLDEN APPLES OF THE TREE OF KNOWLEDGE OVER THE SIDE OF THE UNIVERSE.

AS EACH ONE TOOK AN APPLE FROM THE TREE, SOMETHING HAPPENED. EACH MAIDEN CHANGED INTO A MORE SOLID FORM. THE THREE SISTERS WENT TO THEIR FATHER THE KING TO ASK WHY.

THEIR FATHER EXPLAINED TO THEM THAT AS MUSH AS HE LOVED THEM AND DESIRED THEM TO STAY IN HIS UNIVERSE, THAT IT WAS NOW TIME FOR THEM TO LEAVE HIS KINGDOM CALLED PARADISE AND BEGIN A NEW WORLD OF THEIR OWN.

THE THREE MAIDENS WERE SADDENED BY THIS NEWS YET SOMEWHAT OPTIMISTIC AS THEIR FATHER EXLPAINED TO THEM THAT THIS WAS PREORDAINED. THIS WAS FOR THEIR GROWTH IN KNOWLEDGE OF THE TREE OF LIFE.

THEIR FATHER, THE KING EXPLAINED TO THE THREE THAT THEY WOULD NEVER BE ALONE AND THAT THEIR SPIRITS WOULD LIVE FOREVER IN ALL TIME AND ETERNITY.

THEIR FATHER EXPLAINED THAT LIFE IS ETERNAL AND THAT THEY SHOULD GO NOW TO LEARN MORE ABOUT THEMSELVES AND EACH OTHER AND WHEN THEY RETURNED THEY WOULD BE GODDESSES.

THEIR FATHER SENT THEM TO ANOTHER GALAXY AS HE HAD THE POWER TO DO. THE GALAXY WAS THE UNIVERSE WHICH HOUSED MANY PLANETS. THE PLANET HE SENT TO LIVE ON WAS CALLED EARTH.

THE FATHER WATCHED OVER HIS THREE DAUGHTERS ALWAYS AND KNEW THEY WOULD ALWAYS FIND EACH OTHERS IN ALL THE MANY LIFE CYCLES WHICH THEY WOULD LIVE. THEY WOULD LIVE ON EARTH MANY TIMES, BETTERING THEMSELVES AND LEARNING THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE TREE OF LIFE.

THEIR FATHER WOULD SEND COUNCILS OF LIGHT TO ASSIST THEM FROM TIME TO TIME IN DIFFERNET LIFE TIMES TO ASSIST THEM IN UNDERSTANDING THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE TREE OF LIFE.

AS THE DAUGHTERS LIVED ON EARTH THEY WOULD LIVE EACH LIFETIME PERFECTING THEIR MEMORIES OF THE LIFETIMES REMEMBERED BEFORE.

THE DAUGHTERS WERE LATER JOINED BY THE SONS OF HEAVER AND WERE ALLOWED TO MULTIPLY AS THIS WAS ALSO PREORDAINED.

AS TIME WENT BY AND MANY PLANETS WERE INHABITED THE DAUGHER OF THE EARTH BECAME MUCH SMARTER AND LEARNED MUCH KNOWLEDGE ABOUT THEMSELVES, EACH OTHER, AND THE TREE OF LIFE. THEY LEARNED OF THE LOVE THEY HAD FOR EACH OTHER AND MANKIND.

SOON, THEY LEARNED TO SHARE THEIR KNOWLEDGE WITH ALL THE PEOPLE OF ALL THE EARTH AND THE OTHER PLANETS.

ONE DAY THEY HEARD THEIR FATHER SPEAK. ALL THE EARTH AND THE MANY PLANETS OF THE MAIDENS UNIVERSE WERE KNOWLEDGEABLE AND ACQUIRED PERFECT THOUGHTS ONCE AGAIN WHICH ALLOWED THEM TO RETURN TO THE GARDEN OF HESPERIDES.

THEIR FATHER EXPLAINED TO ALL MANKIND THAT BEING PERFECT WAS ONCE AGAIN ACCOMPLISHED AND THEY COULD RETURN HOME AGAIN TO PARADISE.

THIS IS WHEN THE THREE MAIDENS TOLD THEIR FATHER THAT THEY HAD DECIDED TO STAY N EARTH SURROUNDED BY THE ONES THEY LOVED.

THEIR FATHER WAS PLEASED WITH THE DECISION HIS DAUGHTERS HAD MADE AND GAVE THEM PERMISSION TO RULE THIS PLACE CALLED EARTH AS THE GODDESSES OF DELPHI.

HE TOLD HIS DAUGHTERS THAT, AS THE DAUGHTER OF DELPHI THAT THERE WOULD ALWAYS BE A DOOR OPEN TO RETURN TO HIS HOUSE IN PARADISE. HE ALSO TOLD THE GODDESSES THAT THE HIGH COUNCIL AND THE MOST HIGH COUNCIL WOULD AWAYS BE AVAILABLE TO THEM.

NOW IT TIME, HAWAII KAHUNA LEGEND HAS IT THAT;
EVERY EVENING AT MIDNIGHT YOU CAN FIND THE DOOR WAY TO DELPHI. IF YOU CAN FIND THE SPIRITUAL PATHWAY LEADING YOU TO THE GODDESSES WHO TEACH THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE TREE OF LIFE AND THE TREE OF KNOWLEDGE AND THE TREE OF GOLDEN APPLES IN THE GARDEN OF HESPERIDES.

MUSIC AND WORDS OF THE DELPHI GODDESSES

In 2005, I committed many of my life experiences to a two part story with music in the background to a CD. I named it Atlantis Oracle and Delphi Oracle. The above legend was not put on the CD.

I have been a daughter, sister, granddaughter, wife, mother, friend, associate, and professionally, an entrepreneur, dance and baton instructor, choreographer, salesperson, administrative assistant, Legal Investigator, Private Investigator, military personnel, active, inactive and general service. I have been a professional over the road truck driver with a commercial driver’s license and traveled all over the United States and many other countries. I was a President/CEO of a corporation and Investigative Reporter. I have been a professional psychic and a spiritual counselor. I have started profit and non-profit corporations in the United States. I have been a singer, dancer, songwriter, producer, and member of associations and volunteered for community projects for many years. My hobbies change but for now they are surfing the Internet on topics in quantum physics and stellar travels and discoveries, playing a card game called Texas Holdem, and riding my motorcycle. I love animals and people but live in a cedar cabin in the woods with my dogs and husband. I support the belief that alien civilizations exist and that we are visited by other beings here on earth. I believe that I have had other lifetimes in other galaxies but can only include those lives that are at the forefront of my lifetimes here on earth in this present physical and mental body.

Since I am American, I will be using English and it is my hope and desire that this book be published in many languages throughout the world. So, now I have told you why I chose to write these books and that the book is the result of my choice to set a goal to write a book in this lifetime.

Maybe I can help the world with a little more perspective on this topic of reincarnation or at least about them. I hope that something I say in this book strikes a chord in others so that they may find what they are looking for on their journey in life on earth whether it pertains to certain topics of discussion in religion, spirituality, philosophy, science, psychology, sociology, culture, or history, I feel this book will be of some use to anyone and everyone that wants to find their purpose in life and why they are here on earth serving time as a human being.

Do Memories Count?

Maybe the memories I have are not mine or maybe they are. This is part of my journey to find out. I know who I am based on my birth certificate and my memories of my life with my birth parents here on earth. But, I also have other memories that don’t fit into this lifetime and also have had experiences that simply don’t make sense in the world in which I am told to exist. The lifetime experiences and memories are all that I have to give. So I ask you, do memories count? What if this is all we can take with us when we leave this plane of existence? I will try to remain as earthly in my descriptions as possible. I never was one to like the airy fairy way of speaking that some psychics become accustomed too for the entertainment value. I never cared for drama queens so had trouble getting along with women until I grew somewhat into my thirties and associated with more women as adults rather than teenagers. But, I am getting ahead of the story. Let me start from the beginning of this lifetime and in this body. I will try not to lose you in the twists and turns I call my life experiences.

One of My Earth Lives
This One I am physically experiencing Now

Let me start at the beginning of this lifetime and this will include all the other memories in other lifetimes and how I came to have these memories of being several people in one body in this lifetime on earth. I think. Sometimes what I think and what I feel are two different things entirely. Women will relate to this more than men but read on. You know, Men are from Mars and Women are from Venus. By the way, the woman I met at the Aquarian Age Bookstore was that author’s mother. His name happened to be Gray. What a coincidence! Well, you will get what I mean when I get to my extra terrestrial (ET) experiences.

In this lifetime, I was born Theresa Janette Thurmond, on December 26, 1951 to a Theresa Mae Bolton and a Nathaniel Burton Thurmond in Monroe, Ouachita Parish, Louisiana. I weighed 10 pounds and 3 ounces and was 19 inches long. I wasn’t really longer than most babies but I was heavier. Mother went into labor on Christmas day and they were hoping for a Christmas baby and my name would have been Holly or Wilhelmina but that’s another story that only my mother tells well. I don’t have memories of any name as a child except Jan. Jan short for Janette. Mother’s name was Theresa so I guess they decided to call me Jan. I just heard today from my mother of seventy-five years old that she was named by her father who gave her the name Theresa which was the name of one of his old girlfriends. That was something I had not committed to memory though I faintly remember me asking the question once of my grandmother Sara Esther Bolton and she telling me the same story but with some disgust in her voice. I was the apple of my grandmother’s eye. I don’t know why I was so close to my grandmother but I always was her favorite of my mother’s seven children. I was the oldest and actually my father wanted a boy. I to this day feel that I should have been a boy. I guess that is one of the reasons I decided to write about reincarnation. There are several twists and curious oddities in my story and I hope that my life is not a total disappointment to my four daughters or their children. I now have twelve grandchildren and all four of my daughters are beautiful and still alive. I have lost one brother to aids and one to alcoholism in this lifetime which was very painful to say the lease being that they are both younger than me. My husband gives me some comfort and after being married legally five times but had one annulment I have had several names and now outlived two of the five husbands. But, that is not the most interesting parts of my lifetime. I am not trying to impress anyone as you can see or read. So far there is nothing impressive about my choices in life. Maybe the choices I didn’t want to make are not very impressive either. But, I do have memories of how I wanted my life to be and I always said I would never get married and I would never have children. I am not sure why those feelings were so strong in me but apparently I had my reasons to believe this was as a child. I was very determined when I told people this as a child. I was a girl and a rather pretty child. I wanted to be a boy and therefore considered myself a tomboy and good in sports. My mother kept my in laced panties and socks to match my dresses in the 1950’s. We just went to see the movie that was released today called “Hairspray” with John Travolta. Mother had seen the original movie in 1988 with my brother David, now deceased and my sister, Leticia who we called Tish. Some how this was important to her and we had to go see it therefore, being that my mother still influences my life, we went to see “Hairspray.” Movies may be a form of escapism but they have been a part of my life since I was born. If you think about the time I was born the day after Christmas in 1951, you will probably see that this was the time of the baby boomers and a time that parents wanted the best for their children.

My grandmother Sara Esther was a pretty lady but had been divorced at a time when it was not well accepted to raise children alone. I called her Sistie which she didn’t seem to mind. I was told that my little girlfriend had a big sister and she called her sister and since I hung around with my grandmother a lot I decided to call her sister which came our Sistie. Sistie, Sara Esther Richman married David Eric Bolton and they had my mother Theresa Mae Bolton and later a boy, my uncle named Harold Eric Bolton. They were born in Clarks, Louisiana. Times were tough during this time as it was during the depression.
  

AFTERLIFE, BRAIN, DEATH, MEMORY. MIND, SPIRIT, ET UFOS

Afterlife, brain, death, memory, mind, spirit, extra terrestrials and unidentified flying objects all have something in common with all of us.  There are sentient intelligent beings accepting changes on earth.

I personally believe that science and the humanities can be bridged together in my lifetime using the brain, mind, physical body, and the spiritual soul body. I personally have done things and experienced life in many ways while in this physical and mental body. I strongly suggest that others exist like me on earth. I also strongly suggest that there are many people who have experienced themselves outside of their own physical and mental bodies.

This is a form of existence for many human beings on earth. There are doctors and scientist who are aware of people who say they have had near death experiences (NDE), out of body experiences (OBE), and ET UFO experiences. (ET UFO Exp). Some prefer to call these contacts, some abductions, and some experiences. Regardless of the words chosen or accepted while in discussion, these situations are real. The differences that have occurred are based on the individuals and yet we know there are now similarities.

 I will use me as a female human writer as an example. Some beings including myself refer to people like me as a human hybrid.  I have had experiences while in these physical and mental bodies on earth.

 I am human and yet I have memories of being more than human. I wondered where these memories came from and the physical experiences I have had on earth make me explore and research more about life on earth in general. I am presently doing my own exploration and research and hoping to increase others in my quest for knowledge about being a sentient human intelligent being while sharing information of others not of earth.

I am human but I believe in life after death and ET UFOS. This is my birthright as an American. I am not so sure that everyone on this planet is allowed to believe anything they want too while living on earth.

I know that there are many women such as myself on earth and their existence may depend on how they interact with their owl family, society, community, culture, and traditions. These may also include religious beliefs based on the tribe’s ancestors. Afterlife, brain, cognition, death and ET UFOs may never enter the conversations among many people on this planet.

How in the world can we all exist on one planet with so many variations on who we are, where we are, where we will go when we die, why we are here, and what we are?

I have some ideas that I would like to share and hope that others will find that I can stimulate their brain functions. I am asked to continue writing because I come up with information and thoughts that are stimulating to the general populace who find my articles intriguing.  I want to thank my readers for support.

People ask me all the time to write more and to share more of my own experiences. I am always writing articles free on the Internet. This way, the information gets out to the populace in a faster rate of speed than waiting on me to complete a book. Although, I do plan on completing several books because I personally would like to read them.  If this sounds funny or egotistical, one will have to continue following my own personal story to understand what it is like being me as an alien hybrid on earth.

I have physically been checked out this month in fact and found that nothing is wrong with me. That is encouraging in many ways. There are many mental disorders that I could see myself accepting as part of me and allowing myself to become very ill. However, that is not a functional situation while here on earth.

Most of what we do is unconscious. There are many levels of our existence while in human form. I choose to believe that our physical body and our mental body are only tools of our spiritual body and soul body. There are people on earth that separate the mental and emotional bodies. I realize that our emotions are responsible for many of our feelings while in the physical and mental bodies because we are human.

Now, in 2008, we have neural scientists, and neurologists who can assist us with our understanding of the energy we use as chemical that create our thoughts in neurons in our brain. There are many parts of the brain and there are many pathways. We are making new ones all the time. Just as we recreate our physical bodies, we recreate our mental bodies.  Our afterlife is a continuation of our soul memory.  I can see that this article is going to have to be in a series of articles because the information is too important to skip.

PARANORMAL INTUITION MEMORIES (PAST LIVES & ET UFOS)

Order in chaos seems to be the goal of many in my paranormal and ET UFO communities.

We all have those whom we correspond with on a regular basis and most of my people are all into the science and metaphysical realms of interest. These include the Neuro psychosocial issues of today.

 Sharing ideas, thoughts, theories, and hypothesis is what we do and right now, we are all using at least two mediums, UFO Digest and American Chronicle.

Presently, I am interested in Neuro cognitive psychology and the paranormal of human beings, which includes me.

I am going to try to answer as many questions as I can for others who are interested in my research.

Steve Hammons has related information to me on his Indian ancestors. For those interested, I too have Indian blood as O positive. This is a common type among American Indians. I have had past life experiences with memories of a life as a woman who was killed. I have a very strong memory of being a woman who was considered a Shaman and Medicine Woman with certain interests in assisting others of many tribes.

There are memories of being short, overweight, rather dumpy but very loving and caring. I had large bones and shared my knowledge with a group of many Indians who were peacekeepers.

One of the memories is during a great meeting with Tecumseh and his brother and other leaders. They had all met and allowed me to come into a tent to share my visions. I had done so when I created an alarm among the tribes with my visions.

I went out to sit along the banks of a lake nearby and I could see the large fire inside the tents over to my right. They were all around the main area and not too far from the lake.
I do not know the location in America but I do know this was a memory in America.

I was sitting with a blanket around me because the weather felt like fall and there was a cool breeze in the air.

Somehow, unbeknownst to me I am allowed to see the vision only from behind my own back. I see it like a memory of mine in the body but I have passed this lifetime.

I see that someone approaches me from behind and uses a knife to end my life. I am then thrown into the lake. This memory is one that I am not fond of but it gives me an insight into a past life when I feel I did contribute to the tribes that were lead by Tecumseh.

I am going to have to continue this story through several articles but I will syndicate them freely for those interested in following them on my websites.

The Deity Debates in the ET UFO Community

There are various beings on earth in the ET UFO Community that have chosen to write for UFO Digest as paranormal writers. Some have taken up the process of describing their main topics of interest working with the old religions on earth that include God, Mohammed, Jesus Christ and Buddha.

What is all of these religious deities or spiritual leaders lived and walked the earth at one time and were the teachers of their time on earth? We have stories that reflect that someone called God did walk on earth with certain men.

There is also the debate on whether the deities that visited earth who in the ancient of days called God did offer some type of leadership with gadgets that were as clouds by day and fire by night. This we can see in the old testament of the Bible and other places.

The one debate of many that has come to the attention of many ET UFO and paranormal writers is that of “Jesus Christ” as a being. Once on earth there was a debate as to whether to accept Christ as a man or a God. Being the son of God born on earth as a mere human was a hard fact to accept.

The fact that this person called “Jesus”, “The Messiah”, “Jehovah“, “Emanuel” and other names by the Jewish people may or may not be accepted at this time by all people. According to those whom I am aware of on earth not all do.  What happened to those who did not accept him as their savior at the time he was here on earth? What happened to those who did?

The fact is, we do not know and no one has proven the difference in those who believe in the man named Jesus versus the ones who believe in the Jesus as the son of God. We can only speculate through history based on stories that were written not during the time Jesus was on earth but afterwards. There were parchments, books, and stories handed down orally that may have grown into legends and of mythic proportions through time.

The fact remains that wars have been fought over this being in the past history of earth. This we can apparently prove again based only on history told in parchments, books, stories handed down orally and in writing that have grown into legends and myths through time.
The people of earth have separated themselves into categories based not only on culture, history, and geographic regions but on religious belief systems.

The main areas of religions have been broken down into Buddhists, Jews, Christians, Muslims, Pagans, and various others. We cannot keep fighting wars over religions. Although profitable to those in charge of governments and the contractors that provide the warring machines, and products such as guns and ammunition, we have outgrown that level and have now entered into the weapons of mass destruction era with laser technology but more importantly nuclear weapon technology.

There are more intelligent being species that exist in our universe that have a stake in our welfare than many in the past suspected.

We may in the past have called those above celestials, angels, demons, aliens, and even Gods. But, that time has passed.

We now need to realize that these aliens or extraterrestrials that have always come and gone from this planet are real and have done what they could to assist but not appear directly to us as a whole population or species on earth.

There are some who were touched by their presence and later became better people on earth for it. They realized that there was more to life on earth and did what they could to spread this truth.

There are reasons why they choose to allow us to educate ourselves.

We may not have all the correct answers but there has been time on earth for us to evolve into better thinkers and less such a physically hostile race of beings.

The ET UFO Community should now be looking at sharing all the information that is available from those who have been contactees. Sharing the information and comparing all the notes since they are obviously important to our survival as a species on earth.

The news that some of us have been contacted is now new. The only part of the ET UFO Community story that is new is that we are all more interested in researching, analyzing, and comparing notes of those of us who have been contacted by extraterrestrials.

Many of the beings on earth have seen spacecraft in earth’s atmosphere not of earth origin. This is what the extraterrestrials use to come and go from this planet we call earth.

This planet may be as much theirs as ours if not more so belonging to a higher more intelligent being species than those of us who appear to be younger than they are in mental understanding of the universe.

The future of our ET UFO COMMUNITY may be about sharing what some of us who are contactees know to be the truth.

Those of us who share on earth simply want to learn of what will come of us on earth as we accept the truth that alien civilizations exist.
ACE FOLKLIFE STORIES OF LILITH – History known throughout time on earth that writers keep copying from one another the stories of their ancestors.

The Lilith Myth

Presented here is a chapter discussing Lilith, taken from Hebrew Myths: The Book of Genesis by Robert Graves and Raphael Patai (New York:  Doubleday, 1964), pp 65-69.  Graves and Patai have collected traditional Hebrew myths that amplify (and sometimes radically alter) stories found in the Book of Genesis.  This chapter, titled “Adam’s Helpmeets”, deals in part with the Lilith myth.  Each section of the chapter excerpted here recounts a “story” collected from non-biblical sources, frequently the Talmud — sources are footnoted.  The footnotes are followed by notes of author commentary.  Hebrew Myths is recently back in print in a new hardcover edition — Buy the Book.  (A much more extensive discussion of Lilith is found in the The Hebrew Goddess, also by Raphael Patai.  The Hebrew Goddess is in print and is listed next….)

The best detailed discussion and historical evaluation of the Lilith myth will be found in
The Hebrew Goddess, by Raphael Patai (Wayne State University Press, 3rd edition, 1978).   Patai presents an in-depth evaluation of the important but oft ignored role played by the feminine in Hebrew myth and religion, following the story of the Hebrew goddess from antiquity through its manifestations in Kabbalah and in the developing myth of Lilith.  We highly recommend this work to those interested in the story of Lilith. Those interested in the Lilith myth might also find interesting an essay discussing Gnostic creation mythology and the important role played by the feminine in the unique Gnostic reading of the Book of Genesis:  The Genesis Factor: Gnostic Creation Mythology.

Chapter 10: Adam’s Helpmeets
(Excerpt from The Hebrew Myths by Robert Graves and Raphael Patai (New York:  Doubleday, 1964), pp 65-69.)
(a) Having decided to give Adam a helpmeet lest he should be alone of his kind, God put him into a deep sleep, removed one of his ribs, formed it into a woman, and closed up the wound, Adam awoke and said: ‘This being shall be named “Woman”, because she has been taken out o f man. A man and a woman shall be one flesh.’ The title he gave her was Eve, ‘the Mother of All Living”. [1]
 (b) Some say that God created man and woman in His own image on the Sixth Day, giving them charge over the world; [2]  but that Eve did not yet exist. Now, God had set Adam to name every beast, bird and other living thing. When they passed before him in pairs, male and female, Adam-being already like a twenty-year-old man-felt jealous of their loves, and though he tried coupling with each female in turn, found no satisfaction in the act. He therefore cried: ‘Every creature but I has a proper mate, and prayed God would remedy this injustice. [3]
 (c) God then formed Lilith, the first woman, just as He had formed Adam, except that He used filth and sediment instead of pure dust. From Adam’s union with this demoness, and with another like her named Naamah, Tubal Cain’s sister, sprang Asmodeus and innumerable demons that still plague mankind. Many generations later, Lilith and Naamah came to Solomon’s judgment seat, disguised as harlots of Jerusalem’. [4]
 (d) Adam and Lilith never found peace together; for when he wished to lie with her, she took offence at the recumbent posture he demanded. ‘Why must I lie beneath you?’ she asked. ‘I also was made from dust, and am therefore your equal.’ Because Adam tried to compel her obedience by force, Lilith, in a rage, uttered the magic name of God, rose into the air and left him.
Adam complained to God: ‘I have been deserted by my helpmeet’ God at once sent the angels Senoy, Sansenoy and Semangelof to fetch Lilith back. They found her beside the Red Sea, a region abounding in lascivious demons, to whom she bore lilim children part human part demon animal at the rate of more than one hundred a day. ‘Return to Adam without delay,’ the angels said, `or we will drown you!’ Lilith asked: “How can I return to Adam and live like an honest housewife, after my stay beside the Red Sea?
“It will be death to refuse!“ they answered.
“How can I die?” Lilith asked again, “when God has ordered me to take charge of all newborn children: boys up to the eighth day of life, that of circumcision; girls up to the twentieth day.
“None the less, if ever I see your three names or likenesses displayed in an amulet above a newborn child, I promise to spare it.” To this they agreed; but God punished Lilith by making one hundred of her demon children perish daily; and if she could not destroy a human infant, because of the angelic amulet, she would spitefully turn against her own.
(e) Some say that Lilith ruled the then known civilization as Queen in Zmargad, and again as Queen of Sheba; and was also known as the Demoness Queen who destroyed Job’s sons.

 Yet she escaped the curse of death which overtook Adam, since they had parted long before the Fall. Lilith and Naamah not only strangleg new born  infants at birth when left alone in their cribs but would also seduce dreaming men, any one of whom were caught sleeping alone, may become their victim.

(f) Undismayed by His failure to give Adam a suitable helpmeet, God tried again, and let him watch while he built up a woman’s anatomy: using bones, tissues, muscles, blood and glandular secretions, then covering the whole with skin and adding tufts of hair in places. The sight caused Adam such disgust that even when this woman, the First Eve, stood there in her full beauty, he felt an invincible repugnance. God knew that He had failed once more, and took the First Eve away. Where she went, nobody knows for certain.
 (g) God tried a third time, and acted more circumspectly. Having taken a rib from Adam’s side in his sleep, He formed it into a woman; then plaited her hair and adorned her, like a bride, with twenty-four pieces of jewelry, before waking him. Adam was entranced.
(h) Some say that God created Eve not from Adam’s rib, but from a tail ending in a sting which had been part of his body. God cut this off, and the stump-now a useless coccyx-is still carried by Adam’s descendants.
 (i) Others say that God’s original thought had been to create two human beings, male and female; but instead He designed a single one with a male face looking forward, and a female face looking back. Again He changed His mind, removed Adam’s backward-looking face, and built a woman’s body for it.
 (j) Still others hold that Adam was originally created as androgynous with both male and female bodies joined back to back. Since this posture made locomotion difficult, and conversation awkward, God divided the androgyne and gave each half a new rear. These separate beings He placed in Eden, forbidding them to couple.

Notes on sources:
1. Genesis II. 18-25; III. 20.
2. Genesis I. 26-28.
3. Gen. Rab. 17.4; B. Yebamot 632.
4. Yalqut Reubeni ad. Gen. II. 21; IV. 8.
5. Alpha Beta diBen Sira, 47; Gaster, MGWJ, 29 (1880), 553 ff.
6. Num. Rab. 16.25.
7. Targum ad job 1. 15.
8. B. Shabbat 151b; Ginzberg, LJ, V. 147-48.
9. Gen. Rab. 158, 163-64; Mid. Abkir 133, 135; Abot diR. Nathan 24; B. Sanhedrin 39a.
10. Gen. II. 21-22; Gen. Rab. 161.
11. Gen. Rab. 134; B. Erubin 18a.
12. B. Erubin 18a.
13. Gen. Rab. 55; Lev. Rab. 14.1: Abot diR. Nathan 1.8; B. Berakhot 61a; B. Erubin 18a; Tanhuma Tazri’a 1; Yalchut Gen. 20; Tanh. Buber iii.33; Mid. Tehillim 139, 529.

Comments on the Myth:
 1. The tradition that man’s first sexual intercourse was with animals, not women, may be due to the widely spread practice of bestiality among herdsmen of the Middle East, which is still condoned by custom, although figuring three times in the Pentateuch as a capital crime. In the Akkadian Gilgamesh Epic, Enkidu is said to have lived with gazelles and jostled other wild beasts at the watering place, until civilized by Aruru’s priestess. Having enjoyed her embraces for six days and seven nights, he wished to rejoin the wild beasts but, to his surprise, they fled from him. Enkidu then knew that he had gained understanding, and the priestess said: ‘Thou art wise, Enkidu, like unto a god.
 2. Primeval man was held by the Babylonians to have been androgynous. Thus the Gilgamesh Epic gives Enkidu androgynous features:
“The hair of his head like a woman’s, with locks that sprout like those of Nisaba, the Grain-goddess.”

The Hebrew tradition evidently derives from Greek sources, because both terms used in a Tannaitic Midrash to describe the bisexual Adam are Greek: Androgynos, ‘man-woman’, and Diprosopon, ‘twofaced’.

Philo of Alexandria, the Hellenistic philosopher and commentator on the Bible, contemporary with Jesus, held that man was at first bisexual; so did the Gnostics. This belief is clearly borrowed from Plato. Yet the myth of two bodies placed back to back may well have been founded on observation of Siamese twins, which are sometimes joined in this awkward manner. The two-faced Adam appears to be a fancy derived from coins or statues of Janus, the Roman New Year god.
 3. Divergences between the Creation myths of Genesis r and n, which allow Lilith to be presumed as Adam’s first mate, result from a careless weaving together of an early Judaean and a late priestly tradition. The older version contains the rib incident. Lilith typifies the Anath-worshipping Canaanite women, who were permitted pre-nuptial promiscuity. Time after time the prophets denounced Israelite women for following Canaanite practices.

At first, apparently, with the priests’ approval-since their habit of dedicating to God the fees thus earned is expressly forbidden in Deuteronomy XXIII. I8. Lilith’s flight to the Red Sea recalls the ancient Hebrew view that water attracts demons. ‘Tortured and rebellious demons’ also found safe harbor or harbourage in the age in Egypt. Thus Asmodeus, who had strangled Sarah’s first six husbands, fled ‘to the uttermost parts of Egypt’ (Tobit viii. 3), when Tobias burned the heart and liver of a fish on their wedding night.
 4. Lilith’s bargain with the angels has its ritual counterpart in an apotropaic rite once performed in many Jewish communities. To protect the newborn child against Lilith-and especially a male, until he could be permanently safeguarded by circumcision-a ring was drawn with natron, or charcoal, on the wall of the birthroom, and inside it were written the words: ‘Adam and Eve. Out, Lilith!’ Also the names Senoy, Sansenoy and Semangelof (meanings uncertain) were inscribed on the door. If Lilith nevertheless succeeded in approaching the child and fondling him, he would laugh in his sleep. To avert danger, it was held wise to strike the sleeping child’s lips with one finger-whereupon Lilith would vanish.
 5. ‘Lilith’ is usually derived from the Babylonian-Assyrian word lilitu, ,a female demon, or wind-spirit’-one of a triad mentioned in Babylonian spells. But she appears earlier as ‘Lillake’ on a 2000 B.G. Sumerian tablet from Ur containing the tale of Gilgamesh and the Willow Tree. There she is a demoness dwelling in the trunk of a willow-tree tended by the Goddess Inanna (Anath) on the banks of the Euphrates. Popular Hebrew etymology seems to have derived ‘Lilith’ from layil, ‘night’; and she therefore often appears as a hairy night-monster, as she also does in Arabian folklore.

Solomon suspected the Queen of Sheba of being Lilith, because she had hairy legs.

His judgment on the two harlots is recorded in I Kings III. 16 ff. According to Isaiah xxxiv. I4-I5, Lilith dwells among the desolate ruins in the Edomite Desert where satyrs (se’ir), reems, pelicans, owls, jackals, ostriches, arrow-snakes and kites keep her company.
 6. Lilith’s children are called lilim. In the Targum Yerushalmi, the priestly blessing of Numbers vi. 26 becomes: ‘The Lord bless thee in all thy doings, and preserve thee from the Lilim!’ The fourth-century A.D. commentator Hieronymus identified Lilith with the Greek Lamia, a Libyan queen deserted by Zeus, whom his wife Hera robbed of her children. She took revenge by robbing other women of theirs.

WEREWOLVES were the Lamiae IN STEAD OF LILITH’s VAPIRE DEMONS
Known as Lilims

The EMPUSAE MEANS FORCERS IN
MORMLYCEIA ARE FRIGHTENING WOLVES

7. The Lamiae,  or children demons of Lamia who were demons like Lilith’s half demon half human were also known as those who seduced sleeping men, sucked their blood and ate their flesh, as Lilith and her fellow-demonesses did, were also known as Empusae, ‘forcers-in’; or Mormolyceia, ‘frightening wolves’; and described as ‘Children of Hecate’. A Hellenistic relief shows a naked Lamia straddling a traveller asleep on his back.

It is characteristic of civilizations where women are treated as chattels that they must adopt the recumbent posture during intercourse, which Lilith refused.

That Greek witches who worshipped Hecate favored the superior posture, we know from Apuleius; and it occurs in early Sumerian representations of the sexual act, though not in the Hittite.

Malinowski writes that Melanesian girls ridicule what they call `the missionary position’, which demands that they should lie passive and recumbent.
 8. Naamah, ‘pleasant’, is explained as meaning that ‘the demoness sang pleasant songs to idols’. Zmargad suggest smaragdos, the semi-precious aquamarine; and may therefore be her submarine dwelling. A demon named Smaragos occurs in the Homeric Epigrams.
 9. Eve’s creation by God from Adam’s rib-a myth establishing male supremacy and disguising Eve’s divinity-lacks parallels in Mediterranean or early Middle-Eastern myth. The story perhaps derives iconotropically from an ancient relief, or painting, which showed the naked Goddess Anath poised in the air, watching her lover Mot murder his twin Aliyan; Mot (mistaken by the mythographer for Yahweh) was driving a curved dagger under Aliyan’s fifth rib, not removing a sixth one. The familiar story is helped by a hidden pun on tsela, the Hebrew for ‘rib’: Eve, though designed to be Adam’s helpmeet, proved to be a tsela, a ‘stumbling’, or ‘misfortune’. Eve’s formation from Adam’s tail is an even more damaging myth; perhaps suggested by the birth of a child with a vestigial tail instead of a coccyx-a not infrequent occurrence.
 10. The story of Lilith’s escape to the East and of Adam’s subsequent marriage to Eve may, however, record an early historical incident: nomad herdsmen, admitted into Lilith’s Canaanite queendom as guests (see 16. 1), suddenly seize power and, when the royal household thereupon flees, occupy a second queendom which owes allegiance to the Hittite Goddess Heba.
The meaning of ‘Eve’ is disputed.

Hawwah is explained in Genesis III. 20 as ‘mother of all living’; but this may well be a Hebraicized form of the divine name Heba, Hebat, Khebat or Khiba.

This goddess, wife of the Hittite Storm-god, is shown riding a lion in a rock-sculpture at Hattusaswhich equates her with Anath-and appears as a form of Ishtar in Hurrian texts.

She was worshipped at Jerusalem (see 27. 6). Her Greek name was Hebe, Heracles’s goddess-wife.
— Hebrew Myths by Robert Graves and Raphael Patai (New York:  Doubleday, 1964), pp 65-69. Click here to Buy the Book
| GNOSIS ARCHIVE | GNOSTIC SOCIETY LIBRARY |

According to Jewish folklore, Lilith was the first wife of Adam. She was banished from the Garden of Eden when she refused to make herself subservient to Adam (specifically, she refused to get into the missionary position with him during sex). When she was cast out, she was made into a demon figure, and Adam was given a second wife, Eve, who was fashioned from his rib to ensure her obedience to her man. The following is an excerpt from a Jewish folktale that describes some of the evils attributed to Lilith:

“The wife brought the mirror and all of the fine furnishings in the cellar to her own home and proudly displayed it. She hung the mirror in the room of their daughter, who was a dark-haired coquette. The girl glanced at herself in the mirror all the time, and in this way she was drawn into Lilith’s web…. For that mirror had hung in the den of demons, and a daughter of Lilith had made her home there. And when the mirror was taken from the haunted house, the demoness came with it.

For every mirror is a gateway to the Other World and leads directly to Lilith’s cave.

That is the cave Lilith went to when she abandoned Adam and the Garden of Eden for all time, the cave where she sported with her demon lovers.

From these unions multitudes of demons were born, who flocked from that cave and infiltrated the world.

When the demon children want to return, they simply enter the nearest mirror.

This is why the worlds made have portals into other times as mirrors into other worlds.

That is why it is said that Lilith makes her home in every mirror…

“Now the daughter of Lilith who made her home in that mirror watched every movement of the girl who posed before it.

She bided her time and one day she slipped out of the mirror and took possession of the girl, entering through her eyes.  This is what happens to women on earth who are not aware of spirits and demons.

Lilith’s daughter ,  took control of the onlooker using the mirror.

It was actually the real first female Goddess who was the Goddess o f desire, beauty, and love enticement. But, it depends on the perception of the believers who accept the knowledge into their own window to the soul

Lilithe and Lilith’s daughter, both could begin shaping the desires causing a stirring and desire at will…. So it happened that this young girl, driven by the evil wishes of Lilith’s daughter, ran around with young men who lived in the same neighborhood.”

Thus the girls who grew into puberty and had a wondering eye was said to be struck with a curse of Lilith or one of her daughter spirits.
From “Lilith’s Cave,” Lilith’s Cave: Jewish tales of the supernatural, edited by Howard Schwartz (San Francisco: Harper & Row, 1988)

Other folktales describe a tale of how Lilith captured Jewish babies in the night and physically ate them.

 Lilith whether on earth or out in spirit above the world was said to lure in young women with her mind.

Lilith could influence anyone with her powers.

This power was used throughout time on earth and is spoken of in myth and folkore the most of how she led young girls and young husbands astray.

The Witches who new the folklore, myths and legends that were passed down from mother to daughter knew of the spells and the 3 sided amulet triangle jewelry with the 3 names that could protect one from the powers of Lilith.

Lilith was demonized by early Jewish culture as a symbol of promiscuity and disobedience for this reason. It was easy to blame Lilith and her powers over both men and women.

Many modern Jewish feminists see Lilith as a positive figure, a model of woman as equal to man in the creation story.

For further reference, please check out the pages listed below, or read the introduction to the collection of stories in Lilith’s Cave (see above).

Other Sources on Lilith:
The Lilith Myth
Looking for Lilith
The Lilith Page
Looking for Lilith*

The feminist critique of conventional values has not overlooked the Jewish tradition. Whether or not one acknowledges the validity of all the charges that have been leveled against the treatment of women in Jewish law and theology, it is hardly possible to ignore these issues.
As one who is normally sympathetic with feminist aspirations, I have often been disappointed with the scholarly standards of the debate, especially when it has been directed towards the classical texts of Judaism. In the course of polemical ideological exchanges, I find too frequently that sweeping generalizations are being supported by flimsy or questionable evidence, with a disturbing disregard for factual accuracy and historical context.
As an example of this sort of scholarly sloppiness, I wish to discuss an intriguing Hebrew legend that has found its way into dozens of recent works about Jewish attitudes towards women.

The legend in question was inspired by the Bible’s dual accounts of the creation of the first woman, which led its author to the conclusion that Adam had a first wife before his marriage to Eve. Adam’s original mate was the demonic Lilith who had been fashioned, just like her male counterpart, from the dust of the earth. Lilith insisted from the outset on equal treatment, a fact which caused constant friction between the couple.

Eventually the frustrated Lilith used her magical powers to fly away from her spouse.

Lilith known on earth is actually created in physical form from the spirit of the Lilith Goddess who could fly and was the Mother of all Females in Heaven Married to God, Yawweh, or Zeus the God of the Highest and oldest Order in the Celestial Realm of the Metaverse.

At Adam’s urging, God dispatched three angels to negotiate the earth creation of the female spirit and woman physical body to return.

When these angels made threats against Lilith’s demonic descendants, she countered that she would prey eternally upon newborn human babies, who could be saved only by invoking the protection of the three angels. In the end Lilith stood her ground and never returned to her husband.

The story implies that when Eve was afterwards fashioned out of Adam’s rib (symbolic of her subjection to him), this was to serve as an antidote to Lilith’s short-lived attempt at egalitarianism.

Here, declare the feminists matronizingly, we have a clear statement of the Rabbinic Attitude Towards Women!

There is only one slight problem with this theory: The story of Lilith is not actually found in any authentic Rabbinic tradition. Although it is repeatedly cited as a “Rabbinic legend” or a “midrash,” it is not recorded in any ancient Jewish text!

The tale of Lilith originates in a medieval work called “the Alphabet of Ben-Sira,” a work whose relationship to the conventional streams of Judaism is, to say the least, problematic.

The unknown author of this work has filled it with many elements that seem designed to upset the sensibilities of traditional Jews.

In particular, the heroes of the Bible and Talmud are frequently portrayed in the most perverse colors. Thus, the book’s protagonist, Ben-Sira, is said to have issued from an incestuous union between the prophet Jeremiah and his daughter. Joshua is described as a buffoon too fat to ride a horse. King David comes across as a heartless and spiteful figure who secretly delights in the death of his son Absalom, while putting on a disingenuous public display of grief. The book is consistently sounding the praises of hypocritical and insincere behaviour.  So shocking and abhorrent are some of the contents of “the Alphabet of Ben-Sira” that modern scholars have been at a loss to explain why anyone would have written such a book. Some see it as an impious digest of risqué folk-tales. Others have suggested that it was a polemical broadside aimed at Christians, Karaites, or some other opposing movement. I personally would not rule out the possibility that it was actually an anti-Jewish satire–though, to be sure, it did come to be accepted by the Jewish mystics of medieval Germany; and amulets to fend off the vengeful Lilith became an essential protection for newborn infants in many Jewish communities.

Eventually the tale of Lilith was included in a popular English-language compendium of Rabbinic legend, and some uncritical readers–unable or unwilling to check after the editor’s sources–cited it as a representative Rabbinic statement on the topic. As tends to happen in such instances, subsequent authors kept copying from one another until the original error turned into an unchallenged historical fact.

Certainly there are volumes of real texts and traditions that could benefit from a searching and critical feminist analysis, and it is a shame to focus so much intellectual energy on a dubious and uncharacteristic legend of this sort.

First publication: Jewish Free Press Feb. 6 1995.
Bibliography:
J. Dan, The Hebrew Story in the Middle Ages, Jerusalem, 1974.
J. D. Eisenstadt, ed., Ozar Midrashim, Israel, n.d.

A SPIRITUAL GUIDE TO INFIDELITY IN MARRIAGE BY TJ

This topic has recently come to mind based on the Sandra Bullock and Jesse James reports of marriage problems in the media.

Personally, I believe in fidelity in a marriage, which requires honor and trust. However, I also believe in forgiveness because we all make mistakes. No one is perfect in this world at this time. Not yet anyway. This is why we are here to become better intelligent beings in a body-mind-spirit. It is our essence and our inner being that will affect our outer knowing as a person.

There are high roads and low roads in life and sometimes we have rocks in the roads that we must overcome or kick out of the way.

I have had my share in this lifetime. I am no saint and have had a lot of growing up to do as a wife and parent as we all have through life.

This does not make me an authority but I do have a point of view and an opinion based on my own personal experiences and how I see life unfolding in my world.

My world is made up of many people of all cultures and ethnicities. We are all here for a purpose and the main reason is for fellowship and wisdom.

We are to learn about what is required for our own spiritual survival in space. I have learned that there is a higher state of being than the one that was taught to me in the 20th Century past of all the churches I attended. Many of my Christian friends now realize there is being spiritual and being religious and they are not the same. People who understand the higher purpose do not believe that simply going to a certain church and believing in one way is the answer.

The believers in Christ 1 will find various themes and categories not to mention many separate religions. Nevertheless, they all say they are Christians. This includes the Catholics, Latter Day Saints, Baptists, Methodists, Presbyterians, and Episcopalians, just to mention some.

While we are here, on earth we can say whatever and claim whatever but we come alone and we die alone as far as the essence and spirit are concerned.
We should always remember that we alone are responsible for our own living. We cannot blame another for our shortcomings only share in the presence of life that we create for ourselves together as one. One in the meaning of all things are created equal as in the all of spiritual life. We all have a purpose and a meaning being what we were sent here to “BE”.

It is time to share in the spirit of all and that is the part of us that listen to the still small voice inside of us that gives us our inner being we call a conscious and a conscience. We all have a conscious understanding that there is something inside us that drives us that we call our own inner conscience. Sometimes we listen and sometimes we do not. When we do not listen to that inner conscience, we tend to make mistakes. That inner conscience is our creator and comforter that is part of us like an inner guidance system. I dare say that Jesse James is wishing he had listened to his inner conscience in the past and he may have not caused problems in his present marriage with Sandra Bullock.

Sandra Bullock is one of America’s Sweethearts. We have few precious gems in Hollywood and on the Silver Screen that we enjoy for entertainment and to escape the reality that we call daily life on earth. Jesse James is living up to his Great-grandfathers cousin whom he was named after and his fame will now become infamous as the “Bad Boy”. It is said that “Opposite Attract” and that is exactly what I thought when I heard of Sandra and Jesse.
I find that I have the same relationship in my own marriage if I can be so bold and vain as to compare my marriage with Sandra Bullock’s. Though I have been married only ten years to her five I was still attracted to the “Bad Boy” image that our parents always told us to stay away from in high school.

We are all human. We also all have a spirit. We all have a mind. We all have a body. The fact that we are on earth means that we are all sharing our own body-mind-spirit containers for our essence vessel. That is the spiritual term for the “All” that we are. We shall return to our soul kept elsewhere with our essence of spiritual lives on earth and elsewhere intact. That is our memories and conscious thoughts encased in our pure essence.

We should all be sharing in the spiritual intellectual knowledge that we will share our good and bad thoughts when we leave this earth. This is data also known as wisdom that we are allowed to create and own when we leave earth. Whether it is good or bad thoughts we desire to take with us, the way we conduct our lives and thoughts on earth is all we take with us when we leave this realm of existence. Think on these things for we are realizing that we are all going to be awakened to this fact in our future.

December 21, 2012 T. 11:11 is the space-time date set forth in the future that was in the past of all our ancestors to make sure that in align ourselves with the universal spirit that is only one among many in the metaverse.

Think of our world as only one tiny bubble in a galaxy that we can see as a plastic bottle of water. The bottle of water is only one among many that is in a large case of bottles called the universe. The universe then has to be expanding as the bottles of galaxies are increased. The universes are all the places that are fit into the term Metaverse. Whether the Metaverse keeps expanding is part of what all the Supreme Beings that are much wiser than we plan on finding out. We are always saying that spirit has always been.

Exactly what and where the spirit is leading us with our own essence to contribute to the future is how we must learn to think and “BE”. This is deep but so is the one concern we have about infidelity. Do we separate or do we join together as “one in holy matrimony.” If we decide to join then what happens to one happens to the other. We cannot separate the spirit.

Once we leave this planet, that is our home in space then we ascend to another level of existence in another place in another time. We still go alone in many ways but in other ways, we may be able to ascend together as a soul group of spirits.

This is something that we should think about in our future of the 21st Century. We learned many ways about spirit in our past 20th Century. We learned from our history that has been left for us by our ancestors in books, and in pictures, drawings, pictographs, and through our studies of humankind on earth.

There may be customs that allow us to bond as one male and female for procreation purposes. There is no natural law that we follow for bonding for life over procreation. This legal license we call a marriage license is only as important as we make it. The paper it is written on can be destroyed.

However, we have learned about moral and ethical lessons that we use in the holy bond of matrimony in the Church of Jesus Christ our Lord and Savior of Earth as Christians. I was born into the Christian Church and know of no other social and cultural way to be other than following my own teachings that I learn from my own personal experiences on earth.

The fidelity clause in our created marriages is up to each of us as an individual.  The marriage certificate is a license granted by the individual state in the United States to become man and wife and recognized by the laws of said state. Now, some of the laws are changing to become partners without recognizing the need to be male and female only. Things change in life and so do we.

How we allow ourselves to emotionally respond to lessons in life as the rocks in our roads on our spiritual paths is what makes us a better person.

What we teach out children in the future will depend on how we decide to conduct ourselves morally and ethically in life. Ethics assist us in sharing fellowship in life with a better way of thinking and reacting to a civilized world in which we are to share.

Sharing life on earth has expanded from only family, community, state, and nation, to the five main continents and smaller locations on earth.

We now call all places that have intelligent beings a part of the Global Community.

We will begin to notice that we are all faced with moral and ethical obligations for all people on earth to sustain a global community.

Social and moral issues will gradually become a way of life for the entire global community. We will adopt a united alliance and way to conduct ourselves with diplomatic protocol and procedures.

Others will always look upon the people who receive the most attention in media such as movie stars, television stars, dignitaries, our elected officials, Nobel Prize Winners, Athletes, Olympic Team Members, and various other talented musicians, singers, and artists in the world.

We expect more from the people who we love and admire as our leaders, mentors, idols, as we become fans of people whom we have learned about as those setting an example in media.

As long as we can achieve notoriety for those who deserve it by accomplishing certain acts of kindness to assist humankind in general then we should offer awards, ceremonies, and pomp and circumstance, Esprit de Corps is good for motivation for the entire world.

With regard to fidelity whether it is in a marriage of stars or of the common folk should be between two people a moral agreement more than a legal one. Nevertheless, we will always wish the best to two people who decide to take on life together as a team and not to only go through life alone as one.

Two is always better than one and three or more is even better. This is why we have the fellowship of churches on earth. Churches are not bad or good they are simply a group of people deciding to have certain ways to believe as in a creed for moral and ethical ways to behave and believe while on earth. Far too long, have we acted as judges of our churches and found fault with one another.

It is time on earth to forgive each other’s trespasses and to become better spiritual intellectuals. We should ask only our creator and maker to forgive us our sins on earth as we forgive those who trespass against us as individuals.

We should all desire, hope, and wish that Sandra Bullock and Jesse James would remain close as friends no matter what their outcome in their legal marriage due to infidelity or any other reason.

Some of us like Hillary Clinton and former President of the United States William (Bill) Clinton can move past the rocks in the road and forge a new alliance. It is my hope and desire that this will become a way for all to move past our shortcomings in life and to be forgiving of each other.

We can hope that our mistakes and heartaches caused to self and others teaches us to be better people and to grown in our journey in life.

We are all here to serve self, others, and the Supreme Beings who have sent us here to learn to become better spiritual intellectuals among our own intelligent being species. TJ

ASCENSION CHANNEL ON ALIEN & EXTRATERRESTRIAL HISTORYTheresa

ASCENSION CENTER ORGANIZATION

JOIN US ASCENSION CENTER ORGANIZATION
ACE Nondenominational Network committed to Body-Mind-Spirit as {Physical, Mental, Emotional and Spiritual Healing and Growth} through Education and Spiritual Activism

BOOK OF THERESA – EARTH CHANGE – ESOTERIC TO EXOTERIC – ASCENSION CONSCIOUSNESS PHOENIX

ESOTERIC AS UNDERSTOOD BY A SECRET FEW TO THE EXOTERIC UNDERSOOD BY THE MANY OR COMMON.

Introduction

Ascension Center High Priestess on the Tree of Life in the Game of life is the exoteric position that I have the privilege of existing as in one vessel.

I am a channel, a receiver of essence energy that is to be changed into words. This is my calling and election made sure in this lifetime. The reincarnation process of all beings is part of the molecular structure in our own photons that are riding on the waves of what we now hold onto in our magnetic fields we refer to as essence energy or life.

Destiny of the Essence of Energy

I receive channeled information daily, I ask for wisdom in prayer, and I meditate and sleep while waiting for answers to perform my duty while on earth. That is of sharing what I know as a perceiver and receiver of energy into consciousness and then form then into communication that we call sound, and words.

There are other vessels, containers, intelligent beings, that are made up of the same quantum particulates that make up what we refer to as humankind on earth.

I have been privileged to have the veil lifted in this lifetime between worlds of the past, present, and future. Time is linear in this world.

The actual metaverse is circular as in circumference. The universe expands outwards is concave and conclave.  A concave is like the inside of a circle. Convex is like the outside of a circle. Therefore, for those who desire to share in the Ascension Center Educational Awareness this is good to know and understand.

Others desire to know who I am and how I come by my knowledge. Let it suffice to be understood that knowing is within all our reach that come to planet earth.

The Akashic Field and Field of Everything is as real as we think it to be in our own minds and way of being. The Akashic Field is the expanse of all essence and energy that has been formed throughout the eons in the metaverse. There are ways to absorb this energy essence in our own beings though it is not totally understood by all as of yet.

The Ascension Age is now present to share in the opening up of our third eye consciousness and to raise our level in the fifth dimension. Those who are now present on earth have been taught about the second and third dimensions. There is also a fourth and fifth dimension of the mind. The Matrix and Web has become the same thing in some aspects of our reality while one is regarded, as the inside as concave and the other is the outside or the convex.

Since I am asked to share information and to assist in the full creation of our next reality taken from our past, present, and future, it seems somewhat esoteric. This is because in the past the information was very hard for the many to grasp in words.

In the beginning was the word and the word was without form. This was part of our evolutionary process to obtain higher consciousness and awareness of our own soul selves. We can relate to our own energy as essence now in the 21st century as our inner being and out outer knowing.

For those who have to have a dictionary term and desire a Lexicon of the Esoteric Terms of which I speak, they will be able to obtain etymology own their own in linear time as one begins to understand space time continuum.

I was allowed to have a near death experience and allowed to meet extra terrestrials in this reality and the higher. This allowed me to experience various levels of being. This has assisted me in my own awareness and understanding about what our essence is and how we can all share in the greater good for all beings that are created in the metaverse.

Other intelligent beings are superior to us on planet earth. They are called the Supreme Beings in the higher realms of existence. They oversee all the intelligent beings and habitable planets in the universe. They are part of the higher circle in the metaverse.

These beings are able to assist in sharing their information with Oracles of earth. Those who are able to receive their transmissions are open to information that is in and around all of us. This is something that can be taught with proper training. This is part of the Ascension Age Awareness.

This is why I was taught to come back to earth and to share my awareness with others who may have a desire to excel. I have been sharing information with only the seekers who found me on earth. I taught classes of Ascension Psychic Awakening Classes in 1989 through 1993 in Honolulu, Hawaii. I also taught on some of the Hawaiian Islands and met a Huna or two.
. Examples include:
Acupuncturists
Animal Healers
Aroma Therapists
Artists and Jewelers
Authors CD and Booksellers
Chiropractors
Feng Shui Practioners
Herbalists
Hypnotherapists Life Coaches
Massage Therapists
Native Medicine Healers
Readers
Reflexologists Reiki Therapists
Somatic Healers
UFO & Paranormal
Yoga Instructors
Energy Therapists

I was taught at that time to train those who were truly interested in becoming trainers and teachers for the selected seekers and believers. This is how it has always been on earth in the past. We needed time to evolve in our evolutionary process as an intelligent being species. We as human beings are a young race or selected species of the 46 types of beings that are all part of the evolutionary process.

The 46 intelligent being species above have all combines their essence and we are the results.
SOCIAL PARANORMAL TOPICS
SOCIAL COUNSELING IN BODY-MIND-SPIRIT TOPICS

TJ MORRIS tm ACIR sm
SPIRITUAL ADVISOR
EVENT PLANNER
ACE BODY-MIND-SPIRIT
ACE FOLKLIFE
Ascension Center Enlightenment
Body-Mind-Spirit EXPOS
Theresamorris.com

Spiritual
Ascension
Exorcism
Kabbalah
Meditation
Native American
Near Death Experiences
Paranormal
Rebirthing
Religious Centers (Diverse)
Shamanic
Spiritual Counseling
Spiritual Healing
Zen
Vibrational
Aromatherapy
Crop Circle
Essences (flower, tree, gem)
Gem Layouts
Homeopathy
Kinesiology
Light Therapy
Sacred Geometry
Sound Chamber
Sound Therapy
Toning
Tuning Forks
Women
Birthing Center
Childbirth
Doula
HypnoBirthing
Midwives
Special Ages
Child Development
Elders/Seniors
Rites of Passage
Spiritual Parenting
Psychic Kids
Organizers
Expos
Fair and Event Promoters
Schools
Schools, Home Study
Trips/Travel
Publications
Books, Local Authors
Catalogs
Directories
eBooks
Magazines
Sound
Crystal Singing Bowls
Music Groups/Musicians
Musical Instruments
Relaxation/Meditation Tapes
Sound Thearpy
Vibrational Therapy
Readings
Akashic Records
Angels
Animal Communicator
Astrology
Astrology, Lovers
Astrology Software
Astrology, Vedic
Aura Photography
Aura Video
Automatic Writing
Biorhythm Readings
Biorthym Software
Channeling
Clairvoyant
Crystal Readings
Dream Interpretation
Enneagram
Handwriting
Horoscopes
Intuitive Readers
Medium
Natal Chart
Numerology Readings
Palmistry
Psychics
Psychometry
Runes
Sand Readings
Tarot
Tarot Software
Tea Leaves
Vedic Astrology
Public
Centers
Dating, Holistic On-line
eRadio
Intentional Communities
Librarys, Holistic/NewAge
Marketing, New Age
Minister
Organizations
Politics
Speaker
Radio
Retreat Centers
Retreat Organizers
Television, Holistic
Web Design, Holistic
Tools
Angel Board
Bioenergy Device
Calendar
Crystals
Insurance, Alternative Health
Magnets
Massage Tables
Message Boards
Pendulums
Prosperity
Pyramids
Rentals
Sacred Geometry
Software, Astrology
Software, Biorthym
Software, Tarot
Video Rental
Vision Improvement
Body Work
Alexander Technique
Biopulsation
Body Wraps
BodyTalk
Bowen
Chiropractors
Craniosacral Therapy
Feldenkrais
Huna
Lomi Lomi
Massage, Newborn
Massage, On-Site
Massage, Pregnancy
Massage, Shiatsu
Massage, Therapeutic
Massage, Thai
Myofascial Release
Naprapathy
Neuromuscular Therapy
Ortho-Bionomy.
Reflexology
Rosenwork
Rubenfeld Synergy
Trager Bodywork
Watsu Warm Water Therapy
Eastern
Acupressure
Acupuncture
Ayurvedic
Falun Qong
Feng Shui
Henna Art
Jin Shin Jyutsu
Mandala
Qigong
Tai Chi
Tantra
Vastu
Zen
Natural
Animal Practitioners
Apitherapy
Crystals/Rocks
Dowsing
Dolphins
Drumming
Fairies
Firewalk
Labyrinth
Nature Preserves
Nature Spirits
Organics
Power Places
Salt Lamps
Smudge Sticks
Trees
Wind Chimes
Healthy Food
Animal Foods, Natural
Health and Food Stores Juice Bars
Kombucha
Milk, Hormone Free
Organic Produce
Raw Food
Restaurants
Water
WaterBlessingLabels

Mind
Behavior Modification
Biofeedback
Counselors
EFT (EMFT)
EMDR
Gestalt
Guided Imagery
Hypnosis Store, Online
Hypnotherapy
Inner Child
Journaling / Writing
Motivation
NLP Neuro Linguistic Programming
Past Life Regressions
Personal Coach
Psychiatrist, Holistic
Psychologist, Holistc
Psychotherapist , Holistic
Rage Therapy
Rapid Eye Technology
Subliminals
Movement
Dancing
Dynamic Walking
Movement Reeducation
Nia
Personal Trainers
Pilates
Yoga
Yoga Clothing
Yoga Dance
Supplements
Colloidal Minerals
Distributors
Green Supplements
Herbs
Homeopathics
Vitamins
Fitness
Akido
Challenge Courses
Health and Fitness Clubs
Rebounders
Businesses
Music Stores
Paint, Recycled
Paper, Recyled
Software
Beauty
Art
Bamboo
Jewelry
Fountains
Water Lilies
Wildflowers Internal
Blood Work
Chelation
Colonics
Detox Foot Bath
Ear Candling
Macrobiotics
Nutrition
Oxygen Therapy
Vegetarians
Weight Loss
Stores
Angel Stores
Bead Stores
ASCENSION CATEGORIES
Book Stores
Books, Used Metaphysical
Clothing Stores
Gift Stores
Health and Food Stores
Native American
Personal Care
Aromatherapy
Baby Care, Natural
Bath and Body Shops
Candles
Cleaners, Natural
Day Spas
Hair Care, Natural
Skin Care, Holistic
Soap, Handmade
Women’s Products

Mind
Behavior Modification
Biofeedback
Counselors
EFT (EMFT)
EMDR
Gestalt
Guided Imagery
Hypnosis Store, Online
Hypnotherapy
Inner Child
Journaling / Writing
Motivation
NLP Neuro Linguistic Programming
Past Life Regressions
Personal Coach
Psychiatrist, Holistic
Psychologist, Holistc
Psychotherapist , Holistic
Rage Therapy
Rapid Eye Technology
Subliminals
Movement
Dancing
Dynamic Walking
Movement Reeducation
Nia
Personal Trainers
Pilates
Yoga
Yoga Clothing
Yoga Dance
Supplements
Colloidal Minerals
Distributors
Green Supplements
Herbs
Homeopathics
Vitamins
Fitness
Akido
Challenge Courses
Health and Fitness Clubs
Rebounders
Businesses
Music Stores
Paint, Recycled
Paper, Recyled
Software
Beauty
Art
Bamboo
Jewelry
Fountains
Water Lilies
Wildflowers Readings
Akashic Records
Angels
Animal Communicator
Astrology
Astrology, Lovers
Astrology Software
Astrology, Vedic
Aura Photography
Aura Video
Automatic Writing
Biorhythm Readings
Biorthym Software
Channeling
Clairvoyant
Crystal Readings
Dream Interpretation
Enneagram
Handwriting
Horoscopes
Intuitive Readers
Medium
Natal Chart
Numerology Readings
Palmistry
Psychics
Psychometry
Runes
Sand Readings
Tarot
Tarot Software
Tea Leaves
Vedic Astrology
Public
Centers
Dating, Holistic On-line
eRadio
Intentional Communities
Librarys, Holistic/NewAge
Marketing, New Age
Minister
Organizations
Politics
Speaker
Radio
Retreat Centers
Retreat Organizers
Television, Holistic
Web Design, Holistic
Tools
Angel Board
Bioenergy Device
Calendar
Crystals
Insurance, Alternative Health
Magnets
Massage Tables
Message Boards
Pendulums
Prosperity
Pyramids
Rentals
Sacred Geometry
Software, Astrology
Software, Biorthym
Software, Tarot
Video Rental
Vision Improvement

Green
Air Purifiers
Alternate Energy
Alternate Fuel Vehicles
Alternate Power
Cleaners, Green
Composter
Dry Cleaning
Energy Analysis
Gardens, Environmental
Housing, Energy Efficient
Landscape, Zeroscape
Laundry
Organic Gardening
Organic Lawn Care
Recycling
Solar
Therapeutic Horticulture
Wood Pellet Stoves
Energywork
Avatar
Barbara Brennan
Breathwork
DNA
Healing Touch
Implant Removal
Light Healing
Neural Depolarization
Polarity
Reconnective Healing
Reiki
Quantum Energy
Quantum Touch
Therapeutic Touch
Theta Healing
Touch For Health
Vortexhealing
Zero Balancing
Internal
Blood Work
Chelation
Colonics
Detox Foot Bath
Ear Candling
Macrobiotics
Nutrition
Oxygen Therapy
Vegetarians
Weight Loss
Stores
Angel Stores
Bead Stores
Book Stores
Books, Used Metaphysical
Clothing Stores
Gift Stores
Health and Food Stores
Native American
Personal Care
Aromatherapy
Baby Care, Natural
Bath and Body Shops
Candles
Cleaners, Natural
Day Spas
Hair Care, Natural
Skin Care, Holistic
Soap, Handmade
Women’s Products Medical Arts
Dentist, Holistic
Doctor, Ayurvedic
Doctor, Holistic
Doctor, Oriental Medicine
Doctor, Osteopath
Iridology
Medical Intuitive
Naturopathy
Nursing, Holistic
Optometry/Ophthalmology
Podiatrist, Holistic
Thermography
Veterinarian

Misc
Art, Spiritual
Flotation Tank
UFO’s / ET’s
Unified Field
ACE LIGHTWORKERS – NEW ASCENSION AGE – 12/21/2012New Media-New POLITICS

 Politics-New Ascension Center Enlightenment – New TJ

I never considered that my upbringing was programming in the Christian world to which I was born. I was actually born into the Southern Baptist Convention or association at birth. I had to go to church because that was how my life was lived with my family as a child. It was not until I became an adult that I was able to choose which churches I would attend. I lived the life I was supposed to and went to Church  like I was supposed too. To me, Church and religion was like school and education. They were expected and how we lived in the South in the USA. I loved my life then and still do now. I simply am not as concerned about attending a church which my husband says are glorified social clubs.

 Now, I realize that I was drawn to the life I have lived because of my spirit and my new path was one that I chose and created. I was exploring, researching, and learning as I went along. It was not until one day a messenger was sent to me that I had read enough books and had enough personal experiences that I should now teach. It took me another few years before I was approached again by another messenger and was told I was reminded a second time that I was to go and teach those who remained on earth. It was hard for me to understand why I should spend time teaching others when I still did not know what life was all about myself.

There were many mystical experiences I still wanted to have and I had not yet learned what was causing them. I now realize that teaching is a calling and one that is highly appraised in other worlds. However, we must first call upon our memories and past life experiences in order to make this world and work a better place for ourselves. There are now people on this planet like me. We are all working together although we may not know who each other are in the body-mind-spirit but yet, we can feel each other’s presence and share in the existence of energy as spirit. This is what we are now calling the Ascension Center Enlightenment. I was given the words Ascension Center by those from above who we call extraterrestrials in some social circles. I am told now that much of my Christian beliefs are tied into that of the New Age Movement. I had never placed a label on my interests I only knew that I was drawn to the New Age books when I entered a book store.

No one ever came up to me and explained to me that I should join a church, club, or organization called New Age. It just was something that was out there to explore, research, learn about, and apparently now be called to share in with my lifetime experiences and stories. I have found a home in various places in the world and now am looking for friends to share life with in cyberspace and we use the Internet. My husband, Tom does not want any part of the Internet and Cyberspace. He is not alone. This concerns me because there are so many intelligent beings in the world that are missing the friendship and knowledge that one can find on the Internet.  The way we now live on earth is complicated and requires energy and time for our obligations such as family, and school

There are many who are required to spend at least 8 hours a day at a full time and some a part-time job in order to sustain their lifestyles. We all must realize that it is our differences that make us interesting and yet we are all learning what makes us the same and yet different. We shall begin to learn how our piece of the puzzle or shard of glass fits into the big picture of life. It was not until I became willing to share and teach what I knew inside to be my truth about my spirit and my past lives on earth and what I learned from them that I felt like I could reach out to others.

It was the friends I found in Hawaii 1989-1990 where I was given the inspiration to become the Founder of the Ascension Center. I was not told that it would be part of something called the New Age back then but I knew that there was such a movement in the books that were written. There was the Llewellyn Books http://www.llewellyn.com/  and  others including the Bear and Inner Traditions Inner Traditions – Bear & Company,

Together Inner Traditions · Bear & Company have eleven imprints: Inner Traditions, Bear& Company, Healing Arts Press, Destiny Books, Park Street Press, …www.innertraditions.com/  I use Google everyday and find that it has become easier to navigate and to find out more. I use Firefox, and sometimes Bing. I enjoy certain web browsers and creating websites. For now, I shall do what I can to leave my energy behind on the Internet. Please know that when I expire like all others who come to earth that unless certain of my articles are archived and kept by others that all the information will simply fade away.

Therefore, if you want to keep some of the information we share on the Internet for your own or your future family members, one might want to learn to keep a copy on disk somewhere in the physical. Books will always be on earth and I know this because there are still copied in space by some who are of the other galaxies for reading. Most are the great classics and stories but who knows, some of us may make a lifetime impression and our works will be kept in space because we may make a difference for those who come to earth and those who travel in space. TJ -(Adding the rest to hopefully be archived and kept by those who care to make the world and space a better place for the good of all.).

 This is chiefly composed from a compilation of information with various contributors where we can all share in our information on what we all now use called Wikipedia. I support the Wikipedia and advocate its use. Please feel free to share information and research to be shared with others and as peers of the New Age, we can share our knowledge and information while raising consciousness for our world. TJ I include this information as an article for the convenience of all our Ascension Center Enlightenment Lightworkers who are assisting in this time while on earth. We can all share in our various shards of truth to make up a better and complete puzzle of this existence we call life on earth.

There are various ways we can share in life, communities, and awareness while we spread our abundance and our new motto of the Ace Institute of Philosophy and Technology, of the Ascension Center Enlightenment. “Shift and Uplift Health and Prosperity for all!”  Those who desire to share more of my stories and me can visit me at social paranormal.com and theresamorris.com. I also share americannewsmagazine.com with the world. Life can be what we make it with our own free will and free choice to compile memories. We can take our memories with us as treasures of our spirit back to our soul and home world. I believe we are only visiting this planet! Some of us are coming forward and admitting that we are committed to sharing our memories which are our accumulated treasures through our spirit incarnate that returns back to our soul Some still regard our spirit as the same as our soul.

 This is like saying that Christ is God and vice versa. To some, we see the two as separate. This is still a form of theism and pantheism inside our minds with separation and categories. We have new groups on the Internet among our websites, which include our pages, categories, and archives where we keep our memories on our websites. The updates that we make in life now as we live them is what we present as new posts and our stories in life are what we now share on our websites, our blogs, and on some new places we can all access like Facebook and Twitter.

 It is great that the authorities are allowing us to share the area of our existence that we presently regard as Cyberspace. This place we all meet deals with our making our presence known while we are in body-mind-spirit. Maybe some of us are willing to raise our conscious awareness to greater heights in the Akashic Field that exists beyond the creation of our energy in Cyberspace we use on the Internet for communication purposes.  There is a place we can all visit and agree to new experiences. There are some in the New Age Movement that agree it is time to share more! We call some of those above who come and go in the extraterrestrial visitation spacecraft, ET. Steven Spielberg with his movie ET made this popular.

 I shall always remember his Close Encounters movie, which changed my life that day. I actually had to be taken to the Emergency Room at a hospital where I learned that many people were brought it the same time due to the premier of the movie in my town called Houston in Texas, USA. I was given a paper bag to breathe into. I was told I hyperventilated. I was changed because I knew it was time to share the truth that in me was secret.

 I knew that there would be more people who like me who could share their sightings of these spacecraft not of earth origin that many liked to use the word UFO for convenience, which was an acronym for Unidentified Flying Objects. I knew from my past near death experience (NDE) how to have Out of Body (OBE) and it was the movie GHOST with Patrick Swayze and Demi Moore that influenced me once more and changed my life. Life changes through visualization in movies are the major tool that can be used to change the world in which we live.

Television is also a medium to change that, which in the past was not in our psyche. The Critical Mass Consciousness is changing in the NEW MEDIA, which is influenced by the NEW AGE.  While there is no unified belief system, many spiritual practices and philosophies are common among adherents of the New Age Movement. “New Age movement” and “New Age spirituality” can be redirect at the source for most all information shared in this article, which came from source – Wikipedia.. For other uses, see New Age (disambiguation).(From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia) Main articles: Spirituality and List of New Age topics See also: Outline of spirituality and List of philosophies  ?New Age spirituality often incorporates aspects of the Earth, Moon, and outer space; the term New Age refers to the coming Astrological Age of Aquarius.

The New Age movement is a spiritual and quasi-religious Western movement that developed in the latter half of the twentieth century. Its central precepts revolve around “drawing on both Eastern and Western spiritual and metaphysical traditions and then infusing them with influences from self-help and motivational psychology, holistic health, parapsychology, consciousness research and quantum physics” in order to create “a spirituality without borders or confining dogmas” that is inclusive and pluralistic.

Another of its primary traits is holding to “a holistic worldview”, thereby emphasizing that the Mind, Body and Spirit are interrelated and that there is a form of Oneness and unity throughout the universe.

 It further attempts to create “a worldview that includes both science and spirituality” and thereby embraces a number of forms of science and pseudo-science. According to historian Nevill Drury, the origins of the movement can be found in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, particularly through the works of the esotericists Emanuel Swedenborg, Franz Anton Mesmer, Helena Blavatsky and George Gurdjieff, who laid some of the basic philosophical principles that would later influence the movement. It would gain further momentum in the 1960s, taking influence from metaphysics, self-help psychology, and the various Indian gurus who visited the West during that decade.

 The New Age movement includes elements of older spiritual and religious traditions ranging from atheism and monotheism through classical pantheism, naturalistic pantheism, and panentheism to polytheism combined with science and Gaia philosophy; particularly  Archaeoastronomy, astronomy, ecology, environmentalism, the Gaia hypothesis, psychology, and physics. New Age practices and philosophies sometimes draw inspiration from major world religions: Buddhism, Chinese folk religion, Christianity, Hinduism, Islam, Judaism; with strong influences from East Asian religions, Gnosticism, Neopaganism, New Thought, Spiritualism, Theosophy, Universalism, andWestern esotericism.[8]OriginsHistorian Nevill Drury identified “four key precursors of the New Age”, who had set the way for many of its widely held precepts. [9] The first of these was Emanuel Swedenborg (1688-1772), a Swedish scientist who after a religious experience devoted himself to Christian mysticism, believing that he could travel to Heaven and Hell and commune with angels, demons and spirits, and who published widely on the subject of his experiences. The second was Franz Mesmer (1734-1815), who had developed a form of healing using magnets, believing that there was a force known as “animal magnetism” that affected humans. The third figure whom Drury identified was the Russian Helena Blavatsky (1831-1891); one of the founders of the Theosophical Society, through which she propagated her religious movement of Theosophy, which itself combined a number of elements from Eastern religions like Hinduism and Buddhism in with Western elements. The fourth figure was the Turkish George Gurdjieff (c.1872-1949), who founded the philosophy of the Fourth Way, through which he taught a number of spiritual teachings to his disciples. A fifth individual whom Drury identified as an important influence upon the New Age movement was the Indian Swami Vivekananda (1863-1902), an adherent of the philosophy of Vedanta who first brought Hinduism to the West in the late nineteenth century.

 TERM NEW AGE

William Blake who described a belief in a spiritual and artistic “New Age” in his preface to Milton used the term New Age as early as 1809.Some of the New Age movement’s constituent elements appeared initially in 19th-century metaphysical movements Spiritualism, Theosophy, and New Thought; also, alternative medicine movements chiropractic and naturopathy.

These movements in turn have roots in Transcendentalism, Mesmerism.
Swedenborgianism, and various earlier Western esoteric or occult traditions, such as the hermetic arts of astrology, magic, alchemy, and Kabbalah. The term New Age was used in this context in Madame Blavatsky’s book The Secret Doctrine, published in 1888. [11]A weekly journal of Christian liberalism and socialism titled The New Age was published as early as 1894; [12] it was sold to a group of socialist writers headed by Alfred Richard Orage and Holbrook Jackson in 1907. Other historical personalities were involved: H. G. Wells, George Bernard Shaw, and William Butler Yeats; the magazine became a forum for politics, literature, and the arts. [13][14] Between 1908 and 1914, it was instrumental in pioneering the British avant-garde from vorticism to imagism. After 1914, publisher Orage met P. D. Ouspensky, a follower of G. I. Gurdjieff, and began correspondence with Harry Houdini, becoming less interested in literature and art, with an increased focus on mysticism and other spiritual topics; the magazine was sold in 1921. According to Brown University, The New Age “… helped to shape modernism in literature and the arts from 1907 to 1922

Development
Popularization behind these ideas has roots in the work of early 20th-century writers such as D. H. Lawrence and William Butler Yeats. In the early to mid-1900s, American mystic, theologian, and founder of the Association for Research and Enlightenment Edgar Cayce was a seminal influence on what later would be termed the New Age movement; he was known in particular for the practice some refer to aschanneling.[16] Former Theosophist Rudolf Steiner and his Anthroposophical Movement are a major influence. Neo-Theosophist Alice Bailey published the book Discipleship in the New Age (1944), which used the term New Age in reference to the transition from the Astrological Age of Pisces to Aquarius. While claims of racial bias in the writings of Rudolf Steiner and Alice Bailey were made,[17] Alice A. Bailey was firmly opposed to the Axis powers (according to Bailey, Adolf Hitler was possessed by the Dark Forces [18]) , and Steiner emphasized racial equality as a principle central to anthroposophical thought and humanity’s progress.[19][20] Any racial elements from these influences have not remained part of the Anthroposophical Society as contemporary adherents of the society have either not adopted or repudiated these beliefs.[21][22] Another early usage of the term, was by the American artist, mystic, and philosopher Walter Russell, who spoke of “… this New Age philosophy of the spiritual re-awakening of man …” in his essay “Power Through Knowledge”, which was also published in 1944.Carl Jung was an early articulator of the concept of the Age of Aquarius. [23] In a letter to H. G. Baynes, dated 12 August 1940, he wrote in a passage concerning the destruction of the temple of Karnak by an earthquake in 26 BC: “1940 is the year when we approach the meridian of the first star in Aquarius. It is the premonitory earthquake of the New Age.”

[24]SUBCULTURE OF NEW AGE
The subculture that later became known as New Age already existed in the early 1970s, based on and adopting ideas originally present in the counterculture of the 1960s. The Findhorn Foundation – anintentional community near Findhorn, Moray, Scotland founded in 1962 – played an instrumental role during the early growth period of the New Age movement;[citation needed] it continues to operate the Findhorn Ecovillage. (Findhorn Ecovillage.)Widespread use of the term New Age began in the mid-1970s (reflected in the title of monthly periodical New Age Journal) and probably influenced several thousand small metaphysical book- and gift-stores that increasingly defined themselves as “New Age bookstores”.[25][26] As a result of the large-scale activities surrounding the Harmonic Convergence in 1987, the American mass media further popularized the term as a label for the alternative spiritual subculture, including practices such as meditation, channeling, crystal healing, astral projection, psychic experience, holistic health,simple living, and environmentalism; or belief in phenomena such as Earth mysteries, ancient astronauts, extraterrestrial life, unidentified flying objects, crop circles, and reincarnation. A range of New Age publications appeared by the late 1980s such as Psychic Guide (later renamed Body, Mind & Spirit), Yoga Journal, New Age Voice, New Age Retailer, and NAPRA Review by the New Age Publishers and Retailers Alliance.Several key moments occurred in raising public awareness of this subculture: the publication of Linda Goodman’s best selling astrology books Sun Signs (1968) and Love Signs (1978); Hair: The American Tribal Love-Rock Musical (1967) with its opening song “Aquarius” and its memorable line “This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius” [emphasis added]; the broadcast of Shirley MacLaine’s television mini-series Out on a Limb (1987); and the Harmonic Convergence (1987) organized by José Argüelles in Sedona, Arizona. Also influential[citation needed]were the claims of channelers Jane Roberts (the Seth Material) and J. Z. Knight (Ramtha), as well as revealed writings A Course in Miracles(1976) by Helen Schucman, The Celestine Prophecy (1993) by James Redfield, and Conversations with God (1995) by Neale Donald Walsch. Relevant works also include the writings of Eckhart Tolle, Barbara Marx Hubbard, Marianne Williamson, Deepak Chopra, John Holland, Gary Zukav, and Wayne Dyer; also, The Secret (2006) by Rhonda Byrne, which was based on the writings of Esther Hicks and Jerry Hicks.While authors J. Gordon Melton,[27] Wouter Hanegraaff,[28] and Paul Heelas[29] have emphasized the above-mentioned personal aspects,Mark Satin,[30] Theodore Roszak,[31] Marilyn Ferguson,[32] and Corinne McLaughlin[33] have described New Age as a values-based sociopolitical movement.Philosophy and CosmologyMain articles: Philosophy and CosmologyTheism There is a general and abstract idea of God, understood in many ways and seen as superseding the need to anthropomorphize deity.Spiritual beings Many believe that gods, angels, Ascended Masters, elementals, ghosts, faeries, Spirit guides and extraterrestrials can spiritually guide a person, if they open themselves to their guidance.[34]Afterlife Consciousness persists after death as life in different forms; the afterlife exists for further learning through the form of a spirit,reincarnation and/or near-death experiences.[35] The New Age belief in reincarnation is different than the Buddhist or Hindu concepts in that the New Age religion believes that a soul can be born into a spiritual realm or even on a far-away planet and there is no desire to end this process.[36] There may be a belief in hell, but typically not in the traditional Christian sense or Islamic sense of eternal damnation.Universalist views of the afterlife are common.Age of Aquarius The current time period is claimed by some astrologers to be the dawning of the Age of Aquarius correlated to various changes in the world and some claim that the early 1960s was the actual beginning of the Age of Aquarius, though this claim is highly contentious. Common claims about the developments associated with the Age of Aquarius include, but are not limited to, human rights, democracy, innovative technology, electricity, computers, and aviation. Esoteric claims are that the Age of Aquarius will see a rise in consciousness.[11]Astrology Horoscopes and the Zodiac are used in understanding, interpreting, and organizing information about personality, human affairs, and other terrestrial matters.[37] Teleology Life has a purpose; this includes a belief in synchronicity—that coincidences have spiritual meaning and lessons to teach those who are open to them. Everything is universally connected through God and participates in the same energy.[38] There is a cosmic goal and a belief that all entities are (knowingly or unknowingly) cooperating towards this goal.Indigo children Children are being born with a more highly developed spiritual power than earlier generations.[39][40]Interpersonal relationships There are opportunities to learn about one’s self and relationships are destined to be repeated until they are healthy.[41] Those in the New Age movement accept women’s complete equality in all aspects of society including religion and the complete acceptance of one’ssexual orientation, whether heterosexual, homosexual (gay or lesbian), bisexual, transgender, or intersexual as a means of spiritual development. A number of New Age people practice Tantric sex as an aspect of Tantric yoga.[42]Intuition An important aspect of perception – offset by a somewhat strict rationalism – noted especially in the works of psychologist Carl Jung.[43]Optimism Positive thinking supported by affirmations will achieve success in anything;[44] this is based on the concept that Thought Creates. Therefore, as one begins focusing attention and consciousness on the positive, on the “half-filled” glass of water, reality starts shifting and materializing the positive intentions and aspects of life. A certain critical mass of people with a highly spiritual consciousness will bring about a sudden change in the whole population.[45] Humans have a responsibility to take part in positive creative activity and to work to heal ourselves, each other and the planet.[46]Human Potential Movement The human mind has much greater potential than that ascribed to it[47][48][49] and is even capable of overriding physical reality.[50]Spiritual healing Humans have potential healing powers, such as therapeutic touch, which can be developed to heal others through touch or at a distance.[51]  Religion and ScienceMain articles: Religion and ScienceFurther information: Relationship between religion and science and Quantum mind–body problemEclecticism New Age spirituality is characterized by an individual approach to spiritual practices and philosophies, and the rejection of religiousdoctrine and dogma.[52]Matriarchy Feminine forms of spirituality, including feminine images of the divine, such as the female Aeon Sophia in Gnosticism, are deprecated by patriarchal religions.[5]?Stonehenge and other ancient sites are revered by many who practice New Age spirituality.Ancient civilizations Atlantis, Lemuria, Mu, and other lost lands existed.[53] Relics such as the crystal skulls and monuments such as Stonehenge and the Great Pyramid of Giza were left behind.Psychic perception Certain geographic locations emanate psychic energy (sometimes through ley lines) and were considered sacred in pagan religions throughout the world.[54]Eastern world practices Meditation, Yoga, Tantra, Chinese medicine, Ayurveda, martial arts, Tai chi chuan, Falun Gong,Qigong, Reflexology, Reiki, and other Eastern practices may assist in focusing spirituality.Diet Food influences both the mind and body; it is generally preferable to practice vegetarianism by eating fresh organic food, which is locally grown and in season.[55][56] Fasting may be used.[57]Mathematics An appeal to the language of nature and mathematics, as evidenced by numerology, Kabbalah,[58] Sacred geometry, and Gnosticism to discern the nature of God.Science  Quantum mechanics, parapsychology, and the Gaia hypothesis have been used in quantum mysticism to explain spiritual principles.[59]Authors Deepak Chopra, Fritjof Capra, Fred Alan Wolf, and Gary Zukav have linked quantum mechanics to New Age spirituality, which is presented in the film What the Bleep Do We Know!? (2004); also, in connection with the Law of Attraction, which is related to New Thought and presented in the film The Secret (2006). They have interpreted the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, quantum entanglement, wave function collapse, or the many-worlds interpretation to mean that all objects in the universe are one (monism), that possibility and existence are endless, and that the physical world is only what one believes it to be. In medicine, such practices as therapeutic touch, homeopathy, chiropractic, and naturopathy involve hypotheses and treatments that have not been accepted by the conventional, science-based medical community through the normal course of empirical testing.[60][61]Lifestyle?New Age shop in St Albans, UKNew Age spirituality has led to a wide array of literature on the subject and an active niche market; books, music, crafts, and services in alternative medicine are available at New Age stores, fairs, andfestivals.[62][63]DemographicsPeople who practice New Age spirituality or embrace its lifestyle are included in the Lifestyle of Health and Sustainability (LOHAS) demographic market segment, currently in a growth phase, related to sustainable living, green ecological initiatives, and generally composed of a relatively affluent and well-educated segment.[64][65] The LOHAS market segment in 2006 was estimated at USD$300 billion, approximately 30 percent of the United States consumer market.[66][67] According to The New York Times, a study by the Natural Marketing Institute showed that in 2000, 68 million Americans were included within the LOHAS demographic. The sociologist Paul H. Ray, who coined the term Cultural Creatives in his book The Cultural Creatives: How 50 Million People Are Changing the World (2000), states, “What you’re seeing is a demand for products of equal quality that are also virtuous.”[68][69]Holistic healthMain articles: Holistic health and Alternative medicineSee also: List of branches of alternative medicinePractitioners of New Age spirituality may use alternative medicine in addition to or in place of conventional medicine;[63][70] while some conventional physicians have adopted aspects or the complete approach of holistic health.MusicMain articles: New Age music and Ambient musicSee also: List of New Age music artists and List of ambient artistsNew Age music is peaceful music of various styles, which is intended to create inspiration, relaxation, and positive feelings while listening. Studies have determined that New Age music can be an effective component of stress management. [71] Some New Age music albums come with notes to encourage use in meditation.This style began in the 1970s with the works of free-form jazz groups recording on the ECM label; such as Oregon, the Paul Winter Group, and other pre-ambient bands; as well as ambient music performer Brian Eno and classical avant-garde musician Daniel Kobialka. In the early 1970s, it was mostly instrumental with both acoustic and electronic styles. New Age music evolved to include a wide range of styles from electronic space music using synthesizers and acoustic instrumentals using Native American flutes and drums, singing bowls, and world music sounds to spiritual chanting from other cultures.Sustainable livingMain articles: Sustainable living, Sustainability, and Simple livingSee also: List of intentional communitiesThere is an emphasis on living in a simple sustainable way that attempts to reduce an individual’s or society’s use of the Earth’s natural resources and shuns the consumer society.[72][73]ReceptionOrganized religionMain articles: Comparative religion and A Christian reflection on the New AgeMichigan attorney and activist Constance Cumbey offered the first major criticism of the New Age movement from a Christian perspective inThe Hidden Dangers of the Rainbow: The New Age Movement and Our Coming Age of Barbarism (1983).[74]In 2003, following a six year study, the Roman Catholic Church published a 90 page document A Christian reflection on the New Age which was highly critical of New Age practices such as yoga, meditation, feng shui and healing by crystals. [75][76] The Vatican stated that euphoric states attained through New Age practices such as meditation and yoga should not be confused with prayer or assumed to be signs of the presence of God.[77][78]Monsignor Michael Fitzgerald stated at the Vatican conference on A Christian Reflection on the New Age that the “Church avoids any concept that is close to those of the New Age”. Cardinal Paul Poupard, head of the Pontifical Council for Culture, said that the “New Age is a misleading answer to the oldest hopes of man.”[78]Expressing general agreement with the views expressed by the 2003 Vatican document, Richard Land of the Southern Baptist Conventionsaid that there would be widespread agreement among Baptists that New Age ideas are contrary to Christian tradition and doctrine.[79]MarxistMarxism is generally critical of the New Age movement, as with all religious activity and experience. Marxists regard the idea of spirituality, including New Age, as a form of what Engels called False Consciousness and that it is just superstition that goes against provable fact. Instead, as materialistic rationalists, they believe that either if a ghost or miracle (for example) cannot be explained, science has not advanced fully to explain it or that if something cannot be explained, it does not exist. They would also consider the New Age Movement an ideology suited to globalization and late capitalism that treats belief as a commodity to be traded and that the pick and mix approach is just the illusion of individuality.Post Marxists argue that the economic base and ideological superstructure is the same thing and that New Age Ideas are suited to late capitalism, as they believe that identities are fluid and co modifiable.Integral theoryMain article: Integral theoryThe author Ken Wilber posits that most New Age thought falls into what he termed the pre/trans fallacy.[80] According to Wilber, humandevelopmental psychology moves from the pre-personal, through the personal, then to the transpersonal (spiritually advanced or enlightened) level.[81] He regards 80 percent of New Age spirituality as pre-rational (pre-conventional) and as relying primarily on mythic-magical thinking; this contrasts with a post-rational (including and transcending rational) genuinely world-centric consciousness.[80][81]Indigenous peoples of the Americas

Main article: Indigenous peoples of the Americas

Some adherents of traditional disciplines such as the Lakota people, a tribe of the indigenous peoples of the Americas, reject the term New Age. They see the movement it represents as not fully understanding, deliberately trivializing, or distorting their disciplines. [82]They have coined the term plastic shaman to describe individuals who identify themselves as shamans, holy people, or other traditional spiritual leaders, but who have no genuine connection to the traditions or cultures they claim to represent. The academic Ward Churchill has criticized the New Age movement as an instrument of cultural imperialism that is exploitative of indigenous cultures by reducing it to a commodity to be traded. In Fantasies of the Master Race, he criticizes the cultural appropriation of Native American culture and symbols in not only the New Age movement, but in art and popular culture. [83]Goddess movement

Members of the Goddess movement have severely criticized the New Age as fundamentally patriarchal, analytical rather than intuitive, and as supporting the status quo, particularly in its implicit gender roles. Monica Sjöö, who worked with Zsuzsanna Budapest, Starhawk and other feminist pagans, pointed out that New Age “channels” were virtually all women, but the “spirits” they purported to channel, offering guidance to humanity, were nearly all male. Sjöö was highly critical of Theosophy; the I AM Activity, and particularly Alice Bailey, whom she saw as promoting Nazi-like “Aryan” ideals. Sjöö’s writings also condemn the New Age for its support of communication and information processing technologies which, she believes, may produce harmful low-level electromagnetic radiation.

Body Work
Alexander Technique
Biopulsation
Body Wraps
BodyTalk
Bowen
Chiropractors
Craniosacral Therapy
Feldenkrais
Huna
Lomi Lomi
Massage, Newborn
Massage, On-Site
Massage, Pregnancy
Massage, Shiatsu
Massage, Therapeutic
Massage, Thai
Myofascial Release
Naprapathy
Neuromuscular Therapy
Ortho-Bionomy.
Reflexology
Rosenwork
Rubenfeld Synergy
Trager Bodywork
Watsu Warm Water Therapy
Eastern
Acupressure
Acupuncture
Ayurvedic
Falun Qong
Feng Shui
Henna Art
Jin Shin Jyutsu
Mandala
Qigong
Tai Chi
Tantra
Vastu
Zen
Natural
Animal Practitioners
Apitherapy
Crystals/Rocks
Dowsing
Dolphins
Drumming
Fairies
Firewalk
Labyrinth
Nature Preserves
Nature Spirits
Organics
Power Places
Salt Lamps
Smudge Sticks
Trees
Wind Chimes
Healthy Food
Animal Foods, Natural
Health and Food Stores Juice Bars
Kombucha
Milk, Hormone Free
Organic Produce
Raw Food
Restaurants
Water
WaterBlessingLabels

Green
Air Purifiers
Alternate Energy
Alternate Fuel Vehicles
Alternate Power
Cleaners, Green
Composter
Dry Cleaning
Energy Analysis
Gardens, Environmental
Housing, Energy Efficient
Landscape, Zeroscape
Laundry
Organic Gardening
Organic Lawn Care
Recycling
Solar
Therapeutic Horticulture
Wood Pellet Stoves
Energywork
Avatar
Barbara Brennan
Breathwork
DNA
Healing Touch
Implant Removal
Light Healing
Neural Depolarization
Polarity
Reconnective Healing
Reiki
Quantum Energy
Quantum Touch
Therapeutic Touch
Theta Healing
Touch For Health
Vortexhealing
Zero Balancing
Internal
Blood Work
Chelation
Colonics
Detox Foot Bath
Ear Candling
Macrobiotics
Nutrition
Oxygen Therapy
Vegetarians
Weight Loss
Stores
Angel Stores
Bead Stores
Book Stores
Books, Used Metaphysical
Clothing Stores
Gift Stores
Health and Food Stores
Native American
Personal Care
Aromatherapy
Baby Care, Natural
Bath and Body Shops
Candles
Cleaners, Natural
Day Spas
Hair Care, Natural
Skin Care, Holistic
Soap, Handmade
Women’s Products Medical Arts
Dentist, Holistic
Doctor, Ayurvedic
Doctor, Holistic
Doctor, Oriental Medicine
Doctor, Osteopath
Iridology
Medical Intuitive
Naturopathy
Nursing, Holistic
Optometry/Ophthalmology
Podiatrist, Holistic
Thermography
Veterinarian
Mind
Behavior Modification
Biofeedback
Counselors
EFT (EMFT)
EMDR
Gestalt
Guided Imagery
Hypnosis Store, Online
Hypnotherapy
Inner Child
Journaling / Writing
Motivation
NLP Neuro Linguistic Programming
Past Life Regressions
Personal Coach
Psychiatrist, Holistic
Psychologist, Holistc
Psychotherapist , Holistic
Rage Therapy
Rapid Eye Technology
Subliminals
Movement
Dancing
Dynamic Walking
Movement Reeducation
Nia
Personal Trainers
Pilates
Yoga
Yoga Clothing
Yoga Dance
Supplements
Colloidal Minerals
Distributors
Green Supplements
Herbs
Homeopathics
Vitamins
Fitness
Akido
Challenge Courses
Health and Fitness Clubs
Rebounders
Businesses
Music Stores
Paint, Recycled
Paper, Recyled
Software
Beauty
Art
Bamboo
Jewelry
Fountains
Water Lilies
Wildflowers Readings
Akashic Records
Angels
Animal Communicator
Astrology
Astrology, Lovers
Astrology Software
Astrology, Vedic
Aura Photography
Aura Video
Automatic Writing
Biorhythm Readings
Biorthym Software
Channeling
Clairvoyant
Crystal Readings
Dream Interpretation
Enneagram
Handwriting
Horoscopes
Intuitive Readers
Medium
Natal Chart
Numerology Readings
Palmistry
Psychics
Psychometry
Runes
Sand Readings
Tarot
Tarot Software
Tea Leaves
Vedic Astrology
Public
Centers
Dating, Holistic On-line
eRadio
Intentional Communities
Librarys, Holistic/NewAge
Marketing, New Age
Minister
Organizations
Politics
Speaker
Radio
Retreat Centers
Retreat Organizers
Television, Holistic
Web Design, Holistic
Tools
Angel Board
Bioenergy Device
Calendar
Crystals
Insurance, Alternative Health
Magnets
Massage Tables
Message Boards
Pendulums
Prosperity
Pyramids
Rentals
Sacred Geometry
Software, Astrology
Software, Biorthym
Software, Tarot
Video Rental
Vision Improvement

GOD OF THE OMNI
The one Unity is in God
ACE GUIDE
NEW AGE ASCENSION
ASCENSION CENTER ORGANIZATION
http://www.ascensioncenter.org

The truth of existence as part of the Omnipresence exploring the energy of creation as one is the message.

Be cheerful and present with all.
Be one with each day and all that surrounds you.

You may feel as one and alone but you are part of the all as one.

Learn that there are lessons to learn and this is what we are on earth to explore.

We are about learning to communicate and explore with other parts of ourselves as the omnipresence.

We should be habitually doing our duty to enjoy ourselves as we explore, grow, and learn.

We have a duty to stay alive and to learn the importance of the events of the day.

We should all know that energy is created to explore and learn and to understand.

We are all here to learn that there are other presences in the omnipresence, which exist in many places outside of our own selves.

There are many beings that are going to be revealed in the future and some may have more power and knowledge than we may have on earth.

We should accept these beings as our kind.

Our mantra should be that we are growing and progressing into more than we are.

We know we are immortal and the master of our own fate.

We should greet the unknown with a cheerful heart and mind being armed with the philosophy that understanding is power.
We are all searching.

We are all part of the omnipresence of expansion.

We are all part of something greater than we are.

We must learn to share in communication and gravitate to becoming more of what can be created.

We must learn to be part of the matter that holds the omnipresence together.

We are to communicate with other immortals and assist others to learn of their creative powers.

Some of us are in higher positions and lower positions.

 Some of us hold different levels of consciousness and understanding. Some of us are called as leaders and communicators by our Omnipresence.
Some people believe God calls them.

Many of these chosen beings are being called because of their level of understanding of other beings.

 Some beings are called because of the Omnipresence created in others who are at higher levels of existence.

We have guides and beings in other dimensions.

Sentient intelligent beings here on earth to learn and explore.

This is the great adventure of life.

 Karma is not punishment.

Karma is nature giving the perfect opportunity to learn.

Nature does not punish but teaches.

We must be ready to accept the knowledge we learn from our mistakes.

Nature is teaching us that we cannot destroy the environment called earth.

We are all sentient intelligent beings who can teach each other.  

Law of Karma teaches us to make the best of whatever gifts, or talents that we have.

The message to each individual is to find your part, your place, your gift and share it with other beings.

Fix the inside and the outside will adjust to your being. Intelligent beings are losing their way back to the beginning.

We are to return and come full circle.

One of my jobs as a communicator is to collect souls.

Learn to think right and about what really matters on earth.

Things will improve for you and everyone else on earth.

 All ill health, poverty, disharmony must disappear.

Such is the law.

God’s Laws are here on earth and in us all.

We are learning the truth!

Life need not be by battle among beings on earth.

Life is a big adventure.

There are many beings on earth and they each have a role to play in the game of life.

This is Omnipresence in all forms of matter and energy.

We are all part of the one.

God is one.

Pray that you individualize the Omnipresence and truth.

Pray that we all will realize our gifts and talents and become aware of more than exists in each of us.

Earth is beginning to recognize the power that comes form within as part of the Omnipresence.

God is the Omnipresence of inspiration and creativity.

Mother Nature has been called the Mother Goddess or force of nature.

Regardless of whether one uses spiritual words or scientific words, the energy and matter is the same.

We must learn to communicate that the God Omnipresence and the God Particle are one.

We are all one and the same known as the glue of matter and what befalls one effect the other.

Some scientists call this the butterfly affect.

Mother Nature will teach in certain areas on earth because of the lower level of energy consciousness.

We all do not have to learn from evil to know of its existence.

We are all hear to accept our own immortality as extra terrestrial beings that will someday leave our mortal physical bodies that have been created on earth.

Some beings believe we all go before a God and a Lord called Jesus.

This thought process is not offered to all beings on earth.

This may be the path of righteousness.

For some and not all.

 Only time will tell.

Regardless of how we break down the energy and the messenger, the message is still truth.

We must all wake up to the fact that our reality is changing.

Some see it and feel it more than others. Some call it synergy.

 It is energy and matter. Energy matters.

We all matter.

The message is there are higher powers that are extra terrestrial sharing that we must learn to care about each other.

Raise consciousness and raise Omnipresence which is expanding in all of us as one.

My belief is in a Higher Power that dwells in all matter and is Omnipresence.

The God power is the “God Particle” that holds all things as matter together as one.

These are words that I receive as messages.

Some people may believe in God and some may believe in Divine Messengers.

Some may believe in oracles and psychics.

People are important to me.

I know we are all here to learn lessons and I believe in reincarnation of our spiritual souls.

If one wants to know God, guides, and time travel, then raise consciousness.

Extra terrestrial beings are as real as UFOs.

There are beings who desire to communicate and share with me through thought and communication.

 Please know I believe that God is one and in us all.

I am a Student, Teacher, Messenger, Being, and still only a small particle of the whole Omnipresence.

I believe in God and divine messages.
I choose to believe we are all children of God.

I receive God energy as pure knowledge which I call the Omnipresence.

Some believe in names such as Nine, Tom, and other channeled energy of the One.

This is a time of revelation.

The Ascension Center Enlightenment is energy as matter and the glue for all spiritual souls who are ready to ascend.

The energy of Ascension Center was revealed to me as a collective consciousness and place for God’s people.

The message of the Ascension Center is that Omnipresence is real and manifested in Extraterrestrials as God’s Messengers.

My ET UFO message that the Omnipresence is powerful and can create and destroy energy as matter is a statement that has always been accepted by our ancient ancestors.

We as sentient intelligent beings are here to obtain ascension centered awareness of our part as one so we can progress with other extra terrestrial intelligent being species.

I hope that this will touch other beings to know that God has messengers.

God has always been and is the Omnipresence in infinite form and as all God Particles which to some are simply a scientific term about the One and the only God Particle in Theory of Everything.

We are learning about Space Time Continuum and Quantum Time being a new way to share the millennium.

The Atomic Clock was fine for the twentieth century but we have crossed over into the twenty-first century.

This is my truth that I know and has been revealed to me.

I leave it to others to learn, explore, and to know for themselves.

We are all one and we are all immortal.

I am considered a dimensional time traveler being as are many essences as sentient intelligent beings of earth.

Some of us leave our bodies and travel while we are considered sleeping and in dream state of mind.

The way that we travel to some is called out-of-body experiences.

There are various ways to compare and share our experiences while time travel is present in our minds.

The science of religion and philosophy may address the topic of time travel as simply an illusion or delusion in psychology.

There are now studies being performed on how the mind works and how our brain waves can be monitored while we are dreaming and sleeping in our various levels such as Beta, Alpha, Theta, Delta, and Gamma.

The Five (5) levels of the mind are shared but not openly and completely understood in Science as of January 2010 on earth.

This soon will change as will our understanding of the Quantum Time and Space Time Continuum as we all grow and expand our global futures on earth.

We can continue to share our experiences and information as knowledge and personal wisdom.

I know of many worlds and many beings. God is all sciences and all religions together as one.

God is one in all things.
Because I am human I make mistakes.

Because I am Omnipresent I learn from my mistakes.

Because I exist I know I am.

I accept Omnipresence is the purest bond in all matter as the beginning and the end.

Change the thoughts of human beings and ascend from earth.

 Some people call this channeling.

Council of nine and Tom are keeping the formula for time travel in space to himself for the time being.

For now, all I can do is travel and share my life on earth in my Book of Theresa as the Keeper of the Flame.

I share my thoughts as my own personal Sacred Secrets.

LIGHTWORKERS OF ASCENSION AGE 12/21/2012 & BEYOND! TJ

Ascension Center Enlightenment
Avatar Guide
For Light Workers
 A Spiritual Intellectual Club
Mystics, Oracles, Prophet/Prophetess, Sages, Seers, Shamans, and Truth Seekers.

ACE METAPHYSICAL INSTITUTE
of Philosophy & Technology

Avatar Guide for Lightworkers is a work in progress. This will include the globalization process and the United Nations and UNESCO interests in Art, Culture, Education, Science, Technology,

Energy, Ethos, Etymology, Ethnology, and Folklife are five of the headings of main focus on our Ascension Center. ACES as the agreed association of copy editors society will also be something to look forward too by young writers who desire to share in the websites we shall create on the Internet and in the new media.

We are looking forward to assisting others as Social Entrepreneurs. Our target date for release is for 2013.

The deadline for discovery and input by all is December 21, 2012 time (T.) 11:11. Our Ascension Center Enlightenment World Mantra and Motto is “SHIFT AND UPLIFT FOR HEALTH AND PROSPERITY FOR ALL!”

We are sharing with those who are studying the Teachings of the Mystics including Christian Mystics, Jewish Mysticism,  and all others through out time.

We have many people requesting the ACE GUIDE. We are putting great efforts into sharing all of the Ancient Mystery Schools with all the updates regarding the mystical, magical, metaphysical, and occult wisdom lacking in many of the past disciplines taught on earth. Many people could not read and write throughout the past centuries. This allowed for much confusion .

We hope that the world will desire to share health and prosperity for all.

This is our goal as Ascension Beings who are centered, well rounded, and grounded in education for earth. We are Ambassadors of Goodwill as Social Entrepreneurs assisting the Global Community with innovations and inspiration for health and prosperity.

SEVEN YEARS – 2012-2019 A SPIRITUAL ADVENTURE IN TIME CHALLENGES

The seven years we here about has to do with the typical seven we all here about in Time relating to the spirit on earth in time. 2013 begins the ASCENSION AGE.

THE ASCENSION CENTER – ACE GUIDE – EDUCATION and SELF-HELP Books and publishing for those who desire to know more about the future of humankind on earth. Many who desire to study ascension are about the future inspiration for all. Ascension Beings desire health and prosperity for all.

The Ascension Center ACE GUIDE FOR 2012 will include education in these areas.

We will offer EARTH STUDIES IN ETIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, ETHOS, ENTOMOLOGY, and ETYMOLOGY.

Do not confuse entomology the study of insects with Etymology the study of world history. We will assist many teachers with the topics for those who desire to visit Hawaii, and learn of Lemuria and Atlantis. The New Age of Revealing and Revelation is considered the years of 2010 through 2012. Angels are welcome as philanthropists and investors in the global futures of the Ascension Center Education in self-help books and we invite authors and publishers on the web to join us in the Media Online Press (MOP) at American News Magazine Mainstream and Social Paranormal Network Guide Alternative.

2013 begins the ASCENSION AGE. David Wilcock will be speaking at a seminar in Hawaii in February. Michael Salla is also in Hawaii.

The topics discussed are a compilation, formulation of the Ancient Mystery Schools adapted to modern day words, and etymology will be a part of the future changes in the WEB and the MATRIX. Some now refer to the Critical Mass Consciousness and how everyone that is entitled to know of the God Particles in everyone and everything affects the Akashic Field. This is now being revealed to Quantum Scientists and those who are working with the Hadron Collider. There are new findings for Astronomers and new telescopes creating new awareness for us all. It is truly an age of revealing. Bodies There have been recent attempts at creating groups and associations for seminars in California and in other places around the world including Hawaii.

Honolulu is the home to the original Ascension Center and is considered the Heart of Lemuria. Many of the Hawaiian Hunas know this and feel the Hawaiian Chain of islands are cresting or sitting upon where Lemuria once resided.

If anyone has ever been to Hawaii and toured the islands where there are both whales and dolphins that live there, one can know it is truly touched and blessed.

Gil Grissom on the CSI: Crime Scene Investigation TV show is an entomologist, who is played by actor William Petersen.

Similarly, entomologist Jack Hodgins of Bones, portrayed by TJ Thyne, helps his team by analyzing insects (such as Hydrotaea) and “particulates” near to or attached to decomposed victims, often identifying the precise location a murder originally occurred; he is also an expert in botany and mineralogy.

In Arthur Conan Doyle’s story, The Hound of the Baskervilles, the villain is a naturalist who collects butterflies, making him an “evil” entomologist.

There are numerous science fiction books, which have plots based on humans becoming smaller and having to deal with insects at their level.

Some examples are The Insect Warriors by Rex Dean Levie, Atta by Francis Rufus Bellamy, Bug Park by James P. Hogan, The Micronauts series by Gordon Williams, and The Forgotten Planet by Murray Leinster. The Forgotten Planets plot is twisted in that the insects are the size of men (or larger) on a planet “seeded” to prepare it for human habitation. Robert Asprin wrote The Bug Wars, a novel about war between reptiles and insects on an interplanetary scale.

We are going into what are called precession years. This will include

The new discoveries of old and ancient information through science,

Technology and discoveries of future inventions.

It is our desire to share in the awareness of ascension cultural

Education. We plan to do this via the Internet or World Wide Web.

There is so much changing now that we should be involved with art,

Culture, education, science, technology, and the religions of

Humankind on earth.

We are going through global change and will need everyone to improve

Innovations and involvement.

The Large Hadron Collider is the picture of the 21st century that will

Lead the way into our new discoveries of the weak and strong nuclear

Forces in the universe. This will deal with the global environment,

International world governmental changes and future discoveries on

Earth. Some may include the knowledge of reverse engineering from

Extraterrestrial technology.

We are doing this internationally now as we can see due to the recent

Earthquake in Haiti on January 12, 2010. We cannot change history but

We can learn from our mistakes.

The Red Cross is the one organization that we can count on in the world.

The United Nations is also one organization along with UNESCO for education.

We will need more involvement during these years that will involve

The OLYMPIC TEAMS to inspire us and to share hope.

There are new words on websites springing up daily in the world. The new buzzwords with the new marketing and media online have not been able to keep up with all the new words. We will need a new Global Lexicon and WORLD WIDE DICTIONARY.

We will need improvements in our Lexicography skills. There are now new

OBVIATE OF THE SOCIAL PARANORMAL

We enjoy sharing our articles we find elsewhere and we should also share our own personal views and opinions for others to gain insight.

 “MYSTICISM” and “MYSTERY”

Mysticism is not the same as what we commonly call the occult.  Occult is the word we use for unknown wisdom or beyond ordinary understanding. 2. Secret; known only to the initiated. 3. Dealing with the supernatural or magical; the occult sciences. Something occult or supernatural such as the Bible Codes.

There are all types of mystics including Jews and Christians. Various Faiths have had their own great philosophers and etymologists that are considered holy beings and those who study the “World” and the “word” – whatever that may be!

To obviate is to meet and clear away, as difficulties; make unnecessary. This is  a short article to share in the future with others who are authors interested in the social paranormal network as we go forth sharing our own opinions and views of  those on earth who have came before.

This is all we do since we are left here to explore.

MYSTIC TEACHINGS

We will include sharing instruction with other writers who desire to participate on Social Paranormal.com and UFODigest.com

This new way of sharing our stories shall increase awareness and insight into others opinions and views of the following:

INCLUDES SOME BUT NOT ALL IN ARTICLES

BIBLE
St. John of the Cross
St. Teresa of Avila

Buddhists Texts
THE ZOHAR
The Upanishads

Arthur Koestler
Dionysius The Areopagite
Farid Al-Din Attar
Jalal Al-Din Rumi
Jan Van Ruysbroeck
Lao-Tzu
Meister Eckhart
Plotinus
Professor D. T. Suzuki

Mystical Writings of the World
And The Teachings of the Mystics, Selections from the Great Mystics and Mystical Writings of the World.

Jewish Mysticism

What is called Jewish Mysticism by the major authorities on the subject does not in a general way conform to the pattern of mysticism as unfolded in most books.
“If this research of the Torah Codes is born out, behold this is
the greatest discovery of three hundred years of scientific research.”
Professor Robert I. Aumann, famous mathematician and Nobel Prize award, member of the
National Academy of Science of America

The Torah Codes, popularly known as Bible Codes, show us that the Torah has some commentary on events that happen in our living history. These events are hidden with in the text and we have extracted many of the events contained in them. It is remarkable that a text over 3300 years old contains events that happen thousands of years later. This has caused significant controversy and as a result there are many bible code skeptics.

Who is behind the codes? Where do they come from and what do the all mean? This is for you to work out on an individual basis. This site provides the evidence you now decide what it all means to you.

http://www.realbiblecodes.com

Meister Eckhart: A Modern Translation, translated by R. B. Blakney, New York and London: Harper & Brothers, 1941, p.xxiv

TO REACH BACK INTO THE CORE SEARCHING FOR UNION WITH GOD

The Awakening of Faith is a way of life for those who desire to know more of the Ascension Center. We call this a way of enlightenment.

Meister Eckhart one of the Great Mystics written about lived in Germany (1260-1328) and was considered one of the well known Christian Mystics.

Improvements in our entertainment media. We have seen some innovations that we have enjoyed with computer graphics and simulations in a lifelike film called Avatar. We will desire more movies such as Avatar and maybe Steven Spielberg could make a Close Encounters II or the Fourth Kind has been made so maybe Close Encounters of the Fifth Kind. This new 3D movie was a wonderful contribution to the 21st

Century.

During the past in American when we were at war and/or in a recession

We used the theater and movies to inspire us to a better way of life

With movie stars on the big silver screen who had a life we could only

Dream about and desire, which inspired hope for the future.

We have always enjoyed our movies and these can now be seen in various

Ways on television via satellite, internet computers, and yet, we

Still want to go share in a social event with our friends and families

In theaters in America. This has been engraved as part of our American

Culture.

The Ascension Center Education will be a part of the future and is

Concentrating on the time prior to the date of December 21, 2012,

11:11 AM as the sun passes over our part of the world. The light will

Restore parts of our DNA that have been lacking and those born after

This time on earth will be the new human beings with knowledge

Abilities that include the future in 3D and Virtual Imaging in the

Matrix.

Many call this Ascension Age, which is called that for the awareness the time on earth, brings about the truth as it is restored in correcting history with our past knowledge clarified with the assistance of avatar oracles.

The topics shared in a guide we will be sharing in the new World

Information Network (WIN) to inspire Social Entrepreneurs of the

Future on the Internet. We are a Global Community that is rebuilding

Ourselves through new information, knowledge, reconstruction, and

Imagining ourselves in the future. This projection and new telepathic

Waves we use to connect to the Akashic Field of Everything in the

Universe will be not only felt but also discovered to be a real energy in

The smallest forms of matter and antimatter in science.

Some of the topics below are what many people are now interested in as

We create new scripts for our enjoyment and entertainment social media

Networks. We will all become students as seekers and teachers as seers

Around the world. Global Community Culture is dealing with art,

Culture, education, science, technology, social entrepreneurs, and

creating new professions and careers for the future of our children.

The following is in no specific order as we are still compiling topics and subjects for Neophytes from our Ascension Center Authority though December 21, 2012 T. 11:11 DEADLINE – ASCENSION CENTER AVATAR GUIDE FOR LIGHT WORKERS IN THE ASCENSION AGE

ASCENSION AGE begins on DECEMBER 21, 2012 T. 11:11

The most dramatic changes are being revealed now in articles on Social Paranormal Network Guide at http://www.socialparanormal.com

ASCENSION CULTURAL EDUCATION (ACE) – THE NEW 2012 ACE GUIDE

TJ MORRIS tm ACIR sm

Ascension Cultural Intergovernmental Relations (ACIR)

SOCIAL PARANORMAL INVOLVEMENT:

ASCENSION AWARENESS

OF HUNA, MAGIC, OCCULT

METAPHYSICAL TALENTS AND GIFTS

HEALTH AND HEALING ARTS OF SPIRIT

SPIRIT NATURE/SHAMANS

REIKI HEALERS

SHINTO

HUNTA/HUNA GUIDES

SEEKERS OF SCIENCE & TRUTH

SHARERS, LIGHTWORKERS, GUIDES, TEACHERS, AUTHORS, SPEAKERS

EVENT – PRODUCTS & SERVICES

Alien Contact

Alien Technology

Alientology

Amen Unity

Amnesty-Human Rights

Ancient Cultures

SCIENCE OF RELIGIONS

Religions and Paths to Salvation

Angels

Annunaki

Atlantis

Lemuria

Nephilim

Sumeria

Mesopotamia

Apocalypse

Armageddon

ASTROLOGY

Charts

ASTRONOMY

Pole Shifts

Near Earth Objects

Planet Nibiru

ANTHROPOLOGY

FOLKLORE

Folklife

Forensics

ARCHEAOLOGY

Ascension DNA Code Activation

Ascension Consciousness Awakening

Ascension Body -Mind-Spirit Activism

AUTHORS/Web Publishers

AVATARS

Reincarnation

Light workers

Star Babies

Star People

Walk-Ins

BASES:

Area 51

Dulce Base

HAARP

All New Mexico Bases

Roswell

Mars

Pine Gap

Military

Moon

NASA

Johnson Manned Spacecraft Center

Cape Canaveral

AIM

SETI

Arecibo

SOCIAL ENTREPRENEUR TOOLS

COMPUTER SAVVY

Internet Use

Applications

Building a Website

Starting a Business

Social Networks

CRYPTOZOOLOGY

BIG FOOT, YETI, ABOBMINABLE SNOWMAN

LOC NESS MONSTER

VAMPIRES

Ancient & Present

DIVINATION

Ghost Hunters

Premonitions

Psychic Mediums

Seers

Nostradamus

Spirit Guides

Telepathy

ET Disclosure Project

Exopolitics

Disclosure

Government Cover Ups

Conspiracy Theories

EXTRA SENSORY PERCEPTION (ESP)

Dowsing

Levitation of Spirit

Mental Telepathy

Migrations of Birds

PSI FUNCTIONS

Psi miracles

Spirits of electricity

God Particle

Poltergeist

Time Displacement

Sages

Organized divination

EXTRATERRESTRIALS

Extraterrestrial Education

Extraterrestrial Intelligent Beings

Extra biological Beings (EBENS)

FUTURE DISCOVERIES

Science

Technology

Futurists Theories

GUIDES

Body-Mind-Spirit

Lomi-Lomi

New Age Culture

Meditations

Hypnotism

Yoga

Joytish

Reiki

Hollow Earth Society

Mayan Calendar

UFOlogy

UFOS & USOs

METAPHYSICS

Hollow Earth

GLOBAL COMMUNITY CULTURES

New World Order

Walk-Ins

Ghosts Energy Apparitions

Ascension Channels

Shroud of Turin

SCIENCE OF RELIGIONS

1. ASPECTS & PROBLEMS

Origin of Religions

2. EXTINCT RELIGIONS

INSIDE EUROPE & OUTSIDE OF EUROPE

Thinking of primitive people

3. EGYPTIAN RELIGION

History, Gods, Pharaohs, Priests, Monuments

Ideas of Death & Last Judgment

4. RELIGIONS OF BIBLICAL REVELATION

CHRISTIANITY

Creed, Jesus, Dogma, Catholicism, Reformation, Present

JUDAISM

Jewish Creed, Ethics, Talmud, Mysticism

ISLAM

History, Origin, Mohammedan Mysticism,

DEITY WORSHIP

Basic Modes between humankind & Deities

Offering-Prayers-Rituals

Animistic

Preanimistic Theory

Theory of Original Monotheism

Magic & Religion

Celts & Slavs

Greeks

Romans

Tibet

China

Japan

Japanese Buddhism

Shintoism

Shamanism

Totemism

Extinct Religions

Teutonic Gods

Ideas of Death

Magic of Runes

Biblical Revelations

Buddhism

All isms

Hindi

Christian

Various

Jew

Messianic

Muslim

THEOLOGY

SPIRITUALITY & PHILOSOPHY

Seers

Nostradamus

Star gates

Time Travel

UFOs

Zechariah Sitchen

UFO ORGANIZATIONS

MUFON

CETI

CUFOS

UFORNA

EVENT LINKS

MAGAZINE LINKS

TELEVISION LINKS

WEBSITE & BLOG LINKS

The Ascension Center ACE GUIDE OF ETIOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY, ETHOS, ENTOMOLOGY, ETYMOLOGY. Do not confuse entomology the study of insects with Etymology the study of word history. We will assist many teachers with the topics for those who desire to visit Hawaii, and learn of Lemuria and Atlantis. The New Age of Revealing and Revelation is considered the years of 2012 thru 2012. 2013 begins the ASCENSION AGE. David Wilcock will be speaking at a seminar in Hawaii in February. Michael Salla is also in Hawaii.

The topics discussed are a compilation, formulation of the Ancient Mystery Schools adapted to modern day words, and etymology will be a part of the future changes in the WEB and the MATRIX. Some now refer to the Critical Mass Consciousness and how everyone that is entitled to know of the God Particles in everyone and everything affects the Akashic Field. This is now being revealed to Quantum Scientists and those who are working with the Hadron Collider. There are new findings for Astronomers and new telescopes creating new awareness for us all. It is truly an age of revealing.

This is the latest topics for the ACE GUIDE to be published for release 2013. Ascension Beings are about health and prosperity for all. We are Social Entrepreneurs sharing innovation and inspiration in the Global Community.
Zero Point Energy
In a quantum mechanical system such as the particle in a box or the quantum harmonic oscillator, the lowest possible energy is called the zero-point energy. According to classical physics, the kinetic energy of a particle in a box or the kinetic energy of the harmonic oscillator may be zero if the velocity is zero. Quantum mechanics with its uncertainty principle implies that if the velocity is measured with certainty to be exactly zero, the uncertainty of the position must be infinite. This either violates the condition that the particle remain in the box, or it brings a new potential energy in the case of the harmonic oscillator. To avoid this paradox, quantum mechanics dictates that the minimal velocity is never equal to zero, and hence the minimal energy is never equal to zero.
Does electromagnetic zero-point energy exist, and if so, are there any practical applications and does it have any connection with dark energy? The theoretical basis for electromagnetic zero-point energy is clear.
According to Sciama (1991):
Even in its ground state, a quantum system possesses fluctuations and an associated zero-point energy, since otherwise the uncertainty principle would be violated. In particular the vacuum state of a quantum field has these properties. For example, the electric and magnetic fields in the electromagnetic vacuum are fluctuating quantities.
The Casimir Effect is an example of a one-loop effect in quantum electrodynamics that can be simply explained by the zero-point energy. It is precisely localizable differences in the zero-point energy that may prove to be of some practical use and that may be the basis of dark energy phenomena. Moreover it has also been found that asymmetries in the zero-point field that appear upon acceleration may be associated with certain properties of inertia, gravitation and the principle of equivalence Haisch, Rueda and Puthoff (1994); Rueda and Haisch (1998); Rueda and Haisch (2005)
Properties
Lastly, insights may be offered on certain quantum properties (Compton wavelength, de Broglie wavelength, spin) and on mass-energy equivalence (E=mc2) if it proves to be the case that zero-point fluctuations interact with matter in a phenomenon identified by Erwin Schrödinger known as zitterbewegung (Haisch and Rueda 2000; Haisch, Rueda and Dobyns 2001; Nickisch and Mollere 2002).
As intriguing as these latter possibilities are, the first order of business is to unambiguously detect and measure zero-point energy. While a Casimir experiment such as that of Forward (1984) can in principle measure energy that may be attributed to the existence of real zero-point energy, there are alternative explanations involving source-source quantum interactions in place of real zero-point energy (see Milonni 1994). To move beyond this ambiguity of interpretation experiments that will test for the reality of measurable zero-point energy will need to be devised.
Cultural References
In the Justice League Episode, ‘Hereafter’, Vandal Savage had taken over the world and invented a Zero Point Generator in the boredom of immortality which was used to power a time machine to transport Superman back to the present.
In the movie ‘The Incredibles’, the villain Syndrome uses a ray that can immobilize an opponent, suspending him in mid-air. Director Brad Bird, speaking in a DVD commentary, says that in searching for a name for the device (or at least a better one than “the Immobi-ray”), he came across and used a reference to “zero-point energy”, which Syndrome himself uses to describe his weapon. (Of course, this is simply a cool name rather than a practical application at this time!)
In the computer game Half-Life 2, one of the weapons used by the player is the “Zero Point Energy Field Manipulator”, better known by its nickname the “Gravity Gun”. It allows the user to pick up and launch any medium-sized objects, and was used to market the game’s detailed physics engine.
The television show Stargate SG-1 and the spinoff, Stargate Atlantis also makes references to zero-point energy in the form of Zero Point Modules or ZPMs. These ZPMs extract energy from small artificially-created subspaces are used to power the technology of the Ancients, such as the energy shield which protects the city of Atlantis and powering the Stargate with sufficient power to allow travel to the Pegasus Galaxy. The Ancients also attempted to extract zero-point energy directly from their own universe in Project Arcturus.
Another television series called ZERO.POINT is in development that centers around the machinations of a quantum physicist searching for zero-point energy technology and a drifter who wanders in perfect synchronicity.
In Marvel Comic’s “Ultimate Secret” issue one, the disguised Captain Mahr-vell has helped humans develop a star drive based on ZPE. He offhandedly remarks that quantum wave fluctuations were discovered to cause inertia, which is the SED Hypothesis (covered here).
In the second season of the television series ‘Alias’, Sydney Bristow is tasked to retrieve a music box that supposedly contains a formula for zero-point energy.
In ‘3001: The Final Odyssey,’ by Arthur C. Clarke humanity is tapping zero point energy (or vacuum energy as it’s called in the book). Human astronomers observed an explosion of a far-away star, and on further investigation found that the detonation started at one of the planets which destabilized the star itself. This event gives the characters nightmares, as it was assumed that some alien race was using zero-point energy and lost control.
ZPE is also a potential energy source of interest to independent researchers outside of mainstream research entities, such as the late Eugene Mallove, and figures into discussions on radio programs such as Coast to Coast AM.
Reference: Wikipedia

BOOK OF THERESA – EARTH CHANGE – ESOTERIC TO EXOTERIC – ASCENSION CONSCIOUSNESS PHOENIX

ESOTERIC AS UNDERSTOOD BY A SECRET FEW TO THE EXOTERIC UNDERSOOD BY THE MANY OR COMMON.

Introduction

Ascension Center High Priestess on the Tree of Life in the Game of life is the exoteric position that I have the privilege of existing as in one vessel.

I am a channel, a receiver of essence energy that is to be changed into words. This is my calling and election made sure in this lifetime. The reincarnation process of all beings is part of the molecular structure in our own photons that are riding on the waves of what we now hold onto in our magnetic fields we refer to as essence energy or life.

Destiny of the Essence of Energy

I receive channeled information daily, I ask for wisdom in prayer, and I meditate and sleep while waiting for answers to perform my duty while on earth. That is of sharing what I know as a perceiver and receiver of energy into consciousness and then form then into communication that we call sound, and words.

There are other vessels, containers, intelligent beings, that are made up of the same quantum particulates that make up what we refer to as humankind on earth.

I have been privileged to have the veil lifted in this lifetime between worlds of the past, present, and future. Time is linear in this world.

The actual metaverse is circular as in circumference. The universe expands outwards is concave and conclave.  A concave is like the inside of a circle. Convex is like the outside of a circle. Therefore, for those who desire to share in the Ascension Center Educational Awareness this is good to know and understand.

Others desire to know who I am and how I come by my knowledge. Let it suffice to be understood that knowing is within all our reach that come to planet earth.

The Akashic Field and Field of Everything is as real as we think it to be in our own minds and way of being. The Akashic Field is the expanse of all essence and energy that has been formed throughout the eons in the metaverse. There are ways to absorb this energy essence in our own beings though it is not totally understood by all as of yet.

The Ascension Age is now present to share in the opening up of our third eye consciousness and to raise our level in the fifth dimension. Those who are now present on earth have been taught about the second and third dimensions. There is also a fourth and fifth dimension of the mind. The Matrix and Web has become the same thing in some aspects of our reality while one is regarded, as the inside as concave and the other is the outside or the convex.

Since I am asked to share information and to assist in the full creation of our next reality taken from our past, present, and future, it seems somewhat esoteric. This is because in the past the information was very hard for the many to grasp in words.

In the beginning was the word and the word was without form. This was part of our evolutionary process to obtain higher consciousness and awareness of our own soul selves. We can relate to our own energy as essence now in the 21st century as our inner being and out outer knowing.

For those who have to have a dictionary term and desire a Lexicon of the Esoteric Terms of which I speak, they will be able to obtain etymology own their own in linear time as one begins to understand space time continuum.

I was allowed to have a near death experience and allowed to meet extra terrestrials in this reality and the higher. This allowed me to experience various levels of being. This has assisted me in my own awareness and understanding about what our essence is and how we can all share in the greater good for all beings that are created in the metaverse.

Other intelligent beings are superior to us on planet earth. They are called the Supreme Beings in the higher realms of existence. They oversee all the intelligent beings and habitable planets in the universe. They are part of the higher circle in the metaverse.

These beings are able to assist in sharing their information with Oracles of earth. Those who are able to receive their transmissions are open to information that is in and around all of us. This is something that can be taught with proper training. This is part of the Ascension Age Awareness.

This is why I was taught to come back to earth and to share my awareness with others who may have a desire to excel. I have been sharing information with only the seekers who found me on earth. I taught classes of Ascension Psychic Awakening Classes in 1989 through 1993 in Honolulu, Hawaii. I also taught on some of the Hawaiian Islands and met a Huna or two.
. Examples include:
Acupuncturists
Animal Healers
Aroma Therapists
Artists and Jewelers
Authors CD and Booksellers
Chiropractors
Feng Shui Practioners
Herbalists
Hypnotherapists Life Coaches
Massage Therapists
Native Medicine Healers
Readers
Reflexologists Reiki Therapists
Somatic Healers
UFO & Paranormal
Yoga Instructors
Energy Therapists

I was taught at that time to train those who were truly interested in becoming trainers and teachers for the selected seekers and believers. This is how it has always been on earth in the past. We needed time to evolve in our evolutionary process as an intelligent being species. We as human beings are a young race or selected species of the 46 types of beings that are all part of the evolutionary process.

The 46 intelligent being species above have all combines their essence and we are the results.
SOCIAL PARANORMAL TOPICS
SOCIAL COUNSELING IN BODY-MIND-SPIRIT TOPICS

TJ MORRIS tm ACIR sm
SPIRITUAL ADVISOR
EVENT PLANNER
ACE BODY-MIND-SPIRIT
ACE FOLKLIFE
Ascension Center Enlightenment
Body-Mind-Spirit EXPOS
Theresamorris.com

Spiritual
Ascension
Exorcism
Kabbalah
Meditation
Native American
Near Death Experiences
Paranormal
Rebirthing
Religious Centers (Diverse)
Shamanic
Spiritual Counseling
Spiritual Healing
Zen
Vibrational
Aromatherapy
Crop Circle
Essences (flower, tree, gem)
Gem Layouts
Homeopathy
Kinesiology
Light Therapy
Sacred Geometry
Sound Chamber
Sound Therapy
Toning
Tuning Forks
Women
Birthing Center
Childbirth
Doula
HypnoBirthing
Midwives
Special Ages
Child Development
Elders/Seniors
Rites of Passage
Spiritual Parenting
Psychic Kids
Organizers
Expos
Fair and Event Promoters
Schools
Schools, Home Study
Trips/Travel
Publications
Books, Local Authors
Catalogs
Directories
eBooks
Magazines
Sound
Crystal Singing Bowls
Music Groups/Musicians
Musical Instruments
Relaxation/Meditation Tapes
Sound Thearpy
Vibrational Therapy
Readings
Akashic Records
Angels
Animal Communicator
Astrology
Astrology, Lovers
Astrology Software
Astrology, Vedic
Aura Photography
Aura Video
Automatic Writing
Biorhythm Readings
Biorthym Software
Channeling
Clairvoyant
Crystal Readings
Dream Interpretation
Enneagram
Handwriting
Horoscopes
Intuitive Readers
Medium
Natal Chart
Numerology Readings
Palmistry
Psychics
Psychometry
Runes
Sand Readings
Tarot
Tarot Software
Tea Leaves
Vedic Astrology
Public
Centers
Dating, Holistic On-line
eRadio
Intentional Communities
Librarys, Holistic/NewAge
Marketing, New Age
Minister
Organizations
Politics
Speaker
Radio
Retreat Centers
Retreat Organizers
Television, Holistic
Web Design, Holistic
Tools
Angel Board
Bioenergy Device
Calendar
Crystals
Insurance, Alternative Health
Magnets
Massage Tables
Message Boards
Pendulums
Prosperity
Pyramids
Rentals
Sacred Geometry
Software, Astrology
Software, Biorthym
Software, Tarot
Video Rental
Vision Improvement
Body Work
Alexander Technique
Biopulsation
Body Wraps
BodyTalk
Bowen
Chiropractors
Craniosacral Therapy
Feldenkrais
Huna
Lomi Lomi
Massage, Newborn
Massage, On-Site
Massage, Pregnancy
Massage, Shiatsu
Massage, Therapeutic
Massage, Thai
Myofascial Release
Naprapathy
Neuromuscular Therapy
Ortho-Bionomy.
Reflexology
Rosenwork
Rubenfeld Synergy
Trager Bodywork
Watsu Warm Water Therapy
Eastern
Acupressure
Acupuncture
Ayurvedic
Falun Qong
Feng Shui
Henna Art
Jin Shin Jyutsu
Mandala
Qigong
Tai Chi
Tantra
Vastu
Zen
Natural
Animal Practitioners
Apitherapy
Crystals/Rocks
Dowsing
Dolphins
Drumming
Fairies
Firewalk
Labyrinth
Nature Preserves
Nature Spirits
Organics
Power Places
Salt Lamps
Smudge Sticks
Trees
Wind Chimes
Healthy Food
Animal Foods, Natural
Health and Food Stores Juice Bars
Kombucha
Milk, Hormone Free
Organic Produce
Raw Food
Restaurants
Water
WaterBlessingLabels

Mind
Behavior Modification
Biofeedback
Counselors
EFT (EMFT)
EMDR
Gestalt
Guided Imagery
Hypnosis Store, Online
Hypnotherapy
Inner Child
Journaling / Writing
Motivation
NLP Neuro Linguistic Programming
Past Life Regressions
Personal Coach
Psychiatrist, Holistic
Psychologist, Holistc
Psychotherapist , Holistic
Rage Therapy
Rapid Eye Technology
Subliminals
Movement
Dancing
Dynamic Walking
Movement Reeducation
Nia
Personal Trainers
Pilates
Yoga
Yoga Clothing
Yoga Dance
Supplements
Colloidal Minerals
Distributors
Green Supplements
Herbs
Homeopathics
Vitamins
Fitness
Akido
Challenge Courses
Health and Fitness Clubs
Rebounders
Businesses
Music Stores
Paint, Recycled
Paper, Recyled
Software
Beauty
Art
Bamboo
Jewelry
Fountains
Water Lilies
Wildflowers Internal
Blood Work
Chelation
Colonics
Detox Foot Bath
Ear Candling
Macrobiotics
Nutrition
Oxygen Therapy
Vegetarians
Weight Loss
Stores
Angel Stores
Bead Stores
ASCENSION CATEGORIES
Book Stores
Books, Used Metaphysical
Clothing Stores
Gift Stores
Health and Food Stores
Native American
Personal Care
Aromatherapy
Baby Care, Natural
Bath and Body Shops
Candles
Cleaners, Natural
Day Spas
Hair Care, Natural
Skin Care, Holistic
Soap, Handmade
Women’s Products

Mind
Behavior Modification
Biofeedback
Counselors
EFT (EMFT)
EMDR
Gestalt
Guided Imagery
Hypnosis Store, Online
Hypnotherapy
Inner Child
Journaling / Writing
Motivation
NLP Neuro Linguistic Programming
Past Life Regressions
Personal Coach
Psychiatrist, Holistic
Psychologist, Holistc
Psychotherapist , Holistic
Rage Therapy
Rapid Eye Technology
Subliminals
Movement
Dancing
Dynamic Walking
Movement Reeducation
Nia
Personal Trainers
Pilates
Yoga
Yoga Clothing
Yoga Dance
Supplements
Colloidal Minerals
Distributors
Green Supplements
Herbs
Homeopathics
Vitamins
Fitness
Akido
Challenge Courses
Health and Fitness Clubs
Rebounders
Businesses
Music Stores
Paint, Recycled
Paper, Recyled
Software
Beauty
Art
Bamboo
Jewelry
Fountains
Water Lilies
Wildflowers Readings
Akashic Records
Angels
Animal Communicator
Astrology
Astrology, Lovers
Astrology Software
Astrology, Vedic
Aura Photography
Aura Video
Automatic Writing
Biorhythm Readings
Biorthym Software
Channeling
Clairvoyant
Crystal Readings
Dream Interpretation
Enneagram
Handwriting
Horoscopes
Intuitive Readers
Medium
Natal Chart
Numerology Readings
Palmistry
Psychics
Psychometry
Runes
Sand Readings
Tarot
Tarot Software
Tea Leaves
Vedic Astrology
Public
Centers
Dating, Holistic On-line
eRadio
Intentional Communities
Librarys, Holistic/NewAge
Marketing, New Age
Minister
Organizations
Politics
Speaker
Radio
Retreat Centers
Retreat Organizers
Television, Holistic
Web Design, Holistic
Tools
Angel Board
Bioenergy Device
Calendar
Crystals
Insurance, Alternative Health
Magnets
Massage Tables
Message Boards
Pendulums
Prosperity
Pyramids
Rentals
Sacred Geometry
Software, Astrology
Software, Biorthym
Software, Tarot
Video Rental
Vision Improvement

Green
Air Purifiers
Alternate Energy
Alternate Fuel Vehicles
Alternate Power
Cleaners, Green
Composter
Dry Cleaning
Energy Analysis
Gardens, Environmental
Housing, Energy Efficient
Landscape, Zeroscape
Laundry
Organic Gardening
Organic Lawn Care
Recycling
Solar
Therapeutic Horticulture
Wood Pellet Stoves
Energywork
Avatar
Barbara Brennan
Breathwork
DNA
Healing Touch
Implant Removal
Light Healing
Neural Depolarization
Polarity
Reconnective Healing
Reiki
Quantum Energy
Quantum Touch
Therapeutic Touch
Theta Healing
Touch For Health
Vortexhealing
Zero Balancing
Internal
Blood Work
Chelation
Colonics
Detox Foot Bath
Ear Candling
Macrobiotics
Nutrition
Oxygen Therapy
Vegetarians
Weight Loss
Stores
Angel Stores
Bead Stores
Book Stores
Books, Used Metaphysical
Clothing Stores
Gift Stores
Health and Food Stores
Native American
Personal Care
Aromatherapy
Baby Care, Natural
Bath and Body Shops
Candles
Cleaners, Natural
Day Spas
Hair Care, Natural
Skin Care, Holistic
Soap, Handmade
Women’s Products Medical Arts
Dentist, Holistic
Doctor, Ayurvedic
Doctor, Holistic
Doctor, Oriental Medicine
Doctor, Osteopath
Iridology
Medical Intuitive
Naturopathy
Nursing, Holistic
Optometry/Ophthalmology
Podiatrist, Holistic
Thermography
Veterinarian

Misc
Art, Spiritual
Flotation Tank
UFO’s / ET’s
Unified Field
ACE LIGHTWORKERS – NEW ASCENSION AGE – 12/21/2012New Media-New POLITICS

 Politics-New Ascension Center Enlightenment – New TJ

I never considered that my upbringing was programming in the Christian world to which I was born. I was actually born into the Southern Baptist Convention or association at birth. I had to go to church because that was how my life was lived with my family as a child. It was not until I became an adult that I was able to choose which churches I would attend. I lived the life I was supposed to and went to Church  like I was supposed too. To me, Church and religion was like school and education. They were expected and how we lived in the South in the USA. I loved my life then and still do now. I simply am not as concerned about attending a church which my husband says are glorified social clubs.

 Now, I realize that I was drawn to the life I have lived because of my spirit and my new path was one that I chose and created. I was exploring, researching, and learning as I went along. It was not until one day a messenger was sent to me that I had read enough books and had enough personal experiences that I should now teach. It took me another few years before I was approached again by another messenger and was told I was reminded a second time that I was to go and teach those who remained on earth. It was hard for me to understand why I should spend time teaching others when I still did not know what life was all about myself.

There were many mystical experiences I still wanted to have and I had not yet learned what was causing them. I now realize that teaching is a calling and one that is highly appraised in other worlds. However, we must first call upon our memories and past life experiences in order to make this world and work a better place for ourselves. There are now people on this planet like me. We are all working together although we may not know who each other are in the body-mind-spirit but yet, we can feel each other’s presence and share in the existence of energy as spirit. This is what we are now calling the Ascension Center Enlightenment. I was given the words Ascension Center by those from above who we call extraterrestrials in some social circles. I am told now that much of my Christian beliefs are tied into that of the New Age Movement. I had never placed a label on my interests I only knew that I was drawn to the New Age books when I entered a book store.

No one ever came up to me and explained to me that I should join a church, club, or organization called New Age. It just was something that was out there to explore, research, learn about, and apparently now be called to share in with my lifetime experiences and stories. I have found a home in various places in the world and now am looking for friends to share life with in cyberspace and we use the Internet. My husband, Tom does not want any part of the Internet and Cyberspace. He is not alone. This concerns me because there are so many intelligent beings in the world that are missing the friendship and knowledge that one can find on the Internet.  The way we now live on earth is complicated and requires energy and time for our obligations such as family, and school

There are many who are required to spend at least 8 hours a day at a full time and some a part-time job in order to sustain their lifestyles. We all must realize that it is our differences that make us interesting and yet we are all learning what makes us the same and yet different. We shall begin to learn how our piece of the puzzle or shard of glass fits into the big picture of life. It was not until I became willing to share and teach what I knew inside to be my truth about my spirit and my past lives on earth and what I learned from them that I felt like I could reach out to others.

It was the friends I found in Hawaii 1989-1990 where I was given the inspiration to become the Founder of the Ascension Center. I was not told that it would be part of something called the New Age back then but I knew that there was such a movement in the books that were written. There was the Llewellyn Books http://www.llewellyn.com/  and  others including the Bear and Inner Traditions Inner Traditions – Bear & Company,

Together Inner Traditions · Bear & Company have eleven imprints: Inner Traditions, Bear& Company, Healing Arts Press, Destiny Books, Park Street Press, …www.innertraditions.com/  I use Google everyday and find that it has become easier to navigate and to find out more. I use Firefox, and sometimes Bing. I enjoy certain web browsers and creating websites. For now, I shall do what I can to leave my energy behind on the Internet. Please know that when I expire like all others who come to earth that unless certain of my articles are archived and kept by others that all the information will simply fade away.

Therefore, if you want to keep some of the information we share on the Internet for your own or your future family members, one might want to learn to keep a copy on disk somewhere in the physical. Books will always be on earth and I know this because there are still copied in space by some who are of the other galaxies for reading. Most are the great classics and stories but who knows, some of us may make a lifetime impression and our works will be kept in space because we may make a difference for those who come to earth and those who travel in space. TJ -(Adding the rest to hopefully be archived and kept by those who care to make the world and space a better place for the good of all.).

 This is chiefly composed from a compilation of information with various contributors where we can all share in our information on what we all now use called Wikipedia. I support the Wikipedia and advocate its use. Please feel free to share information and research to be shared with others and as peers of the New Age, we can share our knowledge and information while raising consciousness for our world. TJ I include this information as an article for the convenience of all our Ascension Center Enlightenment Lightworkers who are assisting in this time while on earth. We can all share in our various shards of truth to make up a better and complete puzzle of this existence we call life on earth.

There are various ways we can share in life, communities, and awareness while we spread our abundance and our new motto of the Ace Institute of Philosophy and Technology, of the Ascension Center Enlightenment. “Shift and Uplift Health and Prosperity for all!”  Those who desire to share more of my stories and me can visit me at social paranormal.com and theresamorris.com. I also share americannewsmagazine.com with the world. Life can be what we make it with our own free will and free choice to compile memories. We can take our memories with us as treasures of our spirit back to our soul and home world. I believe we are only visiting this planet! Some of us are coming forward and admitting that we are committed to sharing our memories which are our accumulated treasures through our spirit incarnate that returns back to our soul Some still regard our spirit as the same as our soul.

 This is like saying that Christ is God and vice versa. To some, we see the two as separate. This is still a form of theism and pantheism inside our minds with separation and categories. We have new groups on the Internet among our websites, which include our pages, categories, and archives where we keep our memories on our websites. The updates that we make in life now as we live them is what we present as new posts and our stories in life are what we now share on our websites, our blogs, and on some new places we can all access like Facebook and Twitter.

 It is great that the authorities are allowing us to share the area of our existence that we presently regard as Cyberspace. This place we all meet deals with our making our presence known while we are in body-mind-spirit. Maybe some of us are willing to raise our conscious awareness to greater heights in the Akashic Field that exists beyond the creation of our energy in Cyberspace we use on the Internet for communication purposes.  There is a place we can all visit and agree to new experiences. There are some in the New Age Movement that agree it is time to share more! We call some of those above who come and go in the extraterrestrial visitation spacecraft, ET. Steven Spielberg with his movie ET made this popular.

 I shall always remember his Close Encounters movie, which changed my life that day. I actually had to be taken to the Emergency Room at a hospital where I learned that many people were brought it the same time due to the premier of the movie in my town called Houston in Texas, USA. I was given a paper bag to breathe into. I was told I hyperventilated. I was changed because I knew it was time to share the truth that in me was secret.

 I knew that there would be more people who like me who could share their sightings of these spacecraft not of earth origin that many liked to use the word UFO for convenience, which was an acronym for Unidentified Flying Objects. I knew from my past near death experience (NDE) how to have Out of Body (OBE) and it was the movie GHOST with Patrick Swayze and Demi Moore that influenced me once more and changed my life. Life changes through visualization in movies are the major tool that can be used to change the world in which we live.

Television is also a medium to change that, which in the past was not in our psyche. The Critical Mass Consciousness is changing in the NEW MEDIA, which is influenced by the NEW AGE.  While there is no unified belief system, many spiritual practices and philosophies are common among adherents of the New Age Movement. “New Age movement” and “New Age spirituality” can be redirect at the source for most all information shared in this article, which came from source – Wikipedia.. For other uses, see New Age (disambiguation).(From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia) Main articles: Spirituality and List of New Age topics See also: Outline of spirituality and List of philosophies  ?New Age spirituality often incorporates aspects of the Earth, Moon, and outer space; the term New Age refers to the coming Astrological Age of Aquarius.

The New Age movement is a spiritual and quasi-religious Western movement that developed in the latter half of the twentieth century. Its central precepts revolve around “drawing on both Eastern and Western spiritual and metaphysical traditions and then infusing them with influences from self-help and motivational psychology, holistic health, parapsychology, consciousness research and quantum physics” in order to create “a spirituality without borders or confining dogmas” that is inclusive and pluralistic.

Another of its primary traits is holding to “a holistic worldview”, thereby emphasizing that the Mind, Body and Spirit are interrelated and that there is a form of Oneness and unity throughout the universe.

 It further attempts to create “a worldview that includes both science and spirituality” and thereby embraces a number of forms of science and pseudo-science. According to historian Nevill Drury, the origins of the movement can be found in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, particularly through the works of the esotericists Emanuel Swedenborg, Franz Anton Mesmer, Helena Blavatsky and George Gurdjieff, who laid some of the basic philosophical principles that would later influence the movement. It would gain further momentum in the 1960s, taking influence from metaphysics, self-help psychology, and the various Indian gurus who visited the West during that decade.

 The New Age movement includes elements of older spiritual and religious traditions ranging from atheism and monotheism through classical pantheism, naturalistic pantheism, and panentheism to polytheism combined with science and Gaia philosophy; particularly  Archaeoastronomy, astronomy, ecology, environmentalism, the Gaia hypothesis, psychology, and physics. New Age practices and philosophies sometimes draw inspiration from major world religions: Buddhism, Chinese folk religion, Christianity, Hinduism, Islam, Judaism; with strong influences from East Asian religions, Gnosticism, Neopaganism, New Thought, Spiritualism, Theosophy, Universalism, andWestern esotericism.[8]OriginsHistorian Nevill Drury identified “four key precursors of the New Age”, who had set the way for many of its widely held precepts. [9] The first of these was Emanuel Swedenborg (1688-1772), a Swedish scientist who after a religious experience devoted himself to Christian mysticism, believing that he could travel to Heaven and Hell and commune with angels, demons and spirits, and who published widely on the subject of his experiences. The second was Franz Mesmer (1734-1815), who had developed a form of healing using magnets, believing that there was a force known as “animal magnetism” that affected humans. The third figure whom Drury identified was the Russian Helena Blavatsky (1831-1891); one of the founders of the Theosophical Society, through which she propagated her religious movement of Theosophy, which itself combined a number of elements from Eastern religions like Hinduism and Buddhism in with Western elements. The fourth figure was the Turkish George Gurdjieff (c.1872-1949), who founded the philosophy of the Fourth Way, through which he taught a number of spiritual teachings to his disciples. A fifth individual whom Drury identified as an important influence upon the New Age movement was the Indian Swami Vivekananda (1863-1902), an adherent of the philosophy of Vedanta who first brought Hinduism to the West in the late nineteenth century.

 TERM NEW AGE

William Blake who described a belief in a spiritual and artistic “New Age” in his preface to Milton used the term New Age as early as 1809.Some of the New Age movement’s constituent elements appeared initially in 19th-century metaphysical movements Spiritualism, Theosophy, and New Thought; also, alternative medicine movements chiropractic and naturopathy.

These movements in turn have roots in Transcendentalism, Mesmerism.
Swedenborgianism, and various earlier Western esoteric or occult traditions, such as the hermetic arts of astrology, magic, alchemy, and Kabbalah. The term New Age was used in this context in Madame Blavatsky’s book The Secret Doctrine, published in 1888. [11]A weekly journal of Christian liberalism and socialism titled The New Age was published as early as 1894; [12] it was sold to a group of socialist writers headed by Alfred Richard Orage and Holbrook Jackson in 1907. Other historical personalities were involved: H. G. Wells, George Bernard Shaw, and William Butler Yeats; the magazine became a forum for politics, literature, and the arts. [13][14] Between 1908 and 1914, it was instrumental in pioneering the British avant-garde from vorticism to imagism. After 1914, publisher Orage met P. D. Ouspensky, a follower of G. I. Gurdjieff, and began correspondence with Harry Houdini, becoming less interested in literature and art, with an increased focus on mysticism and other spiritual topics; the magazine was sold in 1921. According to Brown University, The New Age “… helped to shape modernism in literature and the arts from 1907 to 1922

Development
Popularization behind these ideas has roots in the work of early 20th-century writers such as D. H. Lawrence and William Butler Yeats. In the early to mid-1900s, American mystic, theologian, and founder of the Association for Research and Enlightenment Edgar Cayce was a seminal influence on what later would be termed the New Age movement; he was known in particular for the practice some refer to aschanneling.[16] Former Theosophist Rudolf Steiner and his Anthroposophical Movement are a major influence. Neo-Theosophist Alice Bailey published the book Discipleship in the New Age (1944), which used the term New Age in reference to the transition from the Astrological Age of Pisces to Aquarius. While claims of racial bias in the writings of Rudolf Steiner and Alice Bailey were made,[17] Alice A. Bailey was firmly opposed to the Axis powers (according to Bailey, Adolf Hitler was possessed by the Dark Forces [18]) , and Steiner emphasized racial equality as a principle central to anthroposophical thought and humanity’s progress.[19][20] Any racial elements from these influences have not remained part of the Anthroposophical Society as contemporary adherents of the society have either not adopted or repudiated these beliefs.[21][22] Another early usage of the term, was by the American artist, mystic, and philosopher Walter Russell, who spoke of “… this New Age philosophy of the spiritual re-awakening of man …” in his essay “Power Through Knowledge”, which was also published in 1944.Carl Jung was an early articulator of the concept of the Age of Aquarius. [23] In a letter to H. G. Baynes, dated 12 August 1940, he wrote in a passage concerning the destruction of the temple of Karnak by an earthquake in 26 BC: “1940 is the year when we approach the meridian of the first star in Aquarius. It is the premonitory earthquake of the New Age.”

[24]SUBCULTURE OF NEW AGE
The subculture that later became known as New Age already existed in the early 1970s, based on and adopting ideas originally present in the counterculture of the 1960s. The Findhorn Foundation – anintentional community near Findhorn, Moray, Scotland founded in 1962 – played an instrumental role during the early growth period of the New Age movement;[citation needed] it continues to operate the Findhorn Ecovillage. (Findhorn Ecovillage.)Widespread use of the term New Age began in the mid-1970s (reflected in the title of monthly periodical New Age Journal) and probably influenced several thousand small metaphysical book- and gift-stores that increasingly defined themselves as “New Age bookstores”.[25][26] As a result of the large-scale activities surrounding the Harmonic Convergence in 1987, the American mass media further popularized the term as a label for the alternative spiritual subculture, including practices such as meditation, channeling, crystal healing, astral projection, psychic experience, holistic health,simple living, and environmentalism; or belief in phenomena such as Earth mysteries, ancient astronauts, extraterrestrial life, unidentified flying objects, crop circles, and reincarnation. A range of New Age publications appeared by the late 1980s such as Psychic Guide (later renamed Body, Mind & Spirit), Yoga Journal, New Age Voice, New Age Retailer, and NAPRA Review by the New Age Publishers and Retailers Alliance.Several key moments occurred in raising public awareness of this subculture: the publication of Linda Goodman’s best selling astrology books Sun Signs (1968) and Love Signs (1978); Hair: The American Tribal Love-Rock Musical (1967) with its opening song “Aquarius” and its memorable line “This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius” [emphasis added]; the broadcast of Shirley MacLaine’s television mini-series Out on a Limb (1987); and the Harmonic Convergence (1987) organized by José Argüelles in Sedona, Arizona. Also influential[citation needed]were the claims of channelers Jane Roberts (the Seth Material) and J. Z. Knight (Ramtha), as well as revealed writings A Course in Miracles(1976) by Helen Schucman, The Celestine Prophecy (1993) by James Redfield, and Conversations with God (1995) by Neale Donald Walsch. Relevant works also include the writings of Eckhart Tolle, Barbara Marx Hubbard, Marianne Williamson, Deepak Chopra, John Holland, Gary Zukav, and Wayne Dyer; also, The Secret (2006) by Rhonda Byrne, which was based on the writings of Esther Hicks and Jerry Hicks.While authors J. Gordon Melton,[27] Wouter Hanegraaff,[28] and Paul Heelas[29] have emphasized the above-mentioned personal aspects,Mark Satin,[30] Theodore Roszak,[31] Marilyn Ferguson,[32] and Corinne McLaughlin[33] have described New Age as a values-based sociopolitical movement.Philosophy and CosmologyMain articles: Philosophy and CosmologyTheism There is a general and abstract idea of God, understood in many ways and seen as superseding the need to anthropomorphize deity.Spiritual beings Many believe that gods, angels, Ascended Masters, elementals, ghosts, faeries, Spirit guides and extraterrestrials can spiritually guide a person, if they open themselves to their guidance.[34]Afterlife Consciousness persists after death as life in different forms; the afterlife exists for further learning through the form of a spirit,reincarnation and/or near-death experiences.[35] The New Age belief in reincarnation is different than the Buddhist or Hindu concepts in that the New Age religion believes that a soul can be born into a spiritual realm or even on a far-away planet and there is no desire to end this process.[36] There may be a belief in hell, but typically not in the traditional Christian sense or Islamic sense of eternal damnation.Universalist views of the afterlife are common.Age of Aquarius The current time period is claimed by some astrologers to be the dawning of the Age of Aquarius correlated to various changes in the world and some claim that the early 1960s was the actual beginning of the Age of Aquarius, though this claim is highly contentious. Common claims about the developments associated with the Age of Aquarius include, but are not limited to, human rights, democracy, innovative technology, electricity, computers, and aviation. Esoteric claims are that the Age of Aquarius will see a rise in consciousness.[11]Astrology Horoscopes and the Zodiac are used in understanding, interpreting, and organizing information about personality, human affairs, and other terrestrial matters.[37] Teleology Life has a purpose; this includes a belief in synchronicity—that coincidences have spiritual meaning and lessons to teach those who are open to them. Everything is universally connected through God and participates in the same energy.[38] There is a cosmic goal and a belief that all entities are (knowingly or unknowingly) cooperating towards this goal.Indigo children Children are being born with a more highly developed spiritual power than earlier generations.[39][40]Interpersonal relationships There are opportunities to learn about one’s self and relationships are destined to be repeated until they are healthy.[41] Those in the New Age movement accept women’s complete equality in all aspects of society including religion and the complete acceptance of one’ssexual orientation, whether heterosexual, homosexual (gay or lesbian), bisexual, transgender, or intersexual as a means of spiritual development. A number of New Age people practice Tantric sex as an aspect of Tantric yoga.[42]Intuition An important aspect of perception – offset by a somewhat strict rationalism – noted especially in the works of psychologist Carl Jung.[43]Optimism Positive thinking supported by affirmations will achieve success in anything;[44] this is based on the concept that Thought Creates. Therefore, as one begins focusing attention and consciousness on the positive, on the “half-filled” glass of water, reality starts shifting and materializing the positive intentions and aspects of life. A certain critical mass of people with a highly spiritual consciousness will bring about a sudden change in the whole population.[45] Humans have a responsibility to take part in positive creative activity and to work to heal ourselves, each other and the planet.[46]Human Potential Movement The human mind has much greater potential than that ascribed to it[47][48][49] and is even capable of overriding physical reality.[50]Spiritual healing Humans have potential healing powers, such as therapeutic touch, which can be developed to heal others through touch or at a distance.[51]  Religion and ScienceMain articles: Religion and ScienceFurther information: Relationship between religion and science and Quantum mind–body problemEclecticism New Age spirituality is characterized by an individual approach to spiritual practices and philosophies, and the rejection of religiousdoctrine and dogma.[52]Matriarchy Feminine forms of spirituality, including feminine images of the divine, such as the female Aeon Sophia in Gnosticism, are deprecated by patriarchal religions.[5]?Stonehenge and other ancient sites are revered by many who practice New Age spirituality.Ancient civilizations Atlantis, Lemuria, Mu, and other lost lands existed.[53] Relics such as the crystal skulls and monuments such as Stonehenge and the Great Pyramid of Giza were left behind.Psychic perception Certain geographic locations emanate psychic energy (sometimes through ley lines) and were considered sacred in pagan religions throughout the world.[54]Eastern world practices Meditation, Yoga, Tantra, Chinese medicine, Ayurveda, martial arts, Tai chi chuan, Falun Gong,Qigong, Reflexology, Reiki, and other Eastern practices may assist in focusing spirituality.Diet Food influences both the mind and body; it is generally preferable to practice vegetarianism by eating fresh organic food, which is locally grown and in season.[55][56] Fasting may be used.[57]Mathematics An appeal to the language of nature and mathematics, as evidenced by numerology, Kabbalah,[58] Sacred geometry, and Gnosticism to discern the nature of God.Science  Quantum mechanics, parapsychology, and the Gaia hypothesis have been used in quantum mysticism to explain spiritual principles.[59]Authors Deepak Chopra, Fritjof Capra, Fred Alan Wolf, and Gary Zukav have linked quantum mechanics to New Age spirituality, which is presented in the film What the Bleep Do We Know!? (2004); also, in connection with the Law of Attraction, which is related to New Thought and presented in the film The Secret (2006). They have interpreted the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, quantum entanglement, wave function collapse, or the many-worlds interpretation to mean that all objects in the universe are one (monism), that possibility and existence are endless, and that the physical world is only what one believes it to be. In medicine, such practices as therapeutic touch, homeopathy, chiropractic, and naturopathy involve hypotheses and treatments that have not been accepted by the conventional, science-based medical community through the normal course of empirical testing.[60][61]Lifestyle?New Age shop in St Albans, UKNew Age spirituality has led to a wide array of literature on the subject and an active niche market; books, music, crafts, and services in alternative medicine are available at New Age stores, fairs, andfestivals.[62][63]DemographicsPeople who practice New Age spirituality or embrace its lifestyle are included in the Lifestyle of Health and Sustainability (LOHAS) demographic market segment, currently in a growth phase, related to sustainable living, green ecological initiatives, and generally composed of a relatively affluent and well-educated segment.[64][65] The LOHAS market segment in 2006 was estimated at USD$300 billion, approximately 30 percent of the United States consumer market.[66][67] According to The New York Times, a study by the Natural Marketing Institute showed that in 2000, 68 million Americans were included within the LOHAS demographic. The sociologist Paul H. Ray, who coined the term Cultural Creatives in his book The Cultural Creatives: How 50 Million People Are Changing the World (2000), states, “What you’re seeing is a demand for products of equal quality that are also virtuous.”[68][69]Holistic healthMain articles: Holistic health and Alternative medicineSee also: List of branches of alternative medicinePractitioners of New Age spirituality may use alternative medicine in addition to or in place of conventional medicine;[63][70] while some conventional physicians have adopted aspects or the complete approach of holistic health.MusicMain articles: New Age music and Ambient musicSee also: List of New Age music artists and List of ambient artistsNew Age music is peaceful music of various styles, which is intended to create inspiration, relaxation, and positive feelings while listening. Studies have determined that New Age music can be an effective component of stress management. [71] Some New Age music albums come with notes to encourage use in meditation.This style began in the 1970s with the works of free-form jazz groups recording on the ECM label; such as Oregon, the Paul Winter Group, and other pre-ambient bands; as well as ambient music performer Brian Eno and classical avant-garde musician Daniel Kobialka. In the early 1970s, it was mostly instrumental with both acoustic and electronic styles. New Age music evolved to include a wide range of styles from electronic space music using synthesizers and acoustic instrumentals using Native American flutes and drums, singing bowls, and world music sounds to spiritual chanting from other cultures.Sustainable livingMain articles: Sustainable living, Sustainability, and Simple livingSee also: List of intentional communitiesThere is an emphasis on living in a simple sustainable way that attempts to reduce an individual’s or society’s use of the Earth’s natural resources and shuns the consumer society.[72][73]ReceptionOrganized religionMain articles: Comparative religion and A Christian reflection on the New AgeMichigan attorney and activist Constance Cumbey offered the first major criticism of the New Age movement from a Christian perspective inThe Hidden Dangers of the Rainbow: The New Age Movement and Our Coming Age of Barbarism (1983).[74]In 2003, following a six year study, the Roman Catholic Church published a 90 page document A Christian reflection on the New Age which was highly critical of New Age practices such as yoga, meditation, feng shui and healing by crystals. [75][76] The Vatican stated that euphoric states attained through New Age practices such as meditation and yoga should not be confused with prayer or assumed to be signs of the presence of God.[77][78]Monsignor Michael Fitzgerald stated at the Vatican conference on A Christian Reflection on the New Age that the “Church avoids any concept that is close to those of the New Age”. Cardinal Paul Poupard, head of the Pontifical Council for Culture, said that the “New Age is a misleading answer to the oldest hopes of man.”[78]Expressing general agreement with the views expressed by the 2003 Vatican document, Richard Land of the Southern Baptist Conventionsaid that there would be widespread agreement among Baptists that New Age ideas are contrary to Christian tradition and doctrine.[79]MarxistMarxism is generally critical of the New Age movement, as with all religious activity and experience. Marxists regard the idea of spirituality, including New Age, as a form of what Engels called False Consciousness and that it is just superstition that goes against provable fact. Instead, as materialistic rationalists, they believe that either if a ghost or miracle (for example) cannot be explained, science has not advanced fully to explain it or that if something cannot be explained, it does not exist. They would also consider the New Age Movement an ideology suited to globalization and late capitalism that treats belief as a commodity to be traded and that the pick and mix approach is just the illusion of individuality.Post Marxists argue that the economic base and ideological superstructure is the same thing and that New Age Ideas are suited to late capitalism, as they believe that identities are fluid and co modifiable.Integral theoryMain article: Integral theoryThe author Ken Wilber posits that most New Age thought falls into what he termed the pre/trans fallacy.[80] According to Wilber, humandevelopmental psychology moves from the pre-personal, through the personal, then to the transpersonal (spiritually advanced or enlightened) level.[81] He regards 80 percent of New Age spirituality as pre-rational (pre-conventional) and as relying primarily on mythic-magical thinking; this contrasts with a post-rational (including and transcending rational) genuinely world-centric consciousness.[80][81]Indigenous peoples of the Americas

Main article: Indigenous peoples of the Americas

Some adherents of traditional disciplines such as the Lakota people, a tribe of the indigenous peoples of the Americas, reject the term New Age. They see the movement it represents as not fully understanding, deliberately trivializing, or distorting their disciplines. [82]They have coined the term plastic shaman to describe individuals who identify themselves as shamans, holy people, or other traditional spiritual leaders, but who have no genuine connection to the traditions or cultures they claim to represent. The academic Ward Churchill has criticized the New Age movement as an instrument of cultural imperialism that is exploitative of indigenous cultures by reducing it to a commodity to be traded. In Fantasies of the Master Race, he criticizes the cultural appropriation of Native American culture and symbols in not only the New Age movement, but in art and popular culture. [83]Goddess movement

Members of the Goddess movement have severely criticized the New Age as fundamentally patriarchal, analytical rather than intuitive, and as supporting the status quo, particularly in its implicit gender roles. Monica Sjöö, who worked with Zsuzsanna Budapest, Starhawk and other feminist pagans, pointed out that New Age “channels” were virtually all women, but the “spirits” they purported to channel, offering guidance to humanity, were nearly all male. Sjöö was highly critical of Theosophy; the I AM Activity, and particularly Alice Bailey, whom she saw as promoting Nazi-like “Aryan” ideals. Sjöö’s writings also condemn the New Age for its support of communication and information processing technologies which, she believes, may produce harmful low-level electromagnetic radiation.

Body Work
Alexander Technique
Biopulsation
Body Wraps
BodyTalk
Bowen
Chiropractors
Craniosacral Therapy
Feldenkrais
Huna
Lomi Lomi
Massage, Newborn
Massage, On-Site
Massage, Pregnancy
Massage, Shiatsu
Massage, Therapeutic
Massage, Thai
Myofascial Release
Naprapathy
Neuromuscular Therapy
Ortho-Bionomy.
Reflexology
Rosenwork
Rubenfeld Synergy
Trager Bodywork
Watsu Warm Water Therapy
Eastern
Acupressure
Acupuncture
Ayurvedic
Falun Qong
Feng Shui
Henna Art
Jin Shin Jyutsu
Mandala
Qigong
Tai Chi
Tantra
Vastu
Zen
Natural
Animal Practitioners
Apitherapy
Crystals/Rocks
Dowsing
Dolphins
Drumming
Fairies
Firewalk
Labyrinth
Nature Preserves
Nature Spirits
Organics
Power Places
Salt Lamps
Smudge Sticks
Trees
Wind Chimes
Healthy Food
Animal Foods, Natural
Health and Food Stores Juice Bars
Kombucha
Milk, Hormone Free
Organic Produce
Raw Food
Restaurants
Water
WaterBlessingLabels

Green
Air Purifiers
Alternate Energy
Alternate Fuel Vehicles
Alternate Power
Cleaners, Green
Composter
Dry Cleaning
Energy Analysis
Gardens, Environmental
Housing, Energy Efficient
Landscape, Zeroscape
Laundry
Organic Gardening
Organic Lawn Care
Recycling
Solar
Therapeutic Horticulture
Wood Pellet Stoves
Energywork
Avatar
Barbara Brennan
Breathwork
DNA
Healing Touch
Implant Removal
Light Healing
Neural Depolarization
Polarity
Reconnective Healing
Reiki
Quantum Energy
Quantum Touch
Therapeutic Touch
Theta Healing
Touch For Health
Vortexhealing
Zero Balancing
Internal
Blood Work
Chelation
Colonics
Detox Foot Bath
Ear Candling
Macrobiotics
Nutrition
Oxygen Therapy
Vegetarians
Weight Loss
Stores
Angel Stores
Bead Stores
Book Stores
Books, Used Metaphysical
Clothing Stores
Gift Stores
Health and Food Stores
Native American
Personal Care
Aromatherapy
Baby Care, Natural
Bath and Body Shops
Candles
Cleaners, Natural
Day Spas
Hair Care, Natural
Skin Care, Holistic
Soap, Handmade
Women’s Products Medical Arts
Dentist, Holistic
Doctor, Ayurvedic
Doctor, Holistic
Doctor, Oriental Medicine
Doctor, Osteopath
Iridology
Medical Intuitive
Naturopathy
Nursing, Holistic
Optometry/Ophthalmology
Podiatrist, Holistic
Thermography
Veterinarian
Mind
Behavior Modification
Biofeedback
Counselors
EFT (EMFT)
EMDR
Gestalt
Guided Imagery
Hypnosis Store, Online
Hypnotherapy
Inner Child
Journaling / Writing
Motivation
NLP Neuro Linguistic Programming
Past Life Regressions
Personal Coach
Psychiatrist, Holistic
Psychologist, Holistc
Psychotherapist , Holistic
Rage Therapy
Rapid Eye Technology
Subliminals
Movement
Dancing
Dynamic Walking
Movement Reeducation
Nia
Personal Trainers
Pilates
Yoga
Yoga Clothing
Yoga Dance
Supplements
Colloidal Minerals
Distributors
Green Supplements
Herbs
Homeopathics
Vitamins
Fitness
Akido
Challenge Courses
Health and Fitness Clubs
Rebounders
Businesses
Music Stores
Paint, Recycled
Paper, Recyled
Software
Beauty
Art
Bamboo
Jewelry
Fountains
Water Lilies
Wildflowers Readings
Akashic Records
Angels
Animal Communicator
Astrology
Astrology, Lovers
Astrology Software
Astrology, Vedic
Aura Photography
Aura Video
Automatic Writing
Biorhythm Readings
Biorthym Software
Channeling
Clairvoyant
Crystal Readings
Dream Interpretation
Enneagram
Handwriting
Horoscopes
Intuitive Readers
Medium
Natal Chart
Numerology Readings
Palmistry
Psychics
Psychometry
Runes
Sand Readings
Tarot
Tarot Software
Tea Leaves
Vedic Astrology
Public
Centers
Dating, Holistic On-line
eRadio
Intentional Communities
Librarys, Holistic/NewAge
Marketing, New Age
Minister
Organizations
Politics
Speaker
Radio
Retreat Centers
Retreat Organizers
Television, Holistic
Web Design, Holistic
Tools
Angel Board
Bioenergy Device
Calendar
Crystals
Insurance, Alternative Health
Magnets
Massage Tables
Message Boards
Pendulums
Prosperity
Pyramids
Rentals
Sacred Geometry
Software, Astrology
Software, Biorthym
Software, Tarot
Video Rental
Vision Improvement

More Later. TJ